Risus Bo okbi nder: m `` “NS а LT, кыйсам an — MAGAZINE {ust. ent. Mag. Edited by M. S. Moulds VOLUME 3, PART 1 APRIL, 1976 Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal de principaly to entomology in the Australian region, including New Ze: and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profesi entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each wj SUBSCRIPTIONS 1. i All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be fora] Australian Entomological Press, 1 14 Chisholm Street, | Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, і Australia. | Individual Subscriptions $6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum overseas | Institutional Subscriptions A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum COVER Illustrated by Andrew Atkins from a specimen reared by Nigel (à Depicts the Australian kawk moth Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval) a com п endemic species found throughout the continent. The larvae, which can bel feeding on Fuschias and Balsums in suburban gardens, are either green or! each colour form possessing yellow lateral eye-spots and other limited mag” Published by AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. Phone: 43-3972 Printed by DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS 6 Roger Street, Brookvale, N.S.W., 2100. 2 : Australian Entomological à | Magazine 9“ "us Sc Aust. ent. Mag. | - amay 1976 7 d Volume 3, Part 1 NEW RECORDS FOR BUTTERFLIES IN SOUTHERN, CENTRAL AND NORTHERN QUEENSLAND By Andrew Atkins Flat 1, 29 Greville Street, Prahran, Victoria, 3181 This paper consists of a list of positive identifications of species collected or observed by the author between 1970 and 1974. The locality of capture or observation is followed by a number indicating the month in which the species was recorded (i.e. January = 1, February = 2, etc.). The symbols nl., sl., and wl. y indicate that the species at that locality is at the known northern, southern or ‚western limit of its distribution. In general, the list includes localities of captures - not previously recorded for each species. Those butterflies regarded as common 0r widespread within Queensland are omitted. The list does not include ! Hesperiidae of the subfamily Hesperiinae. Species of this group captured Í between 1970 and 1974 are being evaluated and will be the subject of another list to be published at a later date. With the exception of the hesperid Hesperilla furva (see Sands and Kerr, 1973) the nomenclature used for the butterflies listed here follows that of Common and Waterhouse (1972). The subspecific status of some butterflies listed needs further investig- ation. These include species from Expedition Range, some of which show geographical variation indicating their isolation from other Queensland popul- ations (see Atkins, 1974). Complex distributions of the races of Candalides hyacinthinus and Ogyris amaryllis from central and northern Queensland also warrant further investigation to determine the subspecific identity of these Species. Specimens of Jalmenus evagoras evagoras from Bulburin and Kroombit Tops are larger than southern Queensland specimens and in colour approach the subspecies eubulus which appears to be restricted to brigalow areas. 2 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), Api List of species | HESPERIIDAE Euschemon rafflesia rafflesia (W. S. Macleay). Cent. Qld.: Bulburin State Fi; 4), (nl.). E DE repanda repanda C. and R. Felder. Cent. Qld.: Mount Аш] 10); Edungalba (9); South Molle Island (9). | Trapezites symmomus symmomus Hubner. Sth. Qld.: Montville (1); № Heads (11). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops (9, 12, 1), (nl.). Trapezites iacchus (Fabricius). Nth. Qld.: 35 km E. of Pentland (9), (м) Trapezites maheta maheta (Hewitson). Cent. Qld.: Byfield (9, 11, 12).Y; Archer (10). Trapezites petalia (Hewitson). Cent. Qld.: Great Keppel Island (12). Trapezites luteus leucus Waterhouse. Cent. Qld.: 20 km E. of Cracow (10) Toxidia thyrrhus Mabille. Cent. Qld.: Byfield (10, 3); Mount Archer (9, Ш 2, 3); Jim Crow Mountain (3); Stanwell (3). Toxidia parvula (Plotz). Cent. Qld.: Great Keppel Island (8, 9, 4). Toxidia doubledayi (Felder). Cent. Qld.: Berserker Ranges (10); Edungaluay Toxidia rietmanni rietmanni (Semper). Cent. Qld.: Mount Archer (11/1 Toxidia crypsigramma (Meyrick and Lower). Cent. Qld.: Blackman’s Раз Mount Morgan (3); Mount Archer (9, 10); Byfield (10); Yeppoon (11,26 Jim Crow Mountain (9, 3); Canoona (8, 9, 10, 11, 3, 4, 5); Edungalba (IJ Stanwell (9, 10); Westwood (10); Isla Gorge (10, 2); Bogantungan (4), (iV Nth. Qld.: 15 km W. of Paluma (10, 2). Neohesperilla xanthomera (Meyrick and Lower). Cent. Qld.: Gayndah (1P Isla Gorge (9, 10, 2); Great Keppel Island (10, 11, 1, 2); Westwood (10, Stanwell (10, 2, 3); Canoona (9, 10, 11, 12, 1, 2, 3); Berserker Re (10, 11, 2); Jim Crow Mountain (2). L Hesperilla sexguttata Herrich-Schaffer. Cent. Qld.: Theodore (11); Many ВК (3); Mount Morgan (8, 12, 1); Keppel Sands (8, 4); Jim Crow Mountain! Berserker Ranges (8, 9, 10, 1, 2, 3); Rockhampton (8, 9, 11, 12, 1,234 The Caves (10); Wycarbah (2); Mount Hay (9, 10, 2, 4); Grantleigh (8,1 4); Edungalba (1, 2); Lotus Creek (9); Yaamba (3); Dawson River (Л Boothill Creek (9); 40 km W. of Eungella (4); Bowen (9). Nth. Qld.: Hi Valley (9); Boggy Creek, 80 km S.W. of Cooktown (9). a Hesperilla malindeva Lower. Cent. Qld.: Isla Gorge (10, 11); Blackman! (10); Duaringa (1); Berserker Ranges (9, 10, 3, 4); Cawarral (2); Yepp” 11, 12, 1, 2); Byfield (10, 1, 3); Jim Crow Mountain (10); The Caves (10, Canoona (9, 10, 11, 12, 1, 2, 3). 0 Hesperilla furva Sands and Kerr. Cent. Qld.: Eidsvold (10, 11, 1); Ish C : (10, 11, 2, 3); 15 km S.W. of Theodore (12); Duaringa (1); Bauhinia о (9, 10, 2); Gogango Range (9, 10, 11, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4); Grantleigh (8,9, ^ 4); Mount Hay (10); Edungalba (11, 2). Hesperilla mastersi mastersi Waterhouse. Sth. Qld.: Mount Tamborine | Mount Nebo/Mount Glorious (10, 11, 12), (nl.); Cunningham’s Gap! ( | Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 Hesperilla picta (Leach). Sth Qld.: Cooroy (9, 10); Beerwah (10). Hesperilla ornata ornata (Leach). Sth Qld.: Montville (10). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops (10, 11); Mount Larcom (10); Cawarral (9); Mount Archer (9, 10); Yeppoon (9, 11); Eungella Range (9, 10, 11). F Mesodina halyzia halyzia (Hewitson). Cent. Qld.: Byfield (9, 10); Isla Gorge (3). * PAPILIONIDAE Protographium leosthenes leosthenes (Doubleday). Cent. Qld.: 10 km S. of V Blackwater (11); Bauhinia Creek (12); Edungalba (11, 1, 2); Gogango Range (10, 2, 3); Westwood (10, 2); Mount Archer (10, 11, 12, 1, 2); Jim Crow ' Mountain (10); Yeppoon (11, 1). 1 Graphium macleayanum macleayanum (Leach). Cent. Qld.: Bulburin State Forest (4); Berserker Ranges (11, 1, 3), (nl.). ! PIERIDAE ! Delias nysa (Fabricius). Cent. Qld.: Monto (8); Mount Archer (8, 9, 5); The Caves (8). | NYMPHALIDAE | Mycalesis perseus perseus (Fabricius). Cent. Qld.: Hedlow Creek (5); Rockham- (| pton (6); Ridgelands (6), (sl.). | Geitoneura acantha acantha (Donovan). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops (12). | Heteronympha merope merope (Fabricius). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops (12). ү Vanessa itea (Fabricius). Cent. Qld.: Rockhampton (5); Mount Archer (5, 7, 8); Yeppoon (4). , Precis hedonia zelima (Fabricius). Cent. Qld.: Byfield (11, 3, 4, 5); Lake Mary | (6); Yeppoon (12, 2, 3, 6); Hedlow Creek (5); Canoona (6). | LYCAENIDAE ‚ Rapala varuna simsoni (Miskin). Cent. Qld.: Yeppoon (10, 3, 4); Berserker ; Ranges (11, 12, 2, 3); Rockhampton (12, 1, 2, 3); Stanwell (1, 2, 3). | Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan). Cent. Qld.: Bulburin State Forest (4); | Kroombit Tops (12, 1). | Jalmenus evagoras eubulus Miskin. Cent. Qld.: Dawson River near Edungalba ; (11, 12, 2); Gogango Range (11, 1, 2). | Jalmenus pseudictinus Kerr and Macqueen. Cent. Qld.: Grantleigh (11, 12, 1, 2). Nth. Qld.: Cardwell (4, 10). | Jalmenus daemeli Semper. Cent. Qld,: Thompsons Point (2, 3, 4); Rockhampton | (10, 11, 2, 3); Wycarbah (12); Grantleigh (11, 12, 1, 2); Gogango Range (12, 1); Anakie (3). , Ogyris genoveva duaringa Bethune-Baker. Cent. Qld.: Mount Morgan (11); , La Gorge (11, 2). Ogyris zozine typhon Waterhouse and Lyell. Cent. Qld.: Great Keppel Island ~ (9, 10, 4); Emu Park (8, 9, 2, 3, 4); Byfield (10); Thompsons Point (4); Canoona (9); Gracemere (8, 9, 12, 2, 3, 5); Bogantungan (3). Nth. Qld.: 45 km N. of Hughenden (8). Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), Арі; Ogyris olane ocela Waterhouse. Cent. Qld.: Rockhampton (9); Dij: Carnarvon Range at Springwood (7). | Ogyris barnardi barnardi Miskin. Cent. Qld.: Rolleston (6); Isla боз Blackwater (7); Capella (7); Monto (8). Ogyris oroetes Hewitson. Cent. Qld.: Emu Park (8); Byfield (7); Rodi: (6); Rolleston (4); Carnarvon Range at Springwood (6, 7); Grana Ridgelands (7). Ogyris amaryllis ssp. Hewitson. Cent. Qld.: Bogantungan (8, 3); Lon: Nth. Qld.: Petford (10). | Hypochryseps delicia delicia Hewitson. Sth. Qld.: Montville (10). Hypochrysops delicia duaringae (Waterhouse). Cent. Qld.: Isla Gogi Spectacle Creek, Bluff (9, 10, 3); Stanwell (9, 2, 3). Hypochrysops ignita chrysonotus Grose-Smith. Cent. Qld.: 20 kmE. off: (10); Isla Gorge (10, 11); southern Expedition Range near Rolleston( Gogango Range (8); Stanwell (9, 10, 3, 4); Mount Lucas (8); Mount (4); Yeppoon (10); Canoona (9, 10, 11, 12, 1). Hypochrysops digglesi Hewitson. Cent. Qld.: Yeppoon (7, 8,9,12,2,3,4: | Farnborough (2); Byfield (10); Cawarral (10). |. Psuedodipsas cuprea Sands. Sth. Qld.: Mount Tinbeerwah, 10 km №. , (11). Cent. Qld.: Isla Gorge (10). | Paralucia pyrodiscus ssp. (Rosenstock). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops, Bauhinia Creek, 10 km E. of Boolburra (9), (nl.). Lucia limbaria Swainson. Cent. Qld.: 15 km W. of Moura (12). Candalides cyprotus pallescens (Tite). Cent. Qld.: Great Keppel Бай, Mount Archer (10, 12). [ Candalides hyacinthinus ssp. (Semper). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops | southern Expedition Range (4); Isla Gorge (10, 11, 2, 3); Мошіі ; (10, 11, 3, 4). Candalides xanthospilos (Hubner). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops (12); 5 (9, 10). Candalides heathi heathi (Cox). Cent. Qld.: Thompson’s Point (3); « Archer (11); Bauhinia Creek (12); Capella (7); Emerald (7); The Wi a (3); Blackwater (7). i | Nesolycaena albosericea (Miskin). Cent. Qld.: Isla Gorge (10, 3). Philiris innotata innotata (Miskin). Cent. Qld.: Carnarvon Gorge (8); Bi State Forest (4); Mt. Archer (12, 1, 2, 3); Yeppoon (4); Rockhampic: References Atkins, To S Butterflies of Expedition Range, central Queensland. Victorz Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus & Ro Sydney. 4to. Pp. i-xii, 1- 498, illustr. Sands, D. P. A. and Kerr, J. F. R., 1973. A new species of Hesperilla (Lepidopizzii ү eriidae) with a redescription of H. sexguttata (Herrich-Schaffer). J. Aust.& | 12(4): 277 - 283, text-figs 1- 4, pl. I. C a i I c 4 1 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 5 THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF THE GENERA _ APHILEUS, MACROMALOCERA, GL YPHOCHILUS AND CAMPSOSTERNUS u (COLEOPTERA: ELATERIDAE) By Jeffrey N. L. Stibick Senior Entomologist, D.A.S.F., P.O. Box 2417, Konedobu, Papua New Guinea Abstract An investigation into the generic relationships of some Elateridae found in Australia, New Guinea and New Zealand has shown that the systematic position of certain genera should be changed. The New Zealand genera are not discussed. This note reassigns the genera Aphileus, Macromalocera, Glyphochilus and Campsosternus and presents a description of the tribe or subfamily in which they are herein placed. Introduction A study of the broad generic relationships of the Elateridae found in ' Australia, Papua New Guinea, Irian Jaya and New Zealand has shown that the systematic position of certain genera, as given by Neboiss (1956 and 1961) who followed Schenkling (1925, 1927) and Schwarz (1906), should be changed. The external morphological features discussed in the text and descriptions or characterisations of the higher taxa show that certain genera require tribal and subfamily reassignment. This paper changes the systematic position of certain genera as follows: Aphileus (Ctenicerini to Pseudomelanactini), Macromalocera (Denticollini to Conoderini), Glyphochilus (Conoderini to Ampedini), Campsosternus (Oxyno- pterinae to Campsosterninae). The changes made here will be followed by the author in a revisionary series on the classification of the Elateridae. Subfamily PYROPHORINAE Candéze, 1863 The elaterid subfamily Pyrophorinae may be characterised by possession of one or more setae at the base of the claws. A few species have lost this feature and must be recognised by general shape, however, this need not be of concern in the present paper. Tribe PSEUDOMELANACTINI Arnett, 1967 Adult: Frons more or less inflexed; mouthparts inferior; frontal carina absent; antennae and tarsi not received in deep grooves; second antennal segment appreciably smaller than third, of eleven segments; prosternal sutures excavated in front, vaguely impressed along their length, prosternal lobe normally arcuate; méso and metasternum with distinct suture; scutellum shield-shaped, never cordate; tarsi simple; claws simple, setae present at base. Aphileus Candéze, 1857 This genus was previously in the Denticollinae (Ctenicerini) or Ctenicer- inae as listed in Neboiss (1956, 1961). Adults of this genus have a seta on the base of each claw. The larva (Neboiss, 1959) has a toothless mandible and a characteristic pyrophorine ninth abdominal segment. These attributes suffice to Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), Aj: о place Aphileus іп the Pyrophorinae. As regards the tribe, it is notices}: Aphileus lacks a groove for the antennae and has a very short second a: seement and narrow tarsal segments. These characters fit the Pseudomd: and placement in this tribe (under the current definition, Arnett, 196): ore seems to be correct. The Pseudomelanactini have been hitherto lini: isic North American genus, Pseudomelanactes Mathieu, 1961. monoba Tribe CONODERINI Fleutiaux, 1919 (1859) (MONOCREPIDIITES Candéze, 1859) Adult: Frons more or less inflexed or flat, curved downwards; пой nierior; frontal carina well developed above and between antennae, mori aight and well separate from labrum; antennae and tarsi not receiyedi| ooves; prosternal sutures closed, prosternal lobe normally arcuate; ms etasternum with distinct suture; scutellum shield shaped, never cori. ith fourth segment broadened or lobed beneath; claws simple, seta p base. facromalocera Hope, 1834 . The adults of this genus have a basal seta(e) on each claw. There ! erooves for the antennae and the fourth tarsal segment is broadened bs This seems sufficient justification to place Macromalocera in the Cono: not in the Denticollinae (Denticollini as listed in Neboiss, 1956, 10 appearance they seem similar to certain species of Conoderus Eschscholi. from the American south-west. This change, combined with the reassignment of Glyphochilu(: | makes it necessary to present the following modifications to th! | Australian Elateridae in the Conoderini (Conoderinae by Neboiss, 19%, Aeoloderma Fleutiaux, 1928 Aeolus Eschscholtz, 1829 Conoderes Eschscholtz, 1829 Drasterius Eschscholtz, 1829 | Heteroderes Latreille, 1834 | Macromalocera Hope, 1834 | | T Neboiss (1961, p.15) followed Van Zwaluwenburg (1959) inis | | Heteroderes subgeneric rank within Conoderes. However, Binaghi (1%! | studied the Conoderini quite extensively and concluded that the ношй f equal rank. This was followed in 1972 by Leseigneur and is adoptellt the latest opinion. | Binaghi also placed Drasterius in the Conoderini on the basis ott - | tion of the genitalia and the prosternal sutures. Leseigneur CONI | | is followed here. Neboiss placed it in the Elaterinae in 1% ` | his to the Ampedinae in 1961 (without comment on ліе. | i Subfamily ELATERINAE Leach, 1815 | зе ешїепа subfamily Elaterinae is characterised as follows: m ! di pc icxed with inferior mouthparts, the mesocoxae are opet } Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 7 mesepimeron and mesepisternum and there is a definite suture between the ~ mesosternum and metasternum. If a frontal ridge is present it is often absent in the middle or bent down towards the labrum and is sometimes protruding. Tribe AMPEDINI Fleutiaux, 1947 Adult: Head capsule oval, deflexed; mouthparts inferior; frontal carina complete, arcuate, bending down between antennae to meet or at least close towards labrum; antennae eleven segmented, serrate; prothorax more or less normally (gradually) narrowed anteriorly; prosternal sutures entire or excavated in front, double or single; scutellum shield-shaped, never cordate; mesocoxae open to both mesepimeron and mesepisternum; meso and metasternum distinct, joined by a definite suture; tarsi simple; claws simple, without basal setae. Glyphochilus Candéze, 1859 This genus was last placed in Conoderinae by Neboiss (1956) who followed Schenkling’s Catalogue (1925). I must disagree with this arrangement, not only because the claws lack setae at the base, but also because the frons is bent down towards the labrum, the head capsule seems to be oval and deflexed and the _ tarsi and claws are simple. All these features would appear to place Glyphochilus in ће Ampedini. The Australian genera of Ampedini may now be listed as follows:— Ampedus Dejean, 1833 Elastrus Candéze, 1859 Glyphochilus Candéze, 1859 Megapenthes Kiesenwetter, 1858 Melanoxanthus Dejean, 1833 (nec. Eschscholtz, 1836) CAMPSOSTERNINAE Fleutiaux, 1927 (SEMIOTINAE Golbach, 1970) new synonym Adult: Head more or less oval, deflexed; mouthparts inferior; antennae of male serrate; frons deeply foveate medially; pronotum explanately broadened and flattened; prosternum normally arcuate anteriorly; prosternal spine normally elongate; mesosternum and metasternum connate, suture indistinct or absent; mesocoxae open to mesepimeron and mesepisternum; scutellum shield-shaped, never cordate; elytra acuminate to apex, striate, spinose and usually mucronate at apex; claws simple, without setae; tarsi simple, without pads or lobes. Campsosternus Latreille, 1834 This is a widespread genus, ranging from India to China to New Guinea. The numerous specimens I have seen lack setae on the claws and have no suture or evident union between the mesosternum and metasternum. The latter feature is characteristic of the Chalcolepidiini (Pyrophorinae) in which this genus was placed for many years. Lately, Fleutiaux (1947) and Ohira, in several papers, have placed it in the Oxynopterinae (Ohira 1970 for example). However, the related Semiotus Eschscholtz, 1829, and two other genera, all from the Americas, were recently (Golbach, 1970) placed in a new subfamily. The characters just cited leave little doubt that Campsosternus belongs to this group. һы оо жт Aust. ent Mag. 3(1), Ayi à A It happens though, that Fleutiaux (1927) used the name Campione cover this genus, Oxynopterus and three other genera. Fleutiaux inom listed the name (Oxynopterides, Candèze, 1857) as a synonym, in ауа he employed it (correctly) in 1947, and Campsosterninae was in effect dip as a junior synonym. He also mentioned Semiotus, about which he felting :o keep apart due to general appearance and the fact that the head i armed with spines. I do not regard such a tentative statement as si; cvidence to warrant the separation of Semiotus, since it fits the йш] features now considered to be important. If Golbach’s Concept is to bey ap lied, as it is here, then Campsosternus must join Semiotus et al, inas sut family, and the name Campsosterninae is here applied as the oldest ag { mily-group name and not the name Semiotinae, herein relegated to thes | cf a junior synonym (new synonym). The Oxynopterinae are conseq | l mited to four genera of Asiatic-African origins (Oxynopterus Hope, $e c impsus Fleutiaux, Sinuaria Jordon and Ceropectus Fleutiaux). Acknowledgements I wish to acknowledge the assistance of Mr A. Neboiss, Curator ofl during and after a visit to the National Museum of Victoria in 1972. lap: the assistance of Dr E.B. Britton, C.S.LR.O., for permission to vew. Elateridae in the Australian National Insect Collection in Canbem. li: colleagues Mr T.L. Fenner of the D.A.S.F. and Mr D.P.A. Sands of CSIL my grateful appreciation for their review and comments on this paper. — References ] j Arnett, R. H., 1967. The systematic position of Melanactes and Pseudomelanactal li eoptera, Elateridae). Ent. News 78: 110-111. { Binaghi, С., 1941. Il Drasterius bimaculatus Rossi in Italia con note di Sistem ү Drasterius Paleartici. Variazioni, Geonimia, Apparati genitali, e loro pi tra I Conoderini. Mem. Soc. Ent. Italiana 20: 162-183. . Candèze, E., 1857. Monographie des Elaterides. Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege. 11:4 Candèze, E., 1859. Monographie des Elaterides II. Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege. 14:4) Candèze, E., 1863. Monographie des Elaterides IV. Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege. 11:4 Dejean, P. F. M. A., 1833. Cat. Coleoptera de la coll. de M. Lebaron Dejean. 2:5) Eschscholtz, J. F., 1829. Eintheilung de Elateriden in Gattungen. Thon. Archiv. 25 Fleutiaux, E., 1919. Voyage de ch. Alluaud et R. Jeannel en Afrique Orientale (191% Insects Coleopteres: XIII, Elateridae, Trixagidae et Melasidae. Paris, E у 119 pp. | Fleutiaux, E., 1927. Les Elaterides de l'Indochine Francaise (Catalogue taisome). 14 Colon. Fr. 1: 53-122. tl ГІ utiaux, E., 1928. Les Elaterides de l'Indochine Francaise (Catalogue raisonne). £x f Ent. Paris B.I. Col. 3: 103-177. a Fleutiaux, E., 1947. Revision des Elaterides (Coleopteres) de PIndo-Chine Franois. 4 Ent. Chinoise 11: 233-420. 1 С‹ ibach, R., 1970. Semiotinae, neuva subfamilia de Elateridae (Coleoptera). Aa 0 lilloana. 25: 317-324. ù Не oe, F.W., 1834. Descriptions of some hitherto uncharacterized exotic Соор | from New Holland. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 1: 11-20, pls I & II. (Elaterids p | Kj enwetter, H., 1858. Naturgeschichte de Insecten Deutschlands, Erste Alti р | Coleoptera. Nicolaischen Buchlandlung, Berlin, Germany. 4: 353. L: еше, P. A., 1834. Distribution methodique et naturelle des genres des divisi? y; “insects Coleopteres de la famille des Serricornes. Ann. Soe. Ent. Put 113 - 170. : ri . Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 9 Leach, W. E., 1815. Entomology. Brewster’s Edinburgh Encycl. 9(1): 1 - 384. . Leseigneur, L., 1972. Coleopteres Elateridae de la Faune de France Continentale et de ned Corse. Bull, Mem. Soc. Linneenne de Lyon. Supp.: 379 pp. Mathieu, J. M., 1961. Revision of the genus Melanactes, with a proposed new genus (Coleoptera, Elateridae). Amer. Midl. Nat. 65: 459 - 480. 1 Neboiss, A., 1956. A checklist of Australian Elateridae (Coleoptera). Mem. natn. Mus. — Vict. 22(2): 1-75. ' Neboiss, A., 1959. A revision of the genus Aphileus Candèze (Coleoptera, Elateridae). Aust. J. Zool. 7: 136 - 145. Neboiss, A., 1961. Additions and corrections to the checklist of Australian Elateridae (Coleoptera). Mem. natn. Mus. Vict. 22(10): 1 - 29. | Ohira, H., 1970. Elateridae in Japan. Nature and insects 5(6): 15 - 17. Schenkling, S., 1925. Elateridae I. Coleopterorum Catalogus 80: 1 - 264. Schenkling, S., 1927. Elateridae II. Coleopterorum Catalogus 88: 265 - 636. ! Schwarz, O., 1906-7. Coleoptera. Fam. Elateridae. Genera Insectorum 46: 1-370, pls 1-6. ‚ Van Zwaluwenburg, К. H., 1959. Some type designations with notes on Pacific Elateridae (Coleoptera). Pacif. Ins. 1(4): 347 - 414. NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF AUSTRALIAN ODONATA By J. V. Peters 245 Quarry Road, Ryde, N.S.W., 2112 Watson (1974) answered a need of all those interested in Australian Odonata by publishing a current checklist of all known species with a guide to their distribution. The first of the following records constitutes an addition to those species listed as occurring in Watson's Region 5, SEN (south-eastern New South Wales) and the second, an addition to Region 6, NEN (north-eastern New South Wales). l. Austrogynacantha heterogena (Tillyard). One male specimen was collected by the author at M.V. light on 20th February, 1974 at Ryde, Sydney. 2. Rhyothemis phyllis chloe Kirby. One female specimen was collected at Coffs Harbour, N.S.W. on 12th January, 1972 by M.S. Moulds. The Specimen is in the author's collection. In addition I wish to correct three inaccuracies in my 1972 paper, “A list of the dragonflies (Odonata) collected in the Northern Territory” :— Pseudagrion papuense Tillyard. The specimens listed under this name have since been correctly identified as Pseudagrion microcephalum (Rambur). The specimens listed as Gynacantha rosenbergi Brauer have in fact proved to be an, as yet, undescribed species (Gynacantha sp. “n” in Watson, 1974). For pointing out the above misidentifications I am indebted to Dr J.A.L. Watson, C.S.I.R.O., Canberra. The sub-heading “Family Corduliidae” should read “Family Libell- ulidae". References Peters, J. V., 1972. A list of the dragonflies (Odonata) collected in the Northern Territory. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1): 3-4. Watson, I. A. L., 1974. The distributions of the Australian dragonflies (Odonata). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(2): 137-149. 10 DESCRIPTION OF THE MALE OF CR/ORRHINA SOROR PARAMON (DIPTERA: SYRPHIDAE) | | | Ву С. Daniels 98 Harris Street, Fairfield, N.S.W., 2165. Abstract | The male of Criorrhina soror Paramonov is described and figured} habitat recorded, and distribution extended. | Introduction | Eight species of Criorrhina Meigen are recorded from Australia, te southern Queensland to South Australia and Tasmania. As specimen t uncommon in collections, the opportunity is taken to describe the maki C. soror Paramonov, only known from the female holotype collected; Jerrongabilly (=Yarrongabilly?) New South Wales. Paramonov (1955) mentio: that this specimen may have been a female C. transparens Paramonov, of vli: only males were known. As with other species of Criorrhina the male of Ü soror shows some variation in external characters, but considerable resemblty in form of body and of wing patterning associate it with the female. Australian species of Criorrhina should possibly be removed from t genus, as they possess strong hairs, sometimes bristle-like ventrally on the li femur; males have the eyes touching for a short distance; and the abdomen iy most only moderately pubescent. Verrall (1901: 576) records that Biti species have the hind femur “. . . without any processes or even bristles benz: ... Eyes... not touching though approximated in the male ... Abdomen.. always densely pubescent ...". Not having examined foreign material of # genus, the value of these characters for generic separation cannot be азсепа — Criorrhina $огог Paramonov Description of male | Head (Figs 1, 2). Ocellar triangle following profile of eye, only sii! projected; eyes touching along a line about as long as ocellar triangle; а mi fulvous micropubescent triangle anterior to ocellar triangle, and sub-equal; fo: golden micropubescent; fulvous hairs confined to ocellar triangle; tuber? present above epistoma; cheeks with a variable black line. Antennae orange; ir and second segments shining, yellow haired; third segment with yellow micro резсепсе; arista black. Posterior eye margin with a narrow whitish micropubé: cent line. | Thorax. Mesonotum black with a longitudinal, submedial, fulvous lit angled anteriorly to meet humeral callus; laterally with a rufous longitud: line; the submedial and lateral lines golden micropubescent anteriorly to sut covered with short, dense suberect, fulvous hairs, slightly longer on scutellut scutellum rufous. Lateral slopes of thorax black, pleurotergite and pteropleut’ brownish, pteropleuron with a black sub-ventral Spot; anepisternite got micropubescent on posterior half; sternopleurite in upper posterior comer a golden micropubescent spot, below this spot and posterior margin with a wilt | | | | D ) Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 11 FIGS 1 - 4 (scales represent 1 mm). Criorrhina soror Paramonov б: (1) head anteriorly; (2) head laterally; (3) hind femur and tibia (pollinose hair omitted); (4) wing. micropubescent line; metanotum black. Legs (Fig. 3). Coxae black, grey pollinose; femora, tibiae and tarsi orange- yellow, yellow pollinose; hind femur ventrally with 2 subapical rows of short, stout black hairs, central elements bristle-like; hind tibia with an indistinct subapical, anterodorsal spot. Wing (Fig. 4). Similar to female, the apical black spot being indistinct. Abdomen. Tergite 1 orange-yellow, concealed dorsally by scutellum; tergites 2 and 3 with a black dorsal, longitudinal line abruptly widening about middle of tergite to cover dorsal surface on posterior margin, remainder of each tergite transparent yellow; tergite 4 black, with indistinct orange-brown lateral and posterior margins; tergite 5 dark orange-brown. 12 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, ux [ Dimensions. Body length, excluding antennae, 15.0 - 152 mm; lengthy thorax, 5.6 mm; length of wing, 11.8 mm. | Material examined. NEW SOUTH WALES: 14 km E of Robertson, 23 Nov 19 | 640 m, on Leptospermum blossom. AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITOR. | Lee's Creek, Brindabella Range, 2 Jan 1975; both specimens in auth | collection. | Habitat. The Brindabella specimen was taken about 11.00 am (Eastern Stant; Time), walking amongst the stems of ferns at the edge of a creek. It is бош | that the specimen was freshly emerged as it remained in good condition wir | pinned and dried. The Robertson specimen was feeding on Leptospermp | blossom in mid afternoon. l Acknowledgement | Thanks are due to Miss Z. Liepa, Division of Entomology, C.S.IR( | Canberra, for permission to examine the type of C. soror. | | References | Paramonov, S. J., 1955. Notes on Australian Diptera (XVI - XIX). XIX. A review: Australian Criorrhina species (Syrphidae). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 12(8): 125-14. Verrall, G. H., 1901. British Flies. Vol. 8. Platypezidae, Pipunculidae, and Syrphitz: Great Britain. 691 pp. London. BUTTERFLIES IN NORTH-WESTERN NEW SOUTH WALES: NARRABRI AND BELLATA By R. G. Douglas P.O. Box 89, Cessnock, N.S.W., 2325 Abstract Observations and collections of butterflies in the two north-westen її South Wales localities of Narrabri and Bellata during the six month репо to December 1974 have been recorded. Introduction The township of Narrabri is situated 570 km NNW of Sydney, and Beli lies another 48 km north of Narrabri. Both lie on the edge of the nortti plains, in an area very largely devoted to the growing of cereal crops and gu The area receives an average annual rainfall of 63 cm. Temperatures гї broadly from - 4° to 45°C. The observations for Narrabri were made primarily in the township [is more or less continuously during the six month period, July to December! Those for Bellata resulted from collections made intermittently during thes: period on a ridge bordering the village. | Aust ent Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 A While there appear to be no previously published records of butterflies in . the Narrabri area, some observations have been noted. Common and Waterhouse (1972) record the larval foodplant of Theclinesthes onycha onycha (Hewitson) at Narrabri. They also record the collection by C.W. Frazier of Anisynta albovenata weemala Couchman at Mt. Kaputar, at 600 m. While Mt. Kaputar is popularly considered to be close to Narrabri, it is in fact some 55 km distant, and is ecologically distinct from the western plains. Narrabri is 210 m above sea level; the Mt. Kaputar National Park is mainly above 1000 m, the mountain itself reaching 1526 m. Collections or observations from the Mt. Kaputar area should be considered separately from those of Narrabri itself. (It is to be hoped that observations will be made of butterflies within the Mt. Kaputar National Park, similar to those of Smithers and Peters (1972) for the Warrumbungle National Park. The comparison would be of considerable interest.) It should be noted that the season during which the following observations were made was one of the driest on record, with the district declared a drought area. Doubtless this had its effect on the insect life of the region. The nomenclature used follows that of Common and Waterhouse (1972). Time periods given are those when adults were observed on the wing. List of species HESPERIIDAE l. Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterhouse. Yellow banded dart. First appeared in numbers mid-September, then common through to December (Narrabri). PAPILIONIDAE 2. Papilio anactus (W.S. Macleay). Dingy swallowtail. October to December. The species breeds on citrus at Narrabri and parasitism of pupae is common. 3. Papilio aegeus aegeus (Donovan). Orchard butterfly. October to December (Narrabri). First appeared in numbers early October. It breeds on citrus and there were two generations at Narrabri in 1974: larvae collected in May pupated June/July; larvae of next generation pupated December. Parasitism of final instar larva observed. 4. Papilio demoleus sthenelus W.S. Macleay. Chequered swallowtail. October to December (Narrabri). PIERIDAE 5. Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W.S. Macleay). Common migrant. One male (pale form) taken at Narrabri 25 Aug. 1974 while sheltering on a broad-bean leaf during rain. 6. Catopsilia pomona pomona (Fabricius). Lemon migrant. One male (pale form) taken at Narrabri 31 July 1974. 7. Eurema smilax (Donovan). Small grass yellow. September to December (Narrabri); August and September (Bellata). 8. Elodina parthia (Hewitson). Chalk white. August to December (Bellata). 9. Elodina padusa (Hewitson). Narrow-winged pear white. September and October (Bellata). T I 1 " Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, ma : 1 7 i onovan). Wood white. August to October (Narai Ки Беара Shouse 11952) state that adults fly from Septemb: March, but this could be extended. Several females were taken in Aur and the earliest was collected 2 August 1974. [ 11. Delias nysa nysa (Fabricius). Nysa jezebel. Only one female was collec: at Narrabri 19 October 1974, and only males at Bellata in September! seems that the species has a distribution considerably further westwarii N.S.W. than that indicated by Common and Waterhouse (1972). | 12. Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fabricius). Caper white. August to [есеп Narrabri. Only light form females were observed in August and Бере | but from October to December dark form females were also present, T. species became very numerous in late October to early December, wit. peak late in November when 12 to 20 could be seen at any one tim; | Bellata the species was noted from September to December. § i observations made at the November peak period may be of interest: — a. Variation in size was considerable. Small specimens were observi: flight with normal sized adults. Wingspan measurements ranged fr 51 - 64 mm (4) and 50 - 66 mm (9). | b. Flight continued until late in the evening. Ten minutes after Sunsel the latest time of flight recorded. | c. Males were observed ‘drinking’ at wet lawn grass on a very wami 13. Cepora perimale scyllara (W. S. Macleay). Australian gull. One male tt at Bellata 12 September 1974. This is also a westward extension in NSi of the distribution shown by Common and Waterhouse (1972). | 14. Pieris rapae rapae (Linnaeus). Cabbage white. This species is fim established at Narrabri, with adults in flight the year round, winter fn notwithstanding. At Bellata specimens were observed in October, butt species is not common in the open country. | I 15. Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll). Lesser wanderer. Not observed within: town of Narrabri, but in the surrounding country during October: November. Observed in September at Bellata. | 16. Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay). Oleander butterfly. November: December (Narrabri). Predation and frequent parasitism of pupae n 17. Hypocysta pseudirius Butler. Dingy ringlet. October (Bellata). | 18. Heteronympha merope merope (Fabricius). Common brown. Novek (Narrabri). | 19. Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fab.). Tailed emperor. November (їшї 20. Vanessa kershawi (McCoy). Painted lady. October and December (Nart: 21. Vanessa itea (Fabricius). Australian admiral. July to December (їшї One parasitized pupa collected. | 22. Precis villida calybe (Godart). Meadow argus. September to Dewt (Narrabri); August to O: tober (Bellata). | 23. Acraea andromacha anc omacha (Fabricius). Glasswing. One male take! September 1974 (Narra ri). | NYMPHALIDAE | ų Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 15 LYCAENIDAE - 24. Nacaduba biocellata biocellata (C. & R. Felder). Double-spotted lineblue. ' — December (Narrabri). . 25. Lampides boeticus (Linnaeus). Pea blue. September and October (Narrabri). ' 26. Zizina otis labradus (Godart). Common grass blue. September to December | (Narrabri and Bellata). Acknowledgement | I wish to acknowledge the assistance of the staff of the Australian Museum ' inconfirming the identification of Delias nysa nysa and Cepora perimale scyllara. References . Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. 4to. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. Pp. i-xii, 1-498, illustr. Smithers, C. N. and Peters, J. V., 1972. Butterflies observed in Warrumbungle National Park, N.S.W. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1): 11-12. RECENT LITERATURE Compiled by M. S. Moulds ALDRICK, J. M. 1973. See CHRISTIAN. C.M.G. and ALDRICK, J.M., 1973. 1973a. See STANDFAST, H.A. and DYCE, A.L., 1973. . ANONYMOUS = ]974d. Pesticides. The importance of pesticides in modern agriculture. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 85(4): 20-41, illustr. 1974e. Aust. crow butterfly. Bendigo Nat. 7(1): 7, illustr. Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Euploea core (popular notes only) 1974f. Red-backs about. Bendigo Nat. 7(1): 18, illustr. Arachnida: red-back spider 1975. Excursion report — Dularcha National Park, Sunday 20 April. Q.N.C. News 74: 3-4. Lepidoptera: Precis hedonia zelima Cupha prosope prosope Euschemon rafflesia rafflesia Q.N.C. News is the monthly newsletter of the Queensland Naturalists’ Club. _ ATKINS, Andrew .. 1974. Further notes on the butterflies of Expedition Range, central Queensland. Victorian Ent. 4(6): 78. 1974c. Further notes on the response of Queensland danaid butterflies to selective attractants. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(2): 38. . BETSCH, J.-M. and MASSOUD, Z. 1972. Collemboles Symphypleones d'Australie: Bourletides, n.g., et Pygi- cornides. Annls Soc. ent. Fr. 8: 225-237. l 16 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 8 | | BOUCEK, 2. } i 1974. The pteromalid subfamily Eutrichosomatinae (Hymenoptera: б cidoidea). J. Ent. (B)43(2): 129-138, text-figs 1-12. | | CARDALE, Josephine С. 1974. See RIEK, E.F. and CARDALE, J.C., 1974. CHRISTIAN, C. M. G. and ALDRICK, J. M. 1973. See STANDFAST, H.A. and DYCE, A.L., 1973. I COLLESS, D. H. and McALPINE, D. K. i г | 1974. Diptera (flies). (Chapter 34). In: The insects of Australia. Sw; ment. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 91-96, text-ig! CULVENOR, C. C. J. | 1974. See EDGAR, J.A., CULVENOR, C.C.J. and PLISKE, T.E, I) | DAVIDSON, R. L. 1974. See HILDITCH, J. A., et al., 1974. DUNNET, G. M. and MARDON, D. K. | 1974. A monograph of Australian fleas (Siphonoptera). Aust. J Д | Suppl. Ser. 30: 1-273, text-figs 1-405. DYCE, A. L. 1973a. See STANDFAST, H.A. and DYCE, A.L., 1973. | 1975. See FERRAR, P., STANDFAST, H.A. and DYCE, A.L., 195. EDGAR, J.A., CULVENOR, C.C.J. and PLISKE, T.E. | 1974. Coevolution of danaid butterflies with their host plants. Matwe! (5468): 646-648. | EMMEL, Thomas C., KILDUFF, Thomas S. and McFARLAND, Nod - 1974. The chromosomes of a long-isolated monotypic butterfly gu Tellervo zoilus (Nymphalidae: Ithomiinae) in Australia. J. Ent 49(1): 43-46, text-figs 1-6. | FARROW, R. A. | 1974a. A modified light-trap for obtaining large samples of лї ЇЙ usts and grasshoppers. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4);357-360, texti! FERRAR, P., STANDFAST, H.A. and DYCE, A.L. | 1975. A survey of blood-sucking and synanthropic Diptera and È insects on Norfolk Island, south Pacific. J. Aust. ent. Soc It 7-13, table 1, text-fig. 1. FILSHIE, B. K. | 1974. See KITCHING, R.L. and FILSHIE, B.K., 1974. FOSTER, G.G. and WHITTEN, M.J. 1974. The development of genetic methods of controlling the Aus sheep blowfly, Lucillia cuprina. In: The use of genetics forit control. Edited by R. Pal and M.J. Whitten. Elsevier, North Hole FRENCH, J. R. J. | 1974. А juvenile hormone analogue inducing caste differentiation й Australian termite, Nasutitermes exitiosus (Hill) (Isoptert le idae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4): 353-355, table 1, text-fig. l. — Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 17 GAY, F. J. 1974. The Australian termite genus Occasitermes (Isoptera: Termitidae: Nasutitermitinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4): 275-283, text-figs 1-13. GAY, F.J. and WATSON, J.A.L. 1974. Isoptera (termites). (Chapter 15). Zn: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 37-39, text-figs 16 & 17. GEORGE, J. M. 1974. See ROBERTS, R.J. and GEORGE, J.M., 1974. GREAVES, T. and HUGHES, R.D. 1974. The population biology of the meat ant. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4): 329-351, tables 1-6, text-figs 1-14. GREENUP, L.R. and JOHNS, G.G. 1974. Pasture seed theft by ants in northern New South Wales. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 23-24. Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Pheidole spp. GUTIERREZ, A.P., HAVENSTEIN, D.E., NIX, H.A. and MOORE, P.A. 1974. Ecology of Aphis craccivora Koch and subterranean clover stunt virus in south-east Australia. 2. A model of cowpea aphid popula- tions in temperate pastures. J. appl. Ecol. 11: 1-20. GUTIERREZ, A.P., NIX, H.A., HAVENSTEIN, D.E. and MOORE, P.A. 1974. Ecology of Aphis craccivora Koch and subterranean clover stunt virus in south-east Australia. 3. A regional perspective of the phen- ology and migration of the cowpea aphid. J. appl. Ecol. 11: 21-35. HAVENSTEIN, D. E. 1974. See GUTIERREZ, A.P., HAVENSTEIN, D.E., et al., 1974. 19743. See GUTIERREZ, A.P., NIX, H.A., et al., 1974. HILDITCH, J.A., DAVIDSON, R.L., RIDSDILL SMITH, T.J. and WOLFE, V.J. 1974. Fecundity and selection of oviposition sites by scarabs. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 51-52. Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae species HILL, Graham 1974, Sound of summer. Bendigo Nat. 7(1): 8-9, illustr. Hemiptera: Cicadidae: Psaltoda moerens HUGHES, R. D. 1974. See GREAVES, T. and HUGHES, R.D., 1974. JOHNS, G. G. 1974. See GREENUP, L.R. and JOHNS, G.G., 1974. JONES, R.E. and WALKER, J.M. 1974. Some factors affecting protein feeding and egg development in the Australian bush fly Musca vetustissima. Entomolgia exp. appl. 17: 117-125. KITCHING, R. L. 1974a. Controlling the sheep blowfly. Aust. nat. Hist. 18(4): 122-127, illustr. ——— Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1% KITCHING, R.L. and FILSHIE, B.K. : | 1974. The morphology and mode of action of the anal apparatu: membracid nymphs with special reference to Sextius vires (Fairmaire) (Homoptera). J. Ent. (A)49(1): 81-88, text-figs 1i LUTTON, G. G. 1974. See MILNER, R.J. and LUTTON, G.G., 1974. McALPINE, D. K. 1974b. See COLLESS, D.H. and McALPINE, D.K., 1974. McFARLAND, Noel | 1974. See EMMEL, T.C., KILDUFF, T.S. and McFARLAND, N, 1%: MAELZER, D. A. | 1974. The rate of development of insects at temperatures outside Ù favourable range. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inert. 1974: 7-8. | Hemiptera: Cimicidae: Cimex Coleoptera: Coccinellidae: Leis conformis MARDON, D. K. 1974. See DUNNET, G.M. and MARDON, D.K., 1974. MARSH, Neville and ROTHSCHILD, Miriam 1974. Aposematic and cryptic Lepidoptera tested on the mouse. J. Zi. Lond. 174(1): 89-122, tables I-VII, text-figs 1-3, plate I. Lepidoptera: Catopsilla pomona MASSOUD, Z. 1972. See BETSCH, J.-M. and MASSOUD, Z., 1972. MILNER, R.J. and EUTTON, G.G. | 1974. The pathogenicity and host range of an entomopoxvins it Othnonius batesi (Scarabaeidae). Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol Gre land Inverteb. 1974: 69-70. | Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae species | Lepidoptera: Hepialidae: Oncopera alboguttata F MOORE, P. A. 1974. See GUTIERREZ, A.P., HAVENSTEIN, D.E., et al., 1914. 1974a. See GUTIERREZ, A.P., NIX, H.A., et al., 1974. NIX, H. A. i 1974. See GUTIERREZ, A.P., HAVENSTEIN, D.E., et al., 194. 1974a. See GUTIERREZ, A.P., NIX, H.A., et al., 1974. | O'FARRELL, A. F. | 1974. See VERON, J.E.N., О’ FARRELL, А.Е. and DIXON, В, 1974, PAL, R. and WHITTEN, M. J. | 1974. See FOSTER, С.С. and WHITTEN, M.J., 1974. 4 PATERSON, C.G. and WALKER, K.F. | 1974a. Recent history of Tanytarsus barbitarsis Freeman (Dipterz C omidae) in the sediments of a shallow, saline lake. Aust. АЁ Freshwat. Res. 25(3): 315-325, tables 1-6, text-figs 1-6. | | | | | | Aust ent Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 19 PLISKE, T. E. 1974. See EDGAR, J.A., CULVENOR, C.C.J. and PLISKE, T.E., 1974. RIDSDILL SMITH, T. J. 1974a. See HILDITCH, J.A., et al., 1974. RIEK, E.F. and CARDALE, Josephine C. 1974. Hymenoptera (wasps, bees, ants). (Chapter 37). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 107-111, text-figs 41 & 42. See also MICHENER, C.D., 1974, and TAYLOR, R.W., 1974. ROBERTS, R.J. and GEORGE, J.M. 1974. Weed invasion of improved pastures in relation to insect populations. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 29-30. Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Anophlognathus spp. Rhopaea morbillosa ROTHSCHILD, Miriam 1974. See MARSH, N. and ROTHSCHILD, M., 1974. ROXBURGH, N. A. 1974. See SHANAHAN, G.J. and ROXBURGH, N.A., 1974. SANKOWSKY, Garry 1975. Some new food plants for various Queensland butterflies. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(3): 55-56. SCHWARZ, Michael P. 1975 . Methods for keeping colonies of Exoneura (Hymenoptera, Anthoph- oridae) in artificial observation nests. Victorian Ent. 5(1): 88-90. SHANAHAN, G.J. and ROXBURGH, N.A. 1974. Insecticide resistance in Australian sheep blowfly. Agric. Gaz. N.S. W. 85(4): 4-7, illustr. Diptera: Lucilia cuprina SLATER, James A. and WOODWARD, T.E. 1974. А new genus and four new species of Rhyparochrominae (Hemipt- era): Lygaeidae) from Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4): 305-316, text-figs 8-13. STANDFAST, H. A. 1975. See FERRAR, P., STANDFAST, Н.А. and DYCE, A.L., 1975. STANDFAST, H. A. and DYCE, A. L. 1973. Appendix V. List of blood-sucking arthropods. /n: Christian, C. S. and Aldrick, J. M., A review report of the Alligator Rivers Region environmental fact finding study. Published in Darwin by the Study's Executive Committee. Limited edition. 4to. Appendix V, 3 pages. VERON, J.E.N., O'FARRELL, A.F. and DIXON, B. 1974. The fine structure of Odonata chromatophores. Tissue and Cell 6(4): | 613-626, table 1, text-figs 1-19. ^. WALKER, J. M. 1974. See JONES, R.E. and WALKER, J.M., 1974. 20 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1 WALKER, K. F. 1974a. See PATERSON, C.G. and WALKER, K.F., 1974. WALLACE, M. M. H. | y 1974. An attempt to extend the biological control of Sminthurus vite (Collembola) to new areas in Australia by introducing a predi mite, Neomolgus capillatus (Bdellidae). Aust. J. Zool. 24:3 529, text-figs 1-4. 1974a. The entognathous hexapods. (Chapter 10). In: The inset: Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Vic: Pp. 31-32, text-figs 13 & 14. WALLACE, M. M. H. and WALTERS, M. C. 1974. The introduction of Bdellodes lapidaria (Acari: Bdellidae) i Australia into South Africa for biological control of Sinintiy viridis (Collen bola). Aust. J. Zool. 22(4): 505-517, table |, figs 1-7. WALTERS, M. C. 1974. See WALLACE, M.M.H. and WALTERS, M.C., 1974. WATSON, J. A. L. 1974a.. See GAY, F.J. and WATSON, J.A.L., 1974. 1974b. Apterygota (primitively wingless insects). (Chapter 11). шї insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Cz: Victoria. P.33. | 1974c. The Australian harvester termite, Drepanotermes (Termitidee).4) Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 53. — 1974d. Caste development and its seasonal cycle in the Australian haw termite, Drepanotermes perniger (Froggatt) (Isoptera: Temitiz Aust. J. Zool. 22(4): 471-487, tables 1-4, text-figs 1-23. WEBB, G. G. 1974. Суіоѓахопоту of Australian Dermaptera. In: E.T. Giles, Dem (earwigs), Chapter 19, in: The insects of Australia. Supplement!) Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 42-43, table 2, texti WHITE, M. J. D. 1974. Cytogenetics. (Chapter 3). In: The insects of Australia, Supple 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 15-18. | WHITTEN, M. J. | 1974. See FOSTER. G.G. and WHITTEN, M.J., 1974. |. 1974a. See PAL, R., апа WHITTEN, M.J., 1974. | SON, James Otto OBITUARY. Aust. en . Mag. 2(2): 40-42. WOLFE, V. J. 1974. See HILDIT( Н, J. A., et al., 1974. WOODWARD, T. E. 1974. See SLATE] Т.А. and WOODWARD, T.E., 1974. ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices. WANTED. A pair of Morpho hecuba cisseis, commonly referred to as M. cisseis. Must be in A1 condition or close to it. I will purchase d and 9 separately if necessary and am willing to pay substantial prices. Ian Robertson, 89 . Willsmere Road, Kew, Victoria, 3101. WANTED. A copy of Victorian Butterflies, by Anderson and Spry. Peter Carwardine, 2a Victoria Road, Malvern, Victoria, 3144. WANTED. Ornithoptera, Troides and Trogonoptera, especially О. goliath д or 9. Will exchange for other rare Ornithoptera. Available for exchange or sale 0. rothschildi, О. goliath procus and О. tithonus. С. Watson, P.O. Box 1567, Wollongong, N.S.W., 2500. EXCHANGE. Australian and New Guinea butterflies wanted in exchange for US and Calf. species. Have many rare species (all families) to trade. Che X $2 Ramerunga Biological Laboratories P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870 PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO. long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272 | BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF | EXOTIC SPECIES Please write for our catalogue of species available NOTES FOR AUTHORS Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends a опе or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in advance, Persons submitting papers for publication need not be subscribers to the journal. Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and in duplicate. The editor reserves the right to reject any paper considered unsuitable. Address papers to: The Editor, Australian Entomological Magazine, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065. CONTENTS ATKINS, A. New records for b utterflies in southern, central and northem | Queensland smears ыт ске тыы eae Criorrhina soror Paramonoy f DANIELS, G. Description of the male of (Diptera: Syrphidae) Dll. 82:527 28 Е... DOUGLAS, R. G. Butterflies in north-western New South Wales: Narrabri and Bellata .....--- БЕДА PETERS, J. V. Notes on the distribution of Australian Odonata ...... osition of the genera Aphilews, STIBICK, J. N. L. The systematic p | а Campsosternus (Coleoptera Macromalocera, Glyphochilus an Elateridae) mainte. SEE БЕ RECENT LITERATURE ENTOMOLOGIGALANOUIGES | ш а i We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehen ie range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books. Ма! of our products are manufactured in our own workshop and we import dire iy a number of others. MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES Our 20 page illustrated equipment catalogue and price list is available free 0 request. In addition we will send you, also free, our book catalogue, whit gives details of our new and secondhand literature range. 1 Australian Entomological Supplies | 35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 44 Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43391 ISSN 0311-1881 USTRALIAN NTOMOLOGICAL IAGAZINE ] | | | | 253JUL' 976 ^] » CF vicro A t. ent, Mag. Edited by M. S. Moulds VOLUME 3, PART 2 JULY, 1976 Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated. journal d. principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zi and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profes entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each wj SUBSCRIPTIONS All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be fori) ! Australian Entomological Press, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. Individual Subscriptions $6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea А$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum overseas Institutional Subscriptions А$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum COVER t b Illustrated by Andrew Atkins from a specimen reared by Na Depicts the Australian kawk moth Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval) as } endemic species found throughout the continent. The larvae, which canti y feeding on Fuschias and Balsums in suburban gardens, are either green! each colour form possessing yellow lateral eye-spots and other limited m Published by AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, I; N.S.W., 2065, Australia. б Рһопе: 43-3972 Printed by i DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS | 6 Roger Street, Brookvale, N.S.W., 2100. ea r^ TC Australian Entomological— з KON SAN i Magazine г À A 2501. '°% ^] Aust. ent. Мад. e исто i Volume 3, Part 2 July, 1976 A SPECIES OF CHLOROMERUS (DIPTERA: CHLOROPIDAE) SWARMING IN THE CANBERRA DISTRICT By B. P. Moore C.S.LR.O., Division of Entomology, Canberra, A.C.T. Dense, milling swarms of small insects were a conspicuous feature of the Canberra district during the closing weeks of the 1974-75 summer. Whenever present such swarms were located at considerable heights and usually in the lee ‚ of tall eucalypts, the tips of which they were evidently using as selected markers. ` These insects persisted in their activity under quite windy conditions, when | their billowing movements created an illusion of smoke issuing from the | treetops. I had not previously witnessed this intriguing phenomenon during fifteen years’ field work in this area and enquiries among my colleagues confirmed my impression that it was not of regular occurrence, locally. Nor had the insects been identified, for they were too small and too active to be observed effectively, even with the aid of binoculars, and the height at which they operated precluded ready sampling. Fortunately, however, a late swarm adopted а tree of Green Wattle (Acacia mearnsii) of more modest proportions, in my suburban garden at Lyneham, A.C.T., and with the aid of a very long-handled net, I was eventually able to secure a small sample. This sample comprised 18 males and 7 females of a chloropid fly, identified as Chloromerus sp. near striatifrons (Becker), together with two specimens of an undetermined species of Leptocera (Sphaeroceridae). The latter m presumed to be strays that had been swept inadvertently from the wattle oliage. Ммм, i Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), Juy; Another swarm which I kept under weekly observations was on api: near Lake George, N.S.W., and persisted for some 5 weeks from early X until frosty conditions brought an end to its activity. This swarm ocou semi-natural savannah woodland and was always observed at about 15: above ground-level, near the crown of one particular member of a ge Yellow Box (Eucalyptus melliodora), none of which was in blossom at t: Flight activity was seen to commence at about 17.00 h (Eastern Standa! and to continue until shortly after sunset. However, swarming vë dependent upon bright light or still weather and flight activity was ofin greatest under cool, overcast and quite blustery conditions. Considerably must then have been expended by these small flies in repeatedly тераа formation after dispersal by strong gusts. Unfortunately, a quick perusal of the literature has failed to; any information on swarming in Australian Chloromerus species or indeed any aspect of their biology. However, flies of this family are реф plant-feeders and several comparatively well-known species (such as the} Oscinella frit) are strongly gregarious, although they may not exi: swarming behaviour. | The swarms reported here show many of the general chan mentioned by Haddow and Corbet (1961) in their informative summ C. sp. near striatifrons appears to be unusual in swarming under quit! conditions. Also, no morning swarming was ever noted in this species. На the low ambient temperatures of the early hours in the Canberra (бій doubtless inhibit any such activity. The biological role of swarming in flies remains unclear. Sont? have pointed out that mating often commences within the swam," others maintain that although the phenomenon may have been bis: sexual activity in the past, swarming is now merely a vestigal or ritual be In the present instance, the amount of time and energy expended by si: flies in swarming strongly suggests that it still plays an important nki biology. However, as pointed out by Oldroyd (1964), speculation at t of our knowledge is of little value and it is better to devote more ofo time and energy towards observing and recording what flies actually is therefore the sole justification for the present note. Acknowledgement I wish to thank my colleagues Donald Colless and Zenta Li: determining the flies and for helpful comments during the preparation! note. References Haddow, A. J. and Corbet, P. S., 1961. Entomological studies from a high toveri Forest, Uganda. V. Swarming activity above the forest. Trans. R. ent. Se 113: 284-300. Oldroyd, H., 1964. The naturel history of flies. P. 263. Wiedenfeld and Nicw! Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 23 A MIGRATION OF VANESSA KERSHAW! (McCOY) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) IN TASMANIA By Oakley Shieldst Geology Department, University of Tasmania, G.P.O. Box 25203 Hobart, Tasmania, 7001. The winter of 1975 in Hobart was unusually long, with above normal rainfall. During the latter part I saw a few examples of Vanessa kershawi (McCoy) flying through the University of Tasmania campus on occasional sunny days. On October Sth, 4 worn, somewhat faded specimens were taken and on October. 11ti 3 very worn and faded individuals were collected, while Precis villida calybe (Godart) in contrast was common and fresh. Migration observations 16th November, 1975 - By November 16th (max. °C = 16.8 and clear) the P. villida had become rare and worn, but V. kershawi was very common and mostly fresh (30 taken: a few expelled meconium). An estimated several hundred were seen, flying through and feeding on flowers all day. They appeared to be migrating NW by compass in the morning, changing to more due N by mid afternoon. [Mr Tony Ellis (pers. commun.) said there had been swarms of them ("thousands") in a 20 hectare clearing at Mossy Marsh near Tarraleah, NW of Hobart, on that same date, an area of button grass and some thistles. He thought they must have migrated in. Earlier, on November 11th, he had only seen one kershawi in the same area! On December 6th I saw only a very few migrating c. N at Tarraleah in the pm.] 29-30th November, 1975 Following a 9 day rainy spell, the weekend of November 29-30th was warm (max. °C = 23.6, 22.7) and clear with occasional breezes at Hobart, and more detailed observations were made. I counted 13 from 7:42-8:42 am and 19 from 9:15-10:15 am (Australian Eastern Standard Time used throughout) that passed NW across a 15 m stretch of dirt road through the open bush behind the medical building (i.e. 1 / 3-5 min. / 15 m). Many appeared fair to worn, with some in fresh condition. These arrived in irregular “waves” separated by "absenses" (the latter apparently corresponding to feeding and basking periods). [They began to bask in the sun at 6:00 am and did not begin migrating until 7:40 am. Five were seen feeding and basking between 7:44-8:07 am.] From 10:00 am to at least 2:00 pm the predominant behaviour was flower-feeding although a few still migrated. [At 11:15 and 11:25 am, two females oviposited on two different species of weedy yellow composites; one female laid 4 eggs.] From 1:00-2:00 pm only about 6 were seen, these flying NW-N, occasionally WSW. They seemed to readily swerve from their directional flight, unlike those of the morning flight. In the afternoon the direction shifted to due N but with some still going NW, with fewer individuals noticed. By 4:00 pm adults began Т Current address: Dept. of Entomology, University of California, Davis, Calf. 95616, U.S.A. y Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), Juy semi-territorial behaviour for brief periods, and by 4:30 pm no more nig: was noted and territoriality (with *chases") was predominant. By 5:30 pni were very territorial in fairly permanent spots along the road (5 or be continuing until 6:15 pm when the area went into shadow. These alight) wings flat and perpendicular to the sun’s rays. At 6:03 and 6:20 pm, tw repeatedly hovered and alighted on the lowest leaves of two small eucalyp: shadow before finally settling there with wings shut for the night. Number decreased from the November 16th date. General comments and discussion On both dates the migrants flew about 1-2 m above the ground ani: leisurely pace. Specimens seemed unusually docile, did not frighten тей were easy to net. The December 1974 to November 1975 monthly weather summi! the Bureau of Meteorology, Hobart, is as follows: Temperature (^C) Sunshine Rainfall max. min. hrs/day mm mean I 8.9 5.7 72.5 normal* 16.7 8.0 5.8 52.3 * Normal is the average of 133 years for temperature and 92 years for rainfall. Thus, mean maximum temperatures were above normal on 8 monti minimum temperatures were above normal for every month. Above it rainfall occurred during 8 months (totals = 870 mm for 1975, 627 тщ or a 38.796 increase). Smithers (1969) states that years of heavy rainfalls to coincide with big migrations of kershawi. A peculiar aspect of this migration was its NW (mainly) to N dite Smithers (1969) notes only one instance of kershawi going NW (5 indivi: and this was “аі a time of exceptionally strong southerly winds". Alt Australian reports are for S or SW directions, with a few tending more wei On the other hand, in the northern hemisphere the close relative Vanes (Linnaeus) normally migrates NW (mainly) to N (Shields, 1974). The stilt the Hobart kershawi migration from NW to more N from morning to afte coincides with the change in the plane of polarized light as determined! Polaroid sheet: i.e. 8-10 am, NW (-SE); noon, WSW (-ENE); 2 pm, МЕ 3 pm, due N (-S). As of this writing (7.xii.75), a few are still migrating. References Shields, O., 1974. Towards a theory of butterfly migration. J. Res. Lepid. 13:28 Smithers, C. N., 1969. A note on migrations of Vanessa kershawi (McCoy) (Leni Nymphalidae) in Australia, 1963-1968. Aust. Zool. 15: 188-194. X. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 25 HILLTOPPING AND DEFENCE BEHAVIOUR IN A DIURNAL AGARISTID MOTH By Noel McFarland P.O. Box 475, Geraldton, Western Australia, 6530. Abstract Hilltopping and territorial behaviour are reported and discussed for adult males of the widespread Australian diurnal moth, Comocrus behri (Angas) (Lepidoptera: Agaristidae). Defence behaviour in the adult male is also described. Introduction Comocrus behri (Angas) is a widespread and relatively common native Australian agaristid with a wingspan of 60 - 75 mm (Common, 1966); it can be encountered over much of southern Australia during spring, summer and autumn. In the Geraldton district of Western Australia (latitude about 29^) it is also on the wing, in very low numbers, during the winter. In this district, during the past three years, I have several times observed C. behri (a strictly diumal moth) exhibiting the wellknown “‘hilltopping” behaviour, as reported for many butterfly species in Australia and other countries. To my knowledge, such behaviour has not previously been reported for diurnal moths. Oakley Shields (pers. comm.) has recently verified this impression. Interpretation of what constitutes “true” hilltopping behaviour is contro- versial. By no means are all insects encountered flying over hilltops or along ridges necessarily exhibiting hilltopping behaviour; many of these are simply passing from one area to another. Such flights are commonly observed in certain diurnal Australian moths, butterflies and other insects. There are also borderline cases in diurnal moths, in which a definite propensity is shown for flying along ridges and over summits. These species, however, do not tend to linger, or to repeatedly patrol around a selected site, or to establish and defend territories. My interpretation of the hilltopping in C. behri reported below is based upon two key observations:— (1) Definite rerritoriality is shown by males of this moth when observed on hilltops. They vigorously chase away intruders of comparable size, even including small stones thrown experimentally across their field of vision. Some intruders they ignore. (2) These males will return immed- iately and persistently to the same hilltop or ridge, even when repeatedly chased away. An individual will sometimes spend long periods hovering and patrolling around one hilltop, occasionally alighting to rest on a favoured bush or low plant, or directly on the rocky ground. This behaviour even takes place on chilly and very windy mornings, provided the sun is shining. Under such windy conditions the moth is, of course, obliged to fly very strongly and steadily in order to maintain its position over the hilltop. It persistently maintains a strong flight into the wind, and if it is blown far out from its hovering location by a particularly strong wind gust, it “rides” the wind and drops a little, but quickly makes its way back to its former location (or very close thereto) as soon as any weakening in the wind permits. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), Juy: ' s 0. 3(2), шу, These two factors, territoriality in the chosen location and кї | return to the same hilltop, are essential components of true hilltopping | jour. Short “patrolling” flights over and around the hilltop or along atiig, ' take place at intervals, but return can usually be anticipated, Part | behaviour is usually (if not always) associated with territorial behaviour, — ! In C. behri, periods of perching are usually of short duration in rli; the time spent fluttering over a selected spot and around the hilltop ; | chasing off intruders and returning. One exception was noted: in cool yes | passing clouds that obscure the sun will quickly cause perching ai | immediate assumption of the normal *roof-like" (tectiform) resting P | with the fore wings totally covering the hind wings. Fluttering and ра, only resumed after the return of sunshine. It is possible that this ty, interruption to hilltopping activity in C. behri does not take place during. | periods if the temperature is above a certain threshold; more observati | needed to clarify this point. T | Hilltopping observations LOCALITY 1. Moresby Ranges, Oakajee district, Western Australi: km N of Geraldton), at an elevation of about 180 m above sea level. Thee | small and isolated but sharply-defined hill, is the highest in the imi | vicinity, and quite unlike any others in the area. It is roughly circularinos · and dome-shaped, with a nearly flat summit about 14 m across. It ism : barren with a covering of brown lateritic pebbles. Although sloping ws | to its summit, it is smoothly continuous with the open grassy fields onis. | NE and N sides, and is deeply eroded on its SW, W and NW sides, for? | sharp 4 m cliff along that side, with conspiciously white and barren dij: | deeply cut eroded gullies that radiate out to the W and SW. This hill com | а wide and unobstructed view in all directions; it is a conspicuous landma to the white eroding zone of its western side, which is set off by the | slopes leading up to it. The areas closely surrounding it have long been | for sheep grazing, but dense evergreen native shrubby vegetation арий | within about 60 m to the west. In all other directions the open grassy pi isolate the hill much more extensively. q On the top of the hill, at its N-NE side, were growing two small bu! dense, wind-cropped Acacia tetragonophylla F. Muell. (about 3 тар! crown widths of about 2-3 m and 1.5-2 m in height. Between and bàn? (to the N) were growing two younger individuals of the same Acacia, di 1 m dia. and 0.5 m tall. On the SE side of the hilltop was a moribund (xt campestris Diels., about 1.6 m high, which has since died. The smaller flora over the dome consisted mostly of a sparse scattering of two smal native grasses and a few native forbs (1973-74). On the E and N slopes oft was a conspicuously large patch of a pure-white everlasting annual conp blending down into the grassy paddock on that side. | _ First visit. 16 July 1972, between 1030-1100 hrs (W. Aust. Sie Time). Observers: D. and N. McFarland. Conditions: a completely sm bright, crystal clear morning, with a fairly steady, chilly and strong Et — ——— Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 27 wind. A single C. behri male was flying vigorously over the hilltop, oriented to . face into the strong wind, and “fighting” hard to maintain itself in this position, . its flight fluctuating from 1-2 m to only a few centimetres above the ground. Wind gusts constantly kept carrying the moth W or SW, somewhat away from its chosen position over the hilltop; just as persistently, the moth kept returning to its former position. Occasional very strong gusts swept it downwind (30 m or more) but it always returned as quickly as the conditions permitted. Several times it hovered low, as if about to alight on the hilltop gravel, but was usually ' blown back off the western edge. Once it alighted on the ground for a few ——— seconds, with its wings up and partially open. While we made these observations, the moth "investigated" us several times, approaching closely but never alighting on us. It was very alert, and quick to respond to any sudden movement. Repeatedly I tried to scare it off by lunging suddenly at it and chasing it with = my net. Always it quickly returned to the hilltop after its initial avoidance ——————————————— response, which was to allow itself to be carried rapidly downwind, an effective escape mechanism employed by many insects in windy places. No other individuals of C. behri were seen on this date. Second visit. On 28 July 1972 we returned to the hilltop at 1100 hrs, on clear, sunny and warm (+22°C) morning, with only faint and sporadic breezes from the south west. Two C. behri males were observed chasing each other slowly around the hilltop, one of them frequently landing on one of the two Acacia bushes and sometimes on the Casuarina. At about 1140 hrs, one of them left and did not return. The other, a rather worn specimen, stayed on the hilltop, patrolling at intervals and resting on the bushes from time to time, usually with its wings up and semi-open, ready for instant flight. It was observed to be alert and “jumpy” when so resting. We chased and netted it several times, but upon each release it always returned after its initial short escape flight. At _ about 1155 hrs, the SW wind had become stronger and gusty. We left at 1210 hrs, by which time the wind had become steady but not cold. When we left, the second moth was at rest, but alert, on the Casuarina bush. Various small scarabs, flies and Hymenoptera were also on the hilltop that morning. Third visit. On 1 Sep. 1974 I returned alone to the hilltop at 0845 hrs hoping to witness the earliest arrivals. It was brightly sunny and there was a strong and gusty NE wind (not cold). No moths were present. At 0905 hrs a large and fresh female flew upwind from the SW, with a slow and meandering . flight, as if searching, at about 0.5 to 1 m above the hilltop. After cruising twice _ in this manner around the hilltop it flew (at 0906 hrs) to the north and did not , return. At 0908 hrs, a small and fresh male arrived from the SW; it patrolled the . hilltop several times and was then netted, marked and released. Upon release it flew off a short distance, but immediately returned and continued its fluttering | over and around the hilltop, landing several times on the SW side of the dead . Casuarina, Whenever it landed the wings were held up and partially open, in readiness for instant flight; it would leap into flight at the slightest disturbance. When I left at 0935 hrs it was still on the hilltop. | Fourth visit. On 13 Oct. 1974 we visited the hilltop at 0910 hrs; no moths Were present. It was sunny and warm, with a strong and steady wind blowing Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), Juy = д. 3(2), July, 3 from the E, which gradually died down by 0950 hrs. The first arrival wasaw male at 0929 hrs. It circled the hilltop once, їп à leisurely fashion, t included a brief investigation of me where I was sitting; it then left and dij: return. A larger male arrived at 0950 hrs and circled the dead Casuarina: times. Then it was netted, flew off upon release, and did not return. Nop arrived during the next 15 min.; we left at 1007 hrs. LOCALITY 2. Drummond Cove, on the coast about 12 km N of ton; on 2 March 1974 at 0800 hrs; weather warm, still and sunny. Thesis) the summit of one of the stabilized white coastal sandhills (elev. about! above sea level). A C. behri male was noticed at 0800 hrs, flying pense around and over a large bush of Acacia ligulata Benth. (growing near a ій on the hill), occasionally investigating and sometimes pursuing other large in: that passed nearby. The bush was not in flower. I did not have much tit spend this morning, and so was not able to observe the moth for mort | about 5 minutes, but it was clearly exhibiting territorial behaviour on tir. dune summit. Defence behaviour If handled after capture and removal from the net, males of C! often exhibit an essentially static display (c.f. Blest, 1957). The fore wig: hind wings are erected over the thorax and are held separate and motit The abdomen is curled or arched strongly downward towards the leg) the claspers opened widely and the conspicuous orange, brush-ike ez tuft erected. The fore legs are bent in such a way that the conspicuous. tufts of the femur and tibia are exposed and displayed by thrusting forward and outward. At the same time, the fore legs are kept faintly trent but otherwise the moth remains motionless. In comparison with 2 bombycoids and some notodontioids, the display of C. behri is susti. only a short time, and, if not restrained, the moth is fairly quick to Ду! normal resting position of С. behri is tectiform, the fore wings totally UR the hind wings. "ai Except for the fore, leg display and leg trembling, this defence bi | in С behri males is reminiscent of the sustained static displays exiit Hemileuca spp. (Saturniidae) in North America, but was of shorter due The distinctive sustained forward and outward thrust of bent for accompanied by minute trembling, can also be seen in the display of am handled male of Pseudanapaea trigona (Turner), a limacodid widely ditt in Western Australia, South Australia and eastern Australia. Discussion It is possible that true hilltopping behaviour is exhibited by sont’ diurnal Australian moths, although the number of species involved is pi low, as elsewhere in the world. Worthy of scrutiny would be other | agaristids, the diurnal uraniids,and perhaps even some castniids, althoug | appear to be no published records and I have no field observations її | that involve either of the last two families in hilltopping behaviour. Ti | ample opportunity for studying hilltopping insects throughout Austra! | - Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 29 the smallest hills, rocky ridges or sand dune summits in relatively flat or feature- less localities, as well as the peaks and ridges of the major ranges, are often frequented. Shields (1967) discusses this intriguing subject at length and provides an extensive bibliography. Common and Waterhouse (1972) briefly discuss . hilltopping in Australian butterflies and skippers (pp. 44 - 45), and list 15 species observed on a hilltop near Sydney. However, true hilltopping by nocturnal Lepidoptera remains at present unknown in Australia and certainly warrants investigation. Welling (1958) has described encounters with congregations of various moth species on the summits of hills, and on the Allegheny Plateau (Ohio, U.S.A.) at night. On the windless night of 14 June 1953 (early summer), carrying a lantern up Gildersleeve Mountain (150 m high), he saw no moths | except at the very summit, where “hundreds of moths of many species were . sitting everywhere, on tree stumps, on low plants, dead twigs, leaves, in short on anything available. As they were already there when I arrived at the summit, I presume the lantern could not have been the determining factor for their ‚ congregation in such a place". Acknowledgements I would like to thank Oakley Shields, I.F.B. Common and others for reviewing the manuscript and offering helpful criticisms; Shields also for _ bringing to my attention the paper by Welling (1958) and providing the above ‚ quotation from it. | References | Blest, A. D., 1957. The evolution of protective displays in the Saturnioidea and Sphingidae (Lepidoptera). Behaviour 11: 257-309. | Common, I. F. B., 1966. Australian Moths. Jacaranda Press, Brisbane. (adult male of C. behri illustrated on p. 121). ' Common, I. F. B., and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and 7 Robertson, Sydney. Shields, O., 1967. Hilltopping. J. Res. Lepid. 6(2): 69-178. ‚ Welling, E. C., 1958. Some notes on the “excelsior” complex, regarding microtopology with Heterocera in Ohio. Lepid. News. 12: 131-132. A NEW LOCALITY FOR S/GNETA TYMBOPHORA (MEYRICK & LOWER) (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE) By G. Daniels 98 Harris Street, Fairfield, N.S.W., 2165. Whilst travelling through northern New South Wales during December . 1975, an adult male specimen of Signeta tymbophora was taken in the vicinity _ of Mt. Warning, west of Murwillumbah, feeding at Lantana blossom. The record | of S tymbophora in this area is noteworthy as the species has not previously been recorded in northern New South Wales, although it is known from southern _ Queensland and central to southern New South Wales. ы Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 19% | A NATIVE FOOD PLANT FOR THE BUTTERFLY | DEUDORIX EPIJARBAS (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) | | | і Ву М. S. Moulds 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065. Two subspecies of Deudorix epijarbas have been described from Australi D. e. diovis Hewitson which ranges from Mackay to Gosford and D. ей. Waterhouse found from Cape York to Tully. The larvae of the former have bes recorded feeding within the seed capsules (fruit) of Tulipwood, ee | pendula (Common and Waterhouse, 1972) and Macadamia nuts (Ironside, 18 Exotic subspecies have been found feeding in the fruit of Cinnarus ridi. Aesculus indicus and Pomegranate, Punica granatum. No food plant Е previously been recorded for the north Queensland subspecies D. e. dido. In May 1974, at Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, Mr J. W. C. ФА. (pers. commun.) found several pupal exuviae of a lycaenid butteriy i unknown identity inside dried and eaten out seed capsules of the palm Cj. rumphiana Mart. (Pl. I). In September 1974, also at Iron Range, Mr & Msi Walford-Hugyins, my wife and I found many lycaenid pupal exuviae in sink rumphiana fruit, and following a more extensive search located two шеш pupae. These emerged on 20th and 25th Sep. 1974, both as male D. e. di Never more than one pupa was found in any one rumphiana fruit ai, number of attacked fruit were empty suggesting that the larva, having | the entire contents and requiring further food, had moved on to a new fi Each attacked fruit was secured to its stalk by silken threads which the li, had apparently spun to prevent its home falling from the tree as the fruit de Common and Waterhouse (1972) and Ironside (1973) give life history ie for D. e. diovis. | Caryota rumphiana grows only in rain forest and is often difficult tole as both the trunk and leaves blend well with surrounding spend this palm is easily distinguished from other Australian palms by its very ist leaf shape: it is the only endemic species with bipinnate leaves. Large specin may grow to a height of 20 metres or more. | As this palm does not grow more than a little south of Iron К D. e. dido must attack other plants between Cooktown and Tully. Common Waterhouse (1972) suggest that in north-eastern Australia larvae of this related species should be sought in the fruits of any plant with large sea may well be rewarding therefore, for those persons with the opport j examine native fruits for possible attack by this interesting butterfly. - Acknowledgements | I wish to thank Mr & Mrs A. Walford-Huggins for constructive гелий the manuscript and Mr B. Montague-Drake for the photographic print | the accompanying plate. ‹ References | Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rott 1 son, Sydney. Pp. i-xi’. 1-498, illustr. | Ironside, D. A., 1973. Insect sts of Macadamia. Qd agric. J. 99(5): 250. | | | Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 | | i 1 PLATE I A relatively young specimen (height approximately 8 m) of the palm Caryota rumphiana growing in dense rain forest on the slopes of Mt. Lamond, Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula. ^d Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), luy EPIPSOCOPSIS MOULDS! SP. N. REPRESENTING A FAMILY (PSOCOPTERA: EPIPSOCIDAE) NEW TO AUSTRALIA By C. N. Smithers The Australian Museum, Sydney Material recently collected on Cape York Peninsula by Mr M. S.M included a single female belonging to an undescribed species of Epipsodi: psocopteran family not previously confirmed as occurring in Australia Epipsocopsis mouldsi sp. n. FEMALE Colouration (in alcohol). Head pale testaceous with markings пуа shades of brown (Fig. 2); top of head pale. Genae dark brown except fori: small pale patch below eye. Scape and pedicel brown; first flagellar sẹ pale (antennae broken). Eyes black. Ocelli pale. Maxillary palp with s segment brown, otherwise pale. Thorax dorsally very pale brown, the a curved surfaces of the antedorsum and lateral lobes a little darker. For: hind wings hyaline, with brown markings (Fig. 1); pterostigma n colourless, opaque. Legs pale, a little darker at distal end of femora, tibi a basal and middle dark band; first tarsal segment pale with dark bali second segment pale brown. Abdomen pale with a few irregular brown ma dorsally near base of abdomen. Morphology. Length of body: 2.5 mm. Median epicranial suture üt but colourless. Vertex sparsely setose. Postclypeus fairly flat with lon: setae. Labrum (Fig. 3). Length of first flagellar segment: 0.45 mm. Eyal IO/D (Badonnel) 1.3; PO: O.8. Ocelli small, anterior ocellus evas Maxillary palps long, fourth segment very long, tapering but with тош 1 Scape and pedicel fairly stout; first flagellar segment slightly curved i: quarter. Lacinia (Fig. 4) with apex of characteristic form. Fore wing leni: mm; fore wing width: 1.1 mm. Fore wing broad, apex broadly rounded (fi Sc present as a tiny vestige. Pterostigma very narrow for basal third, exp | broadly in distal parts; hind margin smoothly rounded; КМ crossit Areola postica rounded. Cu, witli a strong curve at distal end. Үш single row of setae; pterostigma with a few small setae. Setae onm | between pterostigma and M, with blunt apices. Cu, without setae. fir (folded in preparation of type) apparently simple, setose. Paraproct & . sclerotized, simple, with large trichobothrial field (Fig. 5). Subgenitdly simple, rounded behind, lightly sclerotized, setose. Gonapophyses (fi reduced to external valve only. | MALE. Unknown. MATERIAL EXAMINED | QUEENSLAND: 19 (holotype), Lockerbie, Cape York, 11-12119! | Moulds). Holotype in the Australian Museum. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 33 Figs 1-5. Epipsocopsis mouldsi sp. n. 9. (1) fore and hind wings; (2) head; (3) labrum; (4) lacinia; (5) gonapophysis and paraproct. Discussion The genus Epipsocopsis Badonnel includes nine described species, eight from the African region and one from Thailand. E. mouldsi can be distinguished from other members of the genus by its wing pattern (see Fig. 1). In E. angolensis (Badonnel) (Angola) there are extensive dark areas of wing membrane; E. machadoi Badonnel (Angola and Madagascar) has an irregular submarginal band from pterostigma to areola postica; E. vilhenai Badonnel (Angola) has such a band from pterostigma to wing apex only; E. obuduensis New (Nigeria) has little colour on the wing apart from à spot at the nodulus and one at Cup; E. seatulata Smithers (Madagascar) has a faint suggestion of a submarginal band from pterostigma to areola postica; E. Suckenbergi Smithers (Madagascar) has a strong, broad, marginal band from pterostigma to areola postica; E. thailandensis New (Thailand) has partial bands across the wing; E. truncatulus Badonnel (Madagascar) has a pale wing with spots at the nodulus, at the ends of the veins and above the basal section of Си; E. cincta Badonnel (Gabon) was described from a nymph with a very distinctive V-shaped mark on the front of the head, a pattern not found in E. mouldsi. Badonnel (1967) provided a key to the species then known. It is possible that some Oriental, Indonesian and New Guinea species at present included in Epipsocus Hagen should be placed in Epipsocopsis but this genus is characterized mainly by features of the genitalia and mouthparts Which have not been described in those species. In particular, Epipsocus и о ee Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), Juy t 34 | marginatus Enderlein from New Guinea has a wing pattern similar to tht: some species of Epipsocopsis. | | Although Enderlein (1903) described Epipsocus funestus from Queen: and Epipsocus villosus from New South Wales, these were transfered) Hageniella Enderlein (Enderlein 1919) which was synonymized with Руш. ecilius Enderlein (Pseudocaeciliidae) (Roesler 1944) and Epipsocopsis mai is thus the first true epipsocid to be found in Australia. | Acknowledgements | I would like to thank Mr M. S. Moulds for collecting Psocoptera fir! | Australian Museum and Miss J. O'Regan for preparing the illustrations ti | paper. References $ Badonnel, A., 1967. Insectes Psocopteres. Faune de Madagascar 23: 1-238, 496 fix | Enderlein, G., 1903. Die Copeognathen des indo-australischen faunengebietes. Атй | nat. Mus. hung. 1: 179-344, 12 figs; pls III-XIV. | Enderlein, G., 1919. Copeognatha. Collections zoologiques du Baron Edm. de Жн | champs. 3(2): 1-55, 10 figs, 5 pls. | Roesler, R., 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 11 li M ee 1 A KEY TO SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN OTITIDAE (DIPTERA: SCHIZOPHORA) WITH NOTES ON DISTRIBUTION { Ву С. Daniels | 98 Harris Street, Fairfield, N.S.W., 2165 Г Abstract | | Four species of Otitidae, subfamily Ulidiinae, are recorded from Austral be euxesta prima (Osten Sacken); Acrosticta apicalis (Williston); and the introduced Pis | aenea (Fabricius) and P. demandata (Fabricius). A key is given to species ait ' distribution recorded. (d i Australian Otitidae can be distinguished from Tephritidae by the ae of incurved lower fronto-orbital bristles and unbroken costa, and fiom | Platystomatidae and Pyrgotidae by the first vein being bare dorsally, 0143 | setulose on distal half. Material examined is housed in the Australian Moe Sydney. | Key to species of Otitidae from Australia | 1. Prescutellar bristles present; wings with an apical band; frons setos ... * Prescutellar bristles absent; wings hyaline; frons bare ........- 2. Frons smooth; entire inner surface of second antennal segment wi |l black setae; fore coxa with distinct black bristles anteriorly; a darkeni band extending from stigmatal cell to fourth vein ..... Pseudeuxati. | Frons strongly wrinkled; second antennal segment setose on int) g apical margin only; fore coxa bristled apically only; stigmata œl darkened and a crescent shaped spot distal to junction of second ani } third veins Acrosticta Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 35 3. Fourth vein joined to third sub-apically; thorax and abdomen metallic green; femora and tibiae yellow-brown ............. Physiphora aenea Fourth and third veins reaching costa independently; thorax and abdo- men shining black; femora and tibiae black-brown . . . Physiphora demandata Pseudeuxesta prima (Osten Sacken) Malloch (1939) recorded this species from New Guinea and neighbouring islands, Australia, Celebes (type locality) and Hawaii. Investigation by Dr D. K. McAlpine has failed to locate previous reference or specimens supporting its occurrence in Australia. Two females of this species were taken by the author at Restoration Beach, Claudie River district, north Queensland during October 1974, being attracted to crushed molluscs on the beach. Additional specimens were seen at Portland Roads, north of Restoration Beach, attracted to fish entrails, and were also attracted to a mercury vapour lamp located on the beach at the old Lockhart River Mission site, 55-65 km south of the Claudie River. There is a female of this species in the Australian Museum collection from the Seychelles Islands. Acrosticta apicalis (Williston) Steyskal (1965: 650) records this species from the West Indies, North and South America, and Ghana, central Africa. In Australia distributed from Claudie River, north Queensland to Eidsvold, central Queensland. Physiphora aenea (Fabricius) A species introduced into Australia, recorded from Asia, North and South America (Steyskal 1965: 653) and Africa (Steyskal 1965a: 171). Distributed in . Australia from central coastal Queensland to southern New South Wales, . Northern Territory and Western Australia. Wide spread throughout Oriental and Pacific regions (Lower 1970: 76). Physiphora demandata (Fabricius) Recorded from Europe, North and South America, Asia and Africa (Steyskal 1965: 653). Introduced into Australia and known only from South _ Australia (Lower 1970: 76). Acknowledgement I wish to thank Mr G. C. Steyskal for identifying specimens of Acrosticta apicalis. References Lower, H. F., 1970. An annotated catalogue of the Otitidae (sens. Lat.) (Diptera) recorded from Australia, Indonesia and the Pacific islands. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 16(2): 93pp. . Malloch, J. R., 1939. The Diptera of the Territory of New Guinea. VII. Family Otitidae (Ortalidae). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 64(1-2): 97-154. Steyskal, G. C., 1965. А catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. Otitidae. U.S. Dept. Agr. 1696 pp. Steyskal, G. C., 1965a. Records and descriptions of African Otitidae and Platystomatidae (Diptera). Ann. Natal Mus. 18(1): 171-178. ——— | 36 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), ji | | RECENT LITERATURE | Compiled by М. S. Moulds | ANONYMOUS r j т 1974g. Dealing мі pests of the cabbage family. Od agric. J. 100(11): 5% 1974h. Protected butterfly species. Victorian Ent. 4(6): 84. | Lepidoptera: Papilio ulysses joesa | Ornithoptera priamus ! 19741. Ап additional record from Expedition Range. Victorian Ет. А Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Phaedyma shepherdi | 1975а. See WILLAN, L., 1975. | 1975b. Protection of butterflies in Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. Xi Leyidoptera: Ornithoptera priamus Papilio ulysses BARKER, S. | 1975. Revision of the genus Astraeus Laporte & Gory (Cole: Buprestidae). Trans. R. Soc. S.A. 99(3): 105-141, textfis d BEATTIE, G. A. C., McDONALD, F. J. D. and WHITTEN, M. J. | 1974. Population control in the Australian sheep blowfly, Lucilia arr. by the release of female-borne chemosterilant. II. Sterilization: field cage conditions. Aust. J. agric. Res. 25(6): 1005-1013, tt: text-figs 1-9. T For Part I see SMART, P. and GILMOUR, D., 1974. | BERNARDI, N. 1972. Notes on the genus Exeretoneura Macquart, and its removd the family Nemestrinidae (Diptera, Brachycera). Papeis Dep.) S Paulo 26: 47-50. CLOSE, Ronald C. 1975. Dispersal of the grain aphid Macrosiphum miscanthi from A Ё to New Zealand. N.Z. Ent. 6(1): 62-65, tables 12, {їй COMMON, I. F. B. 1974. Lepidoptera (moths and butterflies). (Chapter 36). In: The йит Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, үш. Pp. 98-107, text-figs 36-40. | 1975. Evolution and classification of the Lepidoptera. Ann. Rev. p 183-203. ji COONEY, Noel 1973. See HADLINGTON, P. W. and COONEY, N., 1973. CROSBY, D. F. | 1975. Excursion — Sunday 2 Marsch 1975. Victorian Ent. Sd i Lepidoptera: several butterfly species mentioned. DENMARK, H. A. and SCHICHA, E. 1975. А new species of Phytoseius Ribaga (Acarina: Phytoseiidzt)® apple in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(1): 177-180, textis! й 1975a. A new species of Amblyseius Berlese (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) 4 apple in Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 99(3): 145-50, HU а! Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 37 ` DONELAN, М. J. 1974. Digestion in some species of scarabaeid larvae — preliminary conclus- ions. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 19774: 39-40. . DOSSE, G. © 1974. See SCHICHA, E. and DOSSE, G., 1974. ; EVANS, Howard, E. 1974. А review of Psoropempula, a new genus of Australian Pompilidae (Hymenoptera). Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 126(3): 261-278, text- figs 1-35. 19744. The tribe Idopompilini in Australia (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4): 257-260, text-figs 1-4. EVANS, O. R. 1974. . See SMITHERS, С. N. and EVANS, О. R., 1974. EWALD, Birgit : 1972. See ROHLFIEN, K. and EWALD, B., 1972. : GAEDIKE, Reinhard 1972. Zweiter Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Epermeniiden-Fauna Australiens und Ozeaniens. Lepidoptera. Beitr. Ent. 22(3/6): 143-147, 1 table, text-figs 1-9. Lepidoptera: Epermeniidae GILMOUR, D. 1974. See SMART, P. and GILMOUR, D., 1974. . GREENSLADE, P. J. M. - 1974. Distribution of two forms of the meat ant, Iridomyrmex purpureus (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), in parts of South Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 22(4): 489-504, table 1, text-figs 1-5. 1974а. Some relations of the meat ant, Iridomyrmex purpureus (Hymen- optera: Formicidae) with soils in South Australia. Soil Biol. i Biochem. 6: 7-14. ` GREENSLADE, Penelope 1974. Phenology of some microarthropods of arid pasture. Abstr. Austra- las. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 45-46. 1974a. Ecological and biogeographical notes on Collembola of Kangaroo Island, South Australia. Pedobiologia 14: 256-265. GROSS, Gordon F. 1975. Plant-feeding and other bugs (Hemiptera) of South Australia. Heteroptera — Part 1. 8vo. South Australian Government, Adelaide. 250 pp., 98 text-figs, 4 col. pls. [Orders to S.A. Government Printer, Netley, S.A. 5037. Price $7.50, plus postage.] HADLINGTON, Phillip W. and COONE Y, Noel 1973. A guide to pest control in Australia. 1973 reprint. New South Wales University Press, Randwick, N.S.W. 4to. Pp. i-vi, 1-302, i-viii, illustr. First published, 1971. HARRIS, John A. 1975. Ecosystems underground. Aust. nat. Hist. 18(6): 220-225, illustr. Popular notes partly concerning the more common cave insect fauna. Aust. ent. Mag. 3 1 " ust. ent. Mag. 3(2), 20,8 HOLZEL, Herbert | 1975. Revision der Netzflugler-Unterfamilie Corocinae (Neuroptera: - opteridae). Entomologica Germanica 2(1): 44-97, textlig 1 HOWICK, C. D. 1975. See WATSON, J. A. L. and HOWICK, C. D., 1975. ILLIES, Joachim 1975. Notonemouridae of Australia (Plecoptera, Ins.). Int. Rene: Hydrobiol. 60(2): 221-249, text-figs 1-27. LAUGHLIN, Roger 1974. Population aspects of migration and dispersal. Abstr. Аш Conf, Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 61-62. Thysanoptera: Thripidae: [soneurothrips australis LENDON, C. 1974. Dietary selection of the foraging termite, Amitermes viti: captive colonies and in mulga rangeland. Abstr. Australa (Ù Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 43. LEWIS, Trevor 1973. Thrips, their biology, ecology and economic importa | Academic Press, London & New York. Рр. i-xv, 1-349, fronti tables 1-32, text-figs 1-82, pls I-XVI. LOW, W. A. and TERRILL, B. 1974. Density of mulga ants (Polyrachis, Formicidae) in a тш cos | ity in central Australia. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol бї Inverteb. 1974: 49. | McDONALD, F. J. D. | 1974. See BEATTIE, G.A.C., McDONALD, EJ.D. & WHITTEN, ШР MARKS, Elizabeth М. 1973d. An atlas of common Queensland mosquitoes by Plate with a guide to common Queensland biting midges by Eric]. Revised edition, 1973. 4to. Uni. of Qld Bookshop, St. Lui 1-102, illustr. | First published 1966, 91 pp., Шизїт. | Revised edition 1967, 91 pp., illustr. f 1974a. Saltmarsh mosquito control. Operculum 3(5-6): 87-8. Diptera: Aedes vigilax | 1974b. Notes оп sorae taxonomic characters of Culicidae. Мой 6(3): 211-213. l 1975. А note on scale distribution in Aedeomyia Theobald. Mosquio} 7(2): 111-112. | MOUND, L. A. 1974a. The Nesothrips complex of spore-feeding Thysanoptera (Pile ripidae: Idolothripinae). Bull Brit. Mus. nat. Hist. (En)! 107-188, text-figs 1-74. j 1974b. Thysanopter: à (thrips). (Chapter 27). In: The insects of Aut Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. hf text-fiys 21 & 22. Г | і Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 39 NEBOISS, A. 1974b. A critique of a publication by S. Jacquemart on Tasmanian Trich- optera. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1): 13-15. 1974c. Anew caddis-fly genus from Victoria and Tasmania (Philorheithridae: Trichoptera). Victorian Nat. 91(12): 322-325, text-figs 1-12. NEW, T. R. 1974. Psocoptera from nests of the colonial spider /xeuticus candidus (Koch) (Dictynidae) in western Victoria. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1): 2-6, table 1, text-figs 1-9. 1974c. The egg and first instar larva of Stenosmylus (Neuroptera: Osmy- lidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(2): 24-27, text-figs 1-8. 1974d. Psocidae (Psocoptera) from southern Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4): 285-304, text-figs 1-64. 1975a. Lacewings (Neuroptera) as biological control agents. Summary of address to the Victorian Entomological Society, February 21st 1975. Victorian Ent. 5(2): 102-103. O'FARRELL, A. F. and WATSON, J. A. L. 1974. Odonata (dragonflies and damselflies). (Chapter 13). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 35-36, table 1. REYE, Eric J. 1973. See MARKS, E. N., 19734. ROHLFIEN, Klaus and EWALD, Birgit 1972. Katalog der in den Sammlungen des ehemaligen Deutschen Ento- mologischen Institutes aufbewahrten Typen — VIII. (Diptera: Cyclorrhapha: Schizophora: Acalyptratae). Beitr. Ent. 22(7/8): 407-469. Diptera: Platystomatidae, Tephritidae, Lauxaniidae u. Celyphidae, Ephydridae, Chloropidae (Oscinellidae), Agromyzidae, Clusiidae, Heleomyzidae. The title page of this paper is erroneously dated 1970. All others are correctly dated 1972. SCHICHA, E. 1975. See DENMARK, H. A. and SCHICHA, E., 1975 and 1975a. SCHICHA, E. and DOSSE, G. 1974. A new species of Typhlodromus Scheuten (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) from apple in Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 99(1): 79-84, text-figs 1-7. SCHUMANN, H. 1973. Die asiliden-typen der Dipteren-sammlung des zoologischen Museums in Berlin. Mitt. zool. Mus. Berlin 49(1): 81-174. SMART, P. and GILMOUR, D. 1974. Population control in the Australian sheep blowfly, Lucilia cuprina, by the release of female-borne chemosterilant. I. Female to male transfer of chemosterilant during mating. Aust. J. agric. Res. 25(6): 995-1004, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-3. For Part II see BEATTIE, G. A. C. et al., 1974. A Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, c SMIT, F. G. A. M. А 1974, А new bat-flea from Australia. J. Ent. (B)42(2): 283-288, їйї 1-6. SMITHERS, C. N. | 1974c. Psocoptera (psocids, booklice). (Chapter 24). In: The insc Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Vici: Pp. 50-51. 19744. New records of Choristidae (Mecoptera). Aust. ent. Mag I) 1974e. A new Australian species of Stenopsocus (Psocoptera: Ste. idae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(2): 21-23, text-figs 1-4. 1975. New Psocoptera records from Australian caves. Aust. ent. Mag ) 45-46. 1975a. Additions to Australian Myopsocidae (Psocoptera). Aust. eut): 2(3): 51-54, text-figs 1-8. SMITHERS, C. N. and EVANS, O. R. 1974. The reappearance of Anaphaeis java peristhene (Boisduval) (l; optera: Pieridae) on Norfolk Island. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1):% TERRILL, B. 1974. See LOW, W. A. and TERRILL, B., 1974. VERON, J. E. N. 1973. Age determination of adult Odonata. Odonatologica 2(1): 2). table 1, text-figs 1-5. Odonata: Austrolestes annulosus Austrolestes leda Ischnura heterosticta | 1973a. Physiological control of the chromatophores of Austrolestes a osus (Odonata). J. Insect Physiol. 19: 1689-1703, tables 1 &), figs 1-10. | 1974. Physiological colour changes in Odonata eyes. A comparison b eye and epidermal chromatophore pigment migrations. J t Physiol. 20: 1491-1505, table 1, text-figs 1-9. Odonata: Austrolestes annulosus Ischnura heterosticta | 1974а. The role of physiological colour change in the thermoreguii: Austrolestes annulosus (Selys) (Odonata). Aust. J. Zool. 21}! 469, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-5. р WATSON, J. A. L. | 1974. See O'FARRELL, A. F. and WATSON, J. A. L., 1974. WATSON, J. A. L. and HOWICK, C. D. 1975. The rediscovery of Mastopsenius australis Seevers (бї, Staphylinidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(1): 19-21, table 1, texts ` WHITTEN, M. J. 1974. See BEATTIE, G.A.C., MCDONALD, F.J.D. & WHITTEN, М1.“ WILLAN, Len | 1975. Adaptations of alpine insects. Aust. Wildlife Newsl. Dec. 199 И | | ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices. WANTED. A copy of Victorian Butterflies, by Anderson and Spry. Peter Carwardine, 2a Victoria Road, Malvern, Victoria, 3144. WANTED. Ornithoptera, Troides and Trogonoptera, especially O. goliath ó or 9. Will exchange for other rare Ornithoptera. Available for exchange or sale 0. rothschildi, О. goliath procus and О. tithonus. С. Watson, P.O. Box 1567, Wollongong, N.S.W., 2500. EXCHANGE. Australian and New Guinea butterflies wanted in exchange for US and Calif. species. Have many rare species (all families) to trade. W.R. Lasky, 1710 Laurel Canyon Blvd., Hollywood, Calif. 90046, U.S.A. CHANGE OF ADDRESS: Mr A. F. Atkins, Unit 18 *Springcourt", 17-19 Spring Road, Springvale South, Vic. 3172. (Previous address: Grenville St., Prahran, Victoria.) | | Ramerunga Biological Laboratories P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870 PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY Co. Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272 BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF EXOTIC SPECIES Please write for our catalogue of species available NOTES FOR AUTHORS Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends К опе or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in advance, on submitting papers for publication need not be subscribers to the journal. Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and in duplicate. The editor reserves the right to reject any paper considered unsuitable. Address papers to: The Editor, Australian Entomological Magazine, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065. CONTENTS DANIELS, G. A new locality for Signeta tymbophora (Meyrick & Lo ) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) I ОИН DANIELS, С. A key to species of Australian Otitidae Орви Sch 0 hora) with notes on distribution .. - - E McFARLAND, N. Hilltopping and defence behaviour i ina ҮШ. чн moth . Я МООВЕ, В. P. A species i Chloromerus (Diptera: Chloropidae) swa du in the Canberra district { a MOULDS, M. S. A native food plant for the 7 РОК хей (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) . Г Nymphalidae) in Tasmania 4 SMITHERS, С. N. Epipsocopsis ПОЛКЫ E sp. n. ‘representing a y. үт (Psocoptera: a ea new to Australia ...... | RECENT LITERATURE . М... ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES . pb el whe EE inside back Books and Equipment We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehen range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books. liz of our products are manufactured in our own workshop and we import dire a number of others. 3 MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES Our 20 page illustrated equipment catalogue and price list is available A request. In addition we will send you, also free, our book craon ni gives details of our new and secondhand litera tare range. 1 Australian Entomological Supplies - 35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. us ISSN 0311-1881 595, 16 Edited by M. S. Moulds VOLUME 3, PART 3 SEPTEMBER, 1976 Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated jouma i principally to entomologv in the Australian region, including New 74 and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and ри entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each w SUBSCRIPTIONS All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be fonat | Australian Entomological Press, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. Individual Subscriptions $6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea AS7.50 (US$10.00) per annum overseas Institutional Subscriptions | А$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum | COVER | Illustrated by Andrew Atkins from a specimen reared by Nil Depicts the Australian kawk moth Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval) ao endemic species found throughout the continent. The larvae, which cante! feeding on Fuschias and Balsums in suburban gardens, are either green orti each colour form possessing yellow lateral eye-spots and other limited m Published by AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. Phone: 43-3972 Printed by DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS 6 Roger Street, Brookvale, N.S.W., 2100. Austtalian Entomological Magazine Aust. ent. Mag. Volume 3, Part 3 September, 1976 NATIVE FOOD PLANT RECORDS FOR SOME NORTHERN TERRITORY BUTTERFLIES By M. C. Hall Australian Government Pathology Laboratory, Darwin Hospital, N.T. 5790. New food plants for three species of Northern Territory butterflies are recorded here. The food plants together with ova and larvae were taken from the East Point Nature Reserve, situated approximately 3 km north of Darwin. Graphium eurypylus nyctimus (Waterhouse and Lyell) Polyalthia nitidissima (Dun.) Bentham (Anonnaceae). Large numbers of ova and larvae were collected in November and December 1975 and were bred through to adults. The eastern Australian subspecies of this butterfly, G. e. lycaon (C. and R. Felder), has also been recorded feeding on this plant (Common and Waterhouse, 1972). . Papilio canopus canopus Westwood Glycosmis pentaphylla (Retz) Carr. (Rutaceae). Both ova and larvae were found on this food plant in March and November 1975, and were subsequently bred through to adults. This butterfly has previously only been recorded feeding on Micromelum minutum (Rutaceae) (Hall, 1974). The pupal duration of P. canopus is extremely variable, ranging from 14 days to a little over 24 months (author's observation). Narathura micale amydon (Waterhouse) Cupaniopsis anacardioides Rich. (Sapindaceae). Five late instar larvae (feeding by day) were collected together with attendant green tree ants, Oecophylla smaragdina. All five pupated; a perfect male and female emerged after 18 days, a third, a male, emerged after 19 days with deformed hind wings and the remaining two failed to emerge. Acknowledgements Thanks are extended to Clyde Dunlop, Botany Section, Department of Northern Territory and Animal Industry, for the identification of the food plants. References Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rob- ertson, Sydney. 4to. Pp. i-xii, 1-498, illustr. Hall, M. C., 1974. A native food plant for Papilio canopus canopus (Westwood) (Lepid- optera: Papilionidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1): 6. Aust. ent. Mag. 3 1 JALMENUS EVAGQR THE ULTRASTRUCTURE OF THE EGGS OF Т (DONOVAN) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) By R. L. Kitching i C.S.LR.O., Division of Entomology, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, A Abstract ! The egg of Jalmenus evagoras (Donovan) is described and illustrated by s4 electron micrographs. Its structure is compared with that known for other gg Australian lycaenids. Introduction | Common and Waterhouse (1972) give brief descriptions of the fog structure of the eggs of 44 of the 127 species of Lycaenidae recorded | for Australia. These descriptions, based almost wholly on observation, light microscopy, indicate a complexity and variety of structure whid further investigation. The scanning electron microscope provides thei for this purpose and, to date, the eggs of four species of Lycaenid lug. examined in this manner. Sands (1971) illustrates the egg of Ne. albosericea (Miskin), and Daniels (1976) that of the northern Hypo. theon Felder. In addition Mr. R. H. Fisher, in a work in preparation, ili the eggs of Ogyris genoveva Hewitson and Candalides acastus (Cox) t communication). I recently had the opportunity to add eggs of Jalmenus evagoras (| to this list and this note describes and illustrates the results. Material and Methods Eggs were obtained for me by Mr. E. D. Edwards from bark cii Acacia decurrens on Black Mountain, A.C.T. { The eggs were left in situ on a small block of bark and the yit vacuum dried and then coated with gold/palladium. The finished pep was examined using a JEOL JSM-U3® scanning electron microscope. - Description The egg mass examined consisted of about 35 eggs piled ina hey egg in the mass was nearly spherical in shape, flattened basally and lig apical micropylar depression (Figs 1, 2). | The surface of the egg was covered by a reticulate pattern of rides ing triangular or rectangular portions of the surface except in the vicit micropyle. The ridges conveyed the impression of a series of concenti і arranged latitudinally around the egg. Each ridge consisted of jagged, шй projections perpendicular to the surface produced into spine-like struct Al interstices of the reticulations (Fig. 3). Most of these spines projectedit surface a distance about !/ the equatorial diameter of the egg and pit expanded bifid or trifid tips (Fig. 4). The ring of spines around the circum i Figs 1-6. Eggs of Ja/menus evagoras (Donovan): (1) batch of eggs in situ (x 3; egg, dorso-lateral view (x 110); (3) surface reticulations showing arrani ridges and spines (x 330); (4) spines showing bifid and trifid tips (x 660); 68 pylar region showing specialised ring of spines (x 220); (6) micropylar pt! 43 lag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 Aust. ent. Aust. ent. Мад. 3(3), Sep, i 44 : of the micropylar pit, however, curved inwards and had simple tips (Fy: The surface of the egg within the network of ridges appeared smoot}; unpitted and sparsely covered with irregularly distributed, oblong-ovates: GE iue micropylar pit was shallow and its sides were covered with a pis of low ridges enclosing irregularly shaped, shallow depressions (Fig. 6), ridges were not spiny and were much less pronounced than those elsewher the surface of the egg. Again the surface itself was sparsely scaly. Discussion The surface reticulation observed in J. evagoras provide a commons, with the other eggs examined using the S. E. M. However in O. gen; theon, N. albosericea and C. acastus there are none of the spines seni evagoras. The surface of J. evagoras also differs markedly from that of thc species inasmuch as it is smooth whereas in the other four it has a pitted iz spongy texture. Across all the species, however, the reticulations ani wi structures show a variety and complexity which appear to lend Шеп use in taxonomic and systematic work. Eliot (1973), indeed, comments on the potential usefulness of: structure in working out relationships within the Lycaenidae although :: same time, noting the dearth of information on the subject. However, (ht: Dickson (1956) made extensive use of egg morphology in erecting a casi of the South African species and Döring (1955) provides a backgnui descriptions and keys permitting identification of the eggs of a wide mi European butterflies. | The tentative higher classification of the family provided by Еі provides a stimulus to workers to seek corroborative evidence for the rl ships he proposes. The morphology of eggs may well have an importanti play in this regard as they have in other orders [see, e.g., Southwood (19%) the Heteroptera] and the special techniques now available should allow: and fruitful comparisons within the Australian fauna and elsewhere. . Acknowledgements I am grateful to Mr. E. D. Edwards for collecting the eggs and to Di} Filshie and Mr. C. D. Beaton for advice on matters microscopical. References Clark, G. C. and Dickson, C. G. C., 1956. Proposed classification of the $. 4 Lycaenidae from the early stages. J. ent. Soc. Sth. Afr. 19: 195-215. Common, І. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus & Rx: Sydney. vii + 498 pp. : Daniels, G., 1976. The life history of Hypochrysops theon medocus (Fruhstorfet) (8 optera: Lycaenidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15: 197-199. Döring, E., 1955. Zur Morphologie der Schmetterlingseier. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, 1# Eliot, J. M., 1973. The higher classification of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera): a t arrangement. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.)28: 373-505. Sands, D. P., 1971. The life history and taxonomic relationships of Nesolycaena alboe: (Miskin) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 10: 290-292. — Southwood, T.R.E., 1956. The structure of the eggs of the terrestrial Heteroptera ai! ationship to the classification of the group. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 10: Kr Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 45 A NEW GENUS OF FLIES POSSIBLY REFERABLE TO CRYPTOCHETIDAE (DIPTERA, SCHIZOPHORA) By David K. McAlpine The Australian Museum, Sydney. Abstract Librella demetrius n. gen. et sp. is described from eastern Australia. A detailed morphological comparison with certain other acalyptrate flies is made, and it is suggested that Librella is a highly plesiomorphic (sensu Hennig) member of the family Crypto- chetidae. Though this relationship is not obvious from comparison with the recent genus Cryptochetum Rondani, it is more apparent when the Oligocene cryptochetid genus Phanerochaetum Hennig is considered. The Cryptochetidae are perhaps best placed in the superfamily Drosophiloidea despite some points of disagreement with other included families. Introduction The new genus of flies described in this paper has been known to me for some years but its systematic position has been quite obscure. Recent study of a number of specimens has led to the rather surprising conclusion that its relationships may lie with the family Cryptochetidae. The only recent genus of this family previously recognized, Cryptochetum Rondani, includes species which were used in early biological control work on account of their predation on scale insects (Coccoidea). This genus still receives some attention due to its predatory habits on pest species. The family position of Cryptochetum was formerly a matter of disagree- ment. Agromyzidae, Drosophilidae, Chamaemyiidae, Milichiidae, and Carnidae ae families with which it has been associated. Brues and Melander (1932) separated it as a family Cryptochaetidae (more correctly Cryptochetidae), and this course eventually received general acceptance as indicating the isolated systematic position of the genus. Librella n. gen. Moderately small, stoutly built flies; general coloration dull fulvous-yellow with variable brownish markings; wings clear; cuticular surface largely pruinescent. Head broad, compressed from front to rear; occipital region broadly excavated, except on lower part where it is almost flat; ptilinal suture not highly arched, medially only slightly higher than antennal sockets; face with a low, slightly angular median carina on most of its length, discontinued above between antennal sockets; subcranial cavity small, much broader than long; inner and outer vertical bristles well developed; postverticals short, Well spaced, convergent; fronto-orbital bristles normally in 3 pairs, rather short, especially the anterior pair; ocellar bristles either subparallel and reclinate or widely divergent; vibrissae usually quite absent, but developed in one of the available specimens; postfrons and postgenal region setulose. Antennae rather widely separated basally; segments 1 and 2 Short; segment 2 sinuate on dorsal distal margin with a shallow dorsal longitudinal groove; segment 3 large, broadly oval, compressed, with one sensory pit, attached to summit of distal prominence of segment 2 which is concealed in basal cavity of segment 3, without the concealed proximal dorsal prominence found in most Drosophiloidea etc.; arista moderately long, three-segmented, its distal segment with rather numerous minute hairs. Palpus rather short, thick, extending a little beyond epistomal margin; proboscis rather small, with short, broad labella. Thorax stout, dorsally convex; scutellum almost as long as broad, rounded but with apex indistinctly angular, bare and slightly convex dorsally, not sharply margined, with ab Aust. ent. Mag. 313,5, 8 | irs of bristles, the apical ones crossed or strongly convergent, the ke deeply incised; prosternum subtriangular (slightly broader than an equilateral trian) narrow, distinctly sclerotized precoxal bridges; the following bristles present: humer, +. notopleurals, supra-alar, postalar, a bristle between posterior notopleural and sy: short weak posterior intra-alar, posterior dorsocentral and often also a shorter doro: close in front of it, prescutellar acrostichal and sometimes also a shorter acrostichal d: front of it, 2 long sternopleurals directed upwards and divergent; presutural bristle ts mesopleuron and pteropleuron bare. Legs slightly shorter and stouter than is цу Drosophila; fore femur with some posterodorsal and shorter posteroventral bristles; c femora without strong bristles; a preapical dorsal bristle on each tibia generally distin able but very short; middle tibia with 2 or 3 apical ventral spurs; hind tibia vit: developed apical ventral spur-like setulae; tarsi somewhat _longer than tibiae, wit, segments cylindrical; hind basitarsus thicker but not noticeably shorter than ni basitarsus. Wing remarkably Drosophila-like in shape and structure; costa twice ш in Drosophila), much weakened beyond junction with vein 3, discontinued at wi thickened costal spinules in a single anterodorsal series from proximal break toi! before vein 3, there being an anteroventral series of weak setulae over the same аз more basally costa with several irregular rows of setulae, and with one ventral brist & midway between tegula and humeral crossvein; subcosta incomplete distally, endin t in second costal cell; basal crossvein (between discal and second basal cells) ats position indicated by an unpigmented fold; anal crossvein somewhat thickened and stv recurved; anal cell (CuP) open posteriorly immediately basad of origin of vein 6, short, directed posteriorly from posterior border of anal cell. Haltere moderately & with large, broad capitellum. | Abdomen (9 only known) broadly oval; tergite 1 joined to tergite 2 ona! sublateral section of each side; tergites 2-6 large; tergite 7 much shorter, and tergite§2. smaller again, the remaining tergal sclerite (? tergite 9) minute and triangular; ster quite distinct (vestigial in Drosophila); cerci oval, narrowed basally, quite free ani y separated with numerous hairs and a few minute spines; egg guides absent; spiracks | situated in pleural membrane; spiracle 7 apparently absent. Spermathecae two, with pigmented capsules, each with a cylindrically hollowed base into which the duct isin only that part of duct within the hollow pigmented. | Type species: Librella demetrius n. sp. | In the key to the families of Schizophora of Australia given by Coles McAlpine (1970: 715-719), specimens of Librella may generally be taken as couplet 45, where they were included among the “few rare Droop (not having a proclinate fronto-orbital bristle) which have precoxal bri | prothorax, no presutural bristle and postverticals convergent". From tk! drosophilids in this category they are distinguished by the presence of 3 rË fronto-orbital bristles, the non-plumose arista, and the absence of the t basal tubercle of segment 3 of the antenna fitting into a cavity of sen The name Librella is a diminutive of the Latin libra, a balance o scales, and is therefore feminine. It is suggested by the pair of large pi pendent antennae. Librella demetrius n. sp. Figs 1-5, 7, 9, 10 9. Colour light fulvous, most of surface of head, thorax, legs, and abdomet! creamy pruinescence, the only dark coloration being a greyish spot between odit. brown spot at each lateral margin on tergites 2, 3, and 4 of abdomen. | Head. Ocellar bristles subparallel to very slightly divergent, reclinate; vita. distinguishable from cheek hairs. | Other characters as viven in the more detailed generic description. t Ў Aust. ent. Мад. 3(3), Sep., 1976 47 Figs 1-5. Librella demetrius: (1) wing of holotype; (2) antennal segments 1 and 2 of paratype; (3) antennal segment 3 of paratype; (4) head of holotype; (5) cuticular part of spermatheca of paratype. Distribution: NEW SOUTH WALES — Western Slopes district; AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. Type material: Wingabutta Creek, c. 37 km N of Mendooran, 27.iii.1971 (holotype 9, Australian Museum, Sydney), D. K. McAlpine; Black Mountain, Canberra, i,iii.1955-1968 (paratypes, 3 9, Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra, 1 9, British Museum [Natural History]. London), I. F. B. Common. Additional material. A further 7 female specimens of Librella from Black Mountain, Canberra, in the Australian National Insect Collection, exhibit certain characters (some of them quite striking) which disagree with characters Aust. ent. . v 48 Mag. 3(3), S | in the above description of L. demetrius. As there is no consisten | correlation in the various characters, I suspect that these specimens x: variants of the one species, L. demetrius. However proof of their yi; identity must await study of more material. | | Some of these additional specimens have the thoracic рп | largely grey, and usually such specimens have З longitudinal brown strips: | mesoscutum and a dark brown spot on each side of scutellum near its | Several specimens have antennal segment 3 notably smaller than in їй | holotype. Some have the ocellar bristles directed laterally instead of rdc but some show an intermediate condition. Some specimens have 4 or? bris. the fronto-orbital series, but in each of these the other side of the head ly: normal 3 bristles. Such asymmetrical abnormalities in chaetotaxy aei | frequent in the Schizophora. The most curious variant is one specimeniny. | a pair of quite strongly developed, but rather short, symmetrical Үй | present. Presence or absence of a vibrissa is often regarded as a family cuz. | in the acalyptrate Diptera, but in the present case I doubt if it indicates: specific distinction. Habitat notes | All examined specimens of Librella have been collected at mercury w | lamps in open areas adjacent to dry sclerophyll forest. The localities lie ats: distance from the New South Wales coast to the west of the main dE | range between the watersheds of the westward and the eastward flowin" systems. These localities lie in the zone of 550-620 mm annual average rii and are significantly drier than coastal areas of the state. The flora ix somewhat drought-resistant, is quite distinct from that of the more ails of the Australian continent. Relationships (a) Comparison with Heleomyzoidea and Drosophiloidea On comparing Librella with the recognised acalyptrate superfamilesi found to be most in agreement with the Heleomyzoidea (as defined by Ci and McAlpine, 1970) and Drosophiloidea (defined by Hennig 1958, 1910 combination of convergent postvertical bristles, uniformly sclerotized fai broken costa, and preapical dorsal tibial bristles is apparently restricted wt two superfamilies. The antenna in the Drosophiloidea has typically a dorsal basal wt on segment 3 that is concealed in a cavity in segment 2 (Hennig, 191 7-10). This is present in all families of the superfamily though it varies inti of development. Associated with this is a longitudinal slit or groove ds. or dorsolaterally on the distal part of segment 2. Although in the supe. Heleomyzoidea the antennae are rather diverse, they are never of the dt philoid type. The basal tubercle of segment 3 is undeveloped and segment! no slit in the dorsal part of the distal margin, though it is often sinua antennal structure Librella again disagrees with Drosophiloidea in havi basal tubercle on segment 3 and having a deeply sinuate margin of seg Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 49 but there is also a dorsal slit or groove on segment 2 extending almost to its base. The presence in Librella of three reclinate fronto-orbital bristles and no proclinate fronto-orbital is at variance with the Drosophiloidea in which a proclinate and one or two reclinate fronto-orbitals are normally present, but is well within the range of variation for Heleomyzoidea. Within the Drosophiloidea there are numerous apomorphic ephydrid species without the proclinate fronto- orbital, and I am aware of one true drosophilid (related to Liodrosophila) which has lost this bristle. In none of these is there an increase in the number of reclinate fronto-orbital bristles, and clearly there is no close relationship between these forms and Librella. The scutellum of Librella is strongly reminiscent of that of certain drosophiloids particularly Camilla (family Camillidae) and Leucophenga (family Drosophilidae). The broad but convex form of the scutellum with its convergent apical bristles makes it remarkably similar in these three genera and unlike any. flies outside the Drosophiloidea. Librella has a broadly triangular prosternum with distinct precoxal bridges. This is much more typical of the Drosophiloidea than the Heleomyzoidea though there are a few examples of this kind of prosternum in the latter superfamily. The Drosophiloidea have (except where it is much reduced) a highly distinctive type of anal cell (cell CuP) with a thick anal crossvein (free section of vein CuA) curved basad posteriorly, vein 6 more or less obsolete along posterior margin of anal cell, and vein 6 (CuA + 1A) directed posteriorly from its origin well before apex of anal cell. This is precisely the same condition as іт Librella. Finaly the absence of a differentiated vibrissa is atypical for both the Heleomyzoidea and Drosophiloidea, though a few of the former show a weakening of the vibrissa, and, in the latter superfamily, some ephydrids with reduced chaetotaxy have lost the vibrissa. The presence of definite vibrissae in a single known specimen of Librella almost certainly means that some ancestral Species possessed these. There is a possibility that this ancestor was remote (comparable to the very remote four-winged ancestor the four-winged mutant tetraptera of Drosophila melanogaster Meizen). The other alternative, that Librella is primitively without vibrissae but occasionally produces an individual in which they are fully developed, is unacceptable from a modern understanding of evolutionary genetics. From the above it is seen that Librella does not fit easily the definitions of either of these closest previously accepted superfamilies though there is some evidence of relationship to Drosophiloidea. An alternative theory of its relationships is therefore considered below. (b) Comparision with Cryptochetum The family Cryptochetidae includes one living genus, Cryptochetum, which has a number of distinctive autapomorphic (sensu Hennig) characters which render it conspicuously unlike Librella. Nevertheless there is a number of characters in which Librella resembles species of Cryptochetum. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep, c: 50 | | | | | In considering the morphology of Cryptochetum it is nece: understand that the longitudinal axis has undergone considerable contractin: relation to transverse parameters. In Cryptochetum the prosternum (Fi; (. very broadly trapezoid with narrow but well sclerotized precoxal bridges a the greater part of its surface lies in an almost vertical plane. In Libret prosternum (Fig. 9) is rather broadly triangular with distinct short preo bridges and lies substantially on the ventral surface of the thorax. The typ. prosternum in Cryptochetum could be derived from that of Librella by: anteroposterior compression of this region of the thorax. Reference toi humeral region of Cryptochetum shows that this is precisely the kin. modification that has taken place, the humeral calli being much compres: the direction indicated with a large proportion of their surfaces lying qi vertical anterior surface of the thorax. In Librella a greater portion of) surface of the humeral callus faces anteriorly than in Drosophila, bute | tendency is far less marked than in Cryptochetum. The preabdonen: | Cryptochetum (Fig. 8) is also affected by this anteroposterior соту which has resulted in a reduction of tergites 1 and 2. The scutellar suture in both Librella and Cryptochetum forms au ' and deeply incised groove across the entire median section between the sut bridges, its posterior slope (i.e. anterior margin of scutellum) being partial: steep. This contrasts with most examples of Drosophiloidea where this si generally forms a shallow groove or rounded excavation. In only:: | drosophiloids, mainly ones with very convex scutellum (e.g. Liodrosoplii): | condition of the scutellar suture approaches that of Librella and (турй. | The tarsi in both Cryptochetum and Librella are cylindrical, the tm segment not expanded at all. This is not a consistent difference from Drow oidea, but many of the latter have the 2 terminal tarsal segments dep Librella has a bristle immediately behind and above the poti notopleural callus. Cryptochetum commonly has 2 or 3 bristles, which mp) quite strong, in this position. This is a most unusual position for a strongt in acalyptrate flies. Some Drosophila species have a short bristle clos to” position as an exceptional condition in the superfamily. Librella and Cryptochetum have also the following characters in com & lower part of head anteroposteriorly compressed making the cheb: peribuccal region short; face long with a rather long, narrow, and nir. strongly raised median carina, which separates the antennal sockets dorsal: terminates as a slightly projecting lip in centre of the very well definedli й margin of face; a series of very short cheek bristles, not normally terminait & а differentiated vibrissa; palpus rather short but remarkably thick; 118 | segment 3 very large and compressed, without dorsal basal tubercle fitti! i a hollow in segment 2; mesoscutum devoid of strong bristles except twi й lateral and posterior margins, but with covering of numerous полет # р) costa with 2 breaks; anal cell and vein 6 of characteristic drosophiloid sin '; (described above); vein 7 (2A) absent without trace. Many of the abovementioned resemblances between Librella and (i) % Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 51 Figs 6-11. (6) Cryptochetum sp., prosternum; (7) Librella demetrius, abdomen of paratype; (8) Cryptochetum sp., preabdomen of 9; (9) L. demetrius, prosternum of paratype; (10) L. demetrius, scutellum of holotype; (11) Cryptochetum sp., apex of antenna. chetum are somewhat vague or indecisive, being found in several other families. Hennig (1958) gives a list of 13 characters of Cryptochetum, which he considers to be apomorphic in relation to the groundplan of the Schizophora. Librella shows clear agreement only with characters 3 (vibrissae absent), 5 (costa broken at end of Sc), 6 (costa broken just beyond humeral crossvein), 7 (basal crossvein absent), 8 (anal cell small and vein CuA recurved, this vein termed Cup + la" by Hennig), and apparently 12 (seventh spiracle absent in female postabdomen). In character 2 (third antennal segment elongate) Librella approaches the condition in Cryptochetum in that the third segment is | 52 Aust. ent. Mag. Изэ П enlarged. In character 9 (anal vein or vein 6 running close to anal maga | wing) a comparison is difficult because of reduction of this vein in Lib]; | characters 10 (hypopygium without freely movable surstyli) and 11 (onl, “Tergitkomplex” between preabdomen and hypopygium) Librella Бш , iently known for comparison. This leaves only three characters in Hennig) ~ with which Librella is known to be in total disagreement, viz. chara: (antennal arista absent), 4 (fronto-orbital bristles reduced, or, to be more pri fronto-orbital bristles absent), and 13 (abdominal segments 7 and 8 off: | membranous). Further apparently apomorphic characters present in Cop; ~ etum but not in Librella are as follows: 14, inner and outer vertical hy ' absent; 15, postvertical bristle absent; 16, ocellar bristle absent; 17, hum bristle absent; 18, sternopleural bristles absent; 19, the usual two ошё © notopleural bristles not well differentiated; 20, dorsocentral and алай © bristles not differentiated; 21, scutellar bristles reduced in size and diy ^ towards apex of scutellum; 22, scutellum sharply margined; 23, йт | segment 1 reduced to lateral vestiges; 24, female postabdomen with a pez + apparatus posteriorly. The only notable character in which Librella appears to ber ^ apomorphic than Cryptochetum is the much less developed vein 6 in the fur * Previously I considered this well developed vein in the anal region of Cy: ` etum to be vein 7 (2A), and the minute spur at apex of the anal cell tobe: ' 6 (CuA + 1A) (see Colless and McAlpine, 1970). On further considerationls 4 feel that Hennig’s interpretation is probably correct, and that the formen * vein 6, the minute spur is not the homologue of a longitudinal vein, ait ` vein 7 is absent (in contrast to Canaceidae, Tethinidae, and the less 8. forms of Milichiidae). | The author disagrees with Thorpe (1930) and others who cons: | arista to be completely absent in the genus Cryptochetum. Many speciesdt | genus possess a small, basally articulated, peglike process situated ut. | anterodistal part of the third antennal segment, which I consider to bet , probably the arista (see Fig. 11). Thorpe (1930), in placing Cryptochetuns: ` family Agromyzidae, appeared to consider this subapical proces ПЕ homologue of the subapical spine on segment 3 of the agromyzid Cerod Informed opinion no longer considers Cryptochetum to be closely relatedit | Agromyzidae. In that family, as well as in other acalyptrates where theri | subapical spine on segment 3 as well as an arista (e.g. Lenophila spp. · Platystomatidae) the spine is not articulated basally, its cuticle being ot - uously sclerotized with that of segment 3. In Cryptochetum the ШШЕ | process is articulated in a membranous socket, as is the arista of other fis! | fact that this process is subterminal and unsegmented, instead of зрок, | three-segmented like the usual schizophoran arista presents no difficulty ft | case. There are numerous examples of terminalisation of the arista | Schizophora, e.g. in the Neriidae, in Gampsocera and Steleocera (Сото | in several of the Clusiidae, and in Cerataulina and the subfamily Сї Е Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 ЕЕ (Lauxaniidae). Aulacigaster is an example of a schizophoran with an unseg- mented arista (from author's unpublished studies). Despite the quantity of the differences between Cryptochetum and Librella these cannot be taken as strong evidence that the former may not have been derived from a form more closely resembling Librella. The differences consist largely of characters in Cryptochetum which are apomorphic in relation to those prevailing in the superfamilies Heleomyzoidea and Drosophiloidea, and which were therefore presumably absent in an early ancestral form. (c) Comparison with Phanerochaetum The Baltic amber fossil Phanerochaetum tuxeni Hennig, 1965, was described as a primitive member of the family Cryptochetidae. Phanerochaetum shows a significant number of resemblances to Librella and its complement of characters is largely intermediate between those of Librella and Cryptochetum. I consider it to provide important evidence of phylogenetic relationship between Librella and the Cryptochetidae (in the currently accepted sense). The general habitus of Phanerochaetum is quite like that of Librella and there is also some resemblance in the shape of the head, with broadly excavated upper occiput and ocelli situated right on vertex. Despite the reduction in the cephalic bristles of Phanerochaetum, it retains a pair of convergent but rather widely spaced postvertical bristles almost identical to those of Librella. The form of the labella and palpi also appears to be similar in the two genera. The antennae show agreement in remarkable detail, despite some lack of detail in the knowledge of Phanerochaetum, the only apparent difference being the slight shortening of the arista in Phanerochaetum. Phanerochaetum agrees with Librella rather than Cryptochetum in retaining certain distinct thoracic bristles, viz. 1 + 1 notopleurals, a postalar, a posterior intra-alar, a dorsocentral, and a prescutellar acrostichal. The two genera agree closely in wing venation. Hennig (1965) first described P. tuxeni as having the anal cell somewhat different ftom that of Librella, but later (1969) described a further specimen of Phanerochaetum (? tuxeni) in which he was able to confirm that the anal cell and vein 6 are of the type I describe above for Librella. The overall characters of Phanerochaetum suggest that it is essentially similar to Librella but has undergone some reduction in cephalic chaetotaxy and in the size of the arista, while the scutellar bristles have increased in number and decreased in size, a further modification in the direction of Cryptochetum. Librella may be regarded as a relict form resembling in many characters the ancestral prototype of the Cryptochetidae. Though in many ways it is very similar to the Lower Oligocene Phanerochaetum, the latter shares some Synapomorphic characters with Cryptochetum which are absent in Librella. I therefore consider Librella to have probably a sister-group relationship to the other two genera, from which it must have separated before Oligocene times, without having subsequently undergone a very noticeable amount of evolution. ... The characters differentiating the three genera I now refer to Cryptochet- idae are summarised in the following key. | | | 54 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), n " Key to genera of Cryptochetidae Р 1. The following bristles distinct: inner and outer verticals, ocellar, 3 0 fronto-orbitals, 2 sternopleurals; arista longer than third antenn! L segment; Recent, Australia... 6 1-099 0 жу E mur The above bristles absent; arista shorter than third antennal segment, © sometimes indistinguishable . > Jer M m oE 2. Arista well developed, closer to base than to apex of third segment; 1 the following bristles distinct: 1 + 1 notopleurals, dorsocentral, рге: ү ellar acrostichal; Oligocene, Europe ... esses. Phinerodug * Arista minute and cubterminal or absent; the above bristles absent or ‘a indistinct; Recent, Old World ... si - . ---> 5 ON ‚ Cryptoclets А Relationships of the Cryptochetidae di Hennig (1958), in laying the foundation for a modem suis af classification of the Diptera Schizophora, placed the Cryptochetidae asa fe i of uncertain relationships. He discussed evidence for relationships wiht “ superfamily Drosophiloidea, but regarded this evidence as not really op (“zwingend”). Later (Hennig, 1969) he referred the Cryptochetidae (008 ` to the Milichiodea and in 1973 again placed it among families of do. relationship. | Griffiths (1972) has postulated that the Cryptochetidae are relatedtii E Lonchaeidae, the two families, together forming a monophyletic gon i superfamily Lonchaeoidea. This must be examined here as it is note’ ^ reconcilable with the theory that Librella is a particularly ріезолой * cryptochetid, as Librella has less in common with the Lonchaeidae tha! 8 Cryptochetum. Of the characters given by Griffiths for Lonchaeoidez ss 5 (e.g. dark coloration of cuticle, presence of costal break at end of subcasil: ^ too widely distributed in the Schizophora to have much significance it 2 context. In characters of reduction (e.g. of fronto-orbital bristles and dir. * postabdominal sclerites) the degree of reduction is different in the мой * and there is no evidence that the more reduced Cryptochetidae passed th I the same reduction stages as the Lonchaeidae. | It is clear that Griffiths misapprehended the nature of the рохе 5 in Cryptochetum. | can confirm from my own studies of an under ` Australian species of Cryptochetum that the basic structure of the male g in this genus is substantially as figured by Hennig (1937) and that of thei terminal segments is as figured by Thorpe (1934) except that some 0 * omitted by the latter. The figures of the aedeagus and associated pt ` C. grandicorne Rondani given by Okada (1956) and that of C 10028 ` Tokunaga given by Griffiths (1972) show the same structure of арат)?! same Japanese species. But this structure is not the aedeagus but the pi apparatus of the female ovipositor, which in this species is longer ant slender than in others examined, but has the same essential structuri + C. grandicorne as illustrated by Thorpe. Okada even shows the ШЇ “aedeagus” lying on the large ventral plate, so characteristic of the fe i postabdomen of Crypto hetum, but males of Cryptochetum at without. | * = CE | | | | м Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 55 similar structure. Though Griffiths’ own study of the male postabdomen of Cryptochetum is without validity, he is correct in pointing out that there is some kind of connection between the aedeagal apodeme and the hypandrium in both Lonchaeidae and Cryptochetidae. But this connection is of a different type in : each family, there being no precise agreement between the two. As is well known the female postabdomen of both Cryptochetum and the Lonchaeidae has 3 apiercing organ, and Griffiths is of the opinion that the condition of the female postabdomen in the Cryptochetidae could have been derived from that existing . in Lonchaeidae. I cannot agree with Griffiths’ view. One of the postabdominal 1 segments of female Cryptochetum has a well developed plate-like tergite and . stemite. The identity of this segment is hard to determine but it is certainly © posterior to segment 6 and it may well be segment 9. In the Lonchaeidae there : is no such plesiomorphic segment in the postabdomen and segment 9 is almost certainly part of the piercing organ or aculeus. The piercing organ of Crypto- chetum does not appear to be homologous with that of the Lonchaeidae and is very different in its basal structure and connections. The structure of the female postabdomen of Lonchaeidae is so precisely similar to that occurring in the Tephritoidea (Otitoidea) (sensu Colless and McAlpine 1970) that I find it hard to believe that the similarities are not due to synapomorphy. The structural difference in the female postabdomen between Lonchaeidae and Tephritoidea given by Griffiths does not really exist, as many of the Tephritoidea have flexible cuticular rods extending posteriorly from the body of segment 7 (D. McAlpine, 1973). Griffiths’ difficulty in accepting a relationship between Lonchaeidae and the Tephritoidea lies in a failure to understand the extreme plasticity of male postabdominal characters in the Schizophora. There is evidence of variation among closely related forms in the disposition of the protandrial sclerites and even more evidence for such variation in aeaeagal structure (see D. McAlpine 1967 for variation in the . aedeagus within one tribe of Heleomyzidae). The pyrgotid genus Commoniella . б ап example of a tephritoid fly with exceedingly short, non-coiled aedeagus, ‚ yet this genus is undoubtedly correctly placed systematically. Griffitlis gives as apomorphic characters of tlie groundplan of Lonchaeoidea . the cleft second antennal segment, the downwardly directed third segment, and . the sub-basal arista. Griffiths’ application of these characters to the Cryptoch- . etidae is due to the characters of the fossil Phanerochaetum as Cryptochetum has no cleft or even a trace of a notch in segment 2 and no sub-basal arista. I seriously doubt if the character of the sub-basal arista is apomorphic in relation to the groundplan of the Schizophora. All three of these antennal characters are . shared by a multitude of other schizophorans including a substantial percentage of the Calyptrata, Tephritoidea, and Drosophiloidea. They cannot therefore be phylogenetically significant in the present context. I summarise my views on the supposed relationship between Lonchaeidae and Cryptochetidae by stating that: (1) the genuine points of resemblance are of such wide occurrence in the Schizophora as to render them useless as . indicators of close relationship: (2) the difference in structure of the female postabdomen between the Lonchaeidae and Cryptochetum is so great as to Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3 1 i 56 9. 3(3), S. A close relationship very improbable and the derivation of the m jenen dM from the other incredible: (3) the relationships i. Lonchaeidae are probably with the Pallopteridae and the Tephritoide: » ; “i the Cryptochetidae are not referable to this complex. | Taking Librella as approximating to the archetype of the Cryplode: I consider that the balance of evidence discussed above indicates a prj: relationship to the superfamily Drosophiloidea. The absence in бй, . dorsal basal tubercle, characteristic of but not restricted to the Drosophii | is difficult to interpret in phylogenetic terms. Possibly the structure ha} Г secondarily lost. Оп the other hand it is possible that the Cryptochetide: ` possessed the differentation of the fronto-orbital bristles into reclint: proclinate elements characteristic of the archetypes of all families of Dow: | оїйеа admitted by Hennig. | The family Cryptochetidae should probably therefore be assign! . isolated position in the superfamily. E w Acknowledgements I am particularly indebted to Miss M. A. Schneider for maki: microscopical preparations and illustrations. Dr D. H. Colless made a » the valuable material from the Australian National Insect Collection, (айа з The work was aided by a grant from the Australian Research Grants Comi E E + ih References Brues, C. T. and Melander, A. L., 1932. Classification of insects. Bull. Mus. comp. Lik р 672 pp. | Colless, D. H. and McAlpine, D. K., 1970. Chapter 34. Diptera. In The insects oj Aw. 656-740. Melbourne University Press. | Griffiths, G. C. D., 1972. The phylogenetic classification of Diptera Cyclorrhapha special reference to the structure of the male postabdomen. W. Junk, ТЕЕ. 340 pp. | Hennig, W., 1937. Milichiidae et Carnidae. Flieg. Palaearkt. Reg. 60а: 91 pp. Hennig, W., 1958. Die Familien der Schizophora und ihre phylogenetischen Verwant tsbeziehungen. Beitr. Ent. 8: 505-688. | Hennig, W., 1965. Die Acalyptratae des Baltischen Bersteins. Stuttgart. Beitr. шй 215 pp. Hennig, W., 1969. Neue Übersicht über die aus dem Baltischen Bernstein bk Acalyptratae (Diptera: Schizophora). Stuttgart. Beitr. Маш. X9: 5 Hennig, W., 1971. Neue Untersuchungen über die Familien der Diptera Sui (Diptera: Cyclorrhapha). Stuttgart. Beitr. Naturk. 226: 76 pp. | Hennig, W., 1973. Diptera (Zweiflügler). Handb. Zool. 4(2)31: 337 рр. | McAlpine, D. K., 1967. The Australian species of Diplogeomyza and allied genera (De Heleomyzidae). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 92: 74-106. a McAlpine, D. K., 1973. The Australian Platystomatidae (Diptera, Schizophor) v. y revision of five genera. Mem. Aust. Mus. 15: 256 pp. f Okada, T., 1956. Systematic study of Drosophilidae and allied families of Лт, Tokyo. 183 pp. $ Thorpe, W. H., 1930. The biology, post-embryonic development, and economic inp | of Cryptochaetuim iceryae (Diptera, Agromyzidae) parasitic on Icerya үй 1 (Coccidae, Monophlebini). Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1930: 929-971, 5 pl. T Thorpe, W. H., 1934. The biology and development of Cryptochaetum grandicorne Drs | an internal parasite of Guerinia serratulae (Coccidae). Quart. J. micros Se 273-304. © Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 57 A RECORD OF AESHNA BREVISTYLA RAMBUR (ODONATA: AESHNIDAE) FROM NORFOLK ISLAND By C. N. Smithers The Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney Prior to 1941 only one species of Odonata had been recorded from : Norfolk Island. Kimmins (1941) added three species from material collected by : Mrs I. McComish; Hawkins (1943) repeated Kimmins’ list. This note records the | occurrence of a fifth species, Aeshna brevistyla Rambur on Norfolk Island. | Material examined. Norfolk Island: 1ó, Bumbora, 18.xi.1968; 1d, Ross 1 Point, iii.1969; 19, Bumbora, 21.11.1969 (C. N. Smithers). Specimens are in the ! Australian Museum. A. brevistyla is widely distributed in Australia and Tasmania and occurs in ' New Zealand and New Caledonia. It is very likely that more species will be found on the island and it is to be hoped that residents there interested in natural history will pay more attention to their dragonflies and damselflies. I would like to thank Dr J. A. L. Watson and Mr J. V. Peters for : confirming identification of Norfolk Island Odonata in the Australian Museum t collection. References Hawkins, C. N., 1943. The insects of Norfolk Island, including a preliminary report on a recent collection. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (11)9(60): 865-902. і Kimmins, D. E., 1941. Notes on the Odonata and Neuroptera of Norfolk Island. Ent. mon. Mag. 47: 134-136. PSEUDALMENUS CHLORINDA (BLANCHARD) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) FROM SOUTHERN NEW SOUTH WALES By G. Daniels 98 Harris Street, Fairfield, N.S.W., 2165. During December 1974, two larvae of Pseudalmenus chlorinda (Blanchard) were found on clothing, apparently having been brushed from their food plant Somewhere in the Ulladulla district. Several local Acacia spp. were offered as food, but both larvae failed to eat and subsequently died. In September 1975 several adult specimens of P. chlorinda were sighted some 20 km west of . Ulladulla, but only a single female was netted. A thorough search of the . Immediate area failed to locate either larvae, pupae or attendant ants. The wing patterning of the netted specimen falls within the limits of the Victorian and - Australian Capital Territory race, P. c. zephyrus Waterhouse and Lyell. 58 FILM REVIEW Garden Jungle. Produced by Densey Clyne and Jim | | Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep, te { | | | | Frazier, 1976. l A colour, 50 minutes. Mantis Wildlife Films, 7 Catalpa Crescent, Turmel 4 N.S.W. 2074. | This is a film about the lives of small invertebrate creatures in an Aus . garden. The activities of insects, snails, slugs and spiders are presenti; ' flowing sequence of intrigue, excitement and suspense which holds the vis. attention throughout the film. E | The photography is of a very high standard; the difficulty and pi required to secure many of the sequences used is obvious upon vii: film, and one cannot help but be amazed at the success of the ргойи ў notable example is the egg laying within leaf tissue of a tiny sawfly, a specs | Pterygophorinae (Pe:gidae), which clearly shows the saw-like ovipositor p the edge of a leaf and depositing eggs no more than 1 mm in length wit: leaf tissue. Of particular note also, are the magnificent shots of the шїї | Limax maximus, the Leopard Slug, the suspense-filled mating of the py: mantis Pseudomantis albofimbriata, the amazing moulting and mating seq: of a gryllacridid, Prerapotrechus sp. and the action of a bombardier | “firing” at a funnel-web spider. The capture of prey by the netcasting spider, Dinopis subrufa, s wt example of outstanding photography. This spider is shown in close up mit constructing and testing her net, but actually casting predation sequences include a native snail praying on the common gardeni: assassin bugs stabbing caterpillars and a praying mantis Sound effects play an important role in a film of this kind, and thee been used to advantage. The specially composed music is an integral paid: | film. The narration is pleasant in both style and tone, with a sprinkin humour, while the content is informative and interest it upon her pry. te | attacking a О) ing to a wide шй All naturalists and non-naturalists should view this film when Ше unity comes, not only because it is an outstanding production, but itr, undoubtedly teach every viewer something more about the fascinatig® creatures around us that we so often take for granted. This is the second 50 minute television document ary produced by De | Clyne and Jim Frazier. The first, Aliens among us?, a film about spids! been very successful, and has already won several Australian and intend: | awards. I have no doubt that Garden jungle will be similarly succes! well as these longer films, the producers are making a series of dit educational films mainly for use in schools. The first now you don't (їпз‹ сї camouflage and defence) and two, Now you x | Come into my pn said rhe spider (spider predation), have been sponsored by the Bank ol) South Wales, and m: г be borrowed from the Bank on request. The longi” | will shortly be availa^le through the National Library of Australia and Ей Departments and Fi 1 Councils in most states. M. | Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 59 RECENT LITERATURE Compiled by M. S. Moulds BANKS, H. J. 1976. Physical control of insects — recent developments. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 89-100. BAXTER, P. and HUTCHINSON, J. 1975. History and mystery of the fruit tree root weevil. J. Aust. Inst. agric. Sci. 41: 12-17, illustr. BROTHERS, Denis J. 1975. Phylogeny and classification of the aculeate Hymenoptera, with special reference to Mutillidae. Uni. Kansas Sci. Bull. 50(11): 483- 648, tables I-VII, text-figs 1-101. CLARK, J. T. 1974. А conspicuous spermatophore in the phasmid Extatosoma tiaratum Macleay. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 110: 81-82, text-figs 1 & 2. CLARK, L.R. and DALLWITZ, M.J. 1975. The life system of Cardiaspina albitextura (Psyllidae), 1950-74. Aust. J. Zool. 23(4): 523-561, tables 1-15, text-figs 1-6. CLIFT, A. D. 1976. Activity of chlordineform against organochlorine resistant and sus- ceptible strains of Heliothis spp. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) from New South Wales. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 127-128, table I. CONNELL, Maxine L. 1974. Transmission of Anaplasma marginale by the cattle tick Boophilus microplus. Qd J. agric. anim. Sci. 31(3): 185-193, tables 1 & 2. Also issued as Qd Dept. of Prim. Industries, Div. Anim. Industry Bull. No. 153. DOBLER, Helga 1973. Katalog der in den Sammlungen des ehemaligen Deutschen Ento- mologischen Institutes aufbewahrten Typen—IX. (Coleoptera: Cicin- delidae. Beitr. Ent., Berlin 23(5/8): 355-419. 1975. Katalog der in den Sammlungen des ehemaligen Deutschen Ento- mologischen Institutes aufbewahrten Typen—XII. (Coleoptera: Car- abidae). Beitr. Ent., Berlin 25(1): 99-150. DOUBE, B. M. 1975. Cattle and the paralysis tick Ixodes holocyclus. Aust. vet. J. 51: 511-515. FRANZMANN, B. A. 1974. Banana rust thrips in north Qld. Qd agric. J. 100(12): 595-596, illustr. GAY, F. J. 1976. An Australian species of Procryptotermes Holmgren (Isoptera: Kalotermitidae). J. Aust ent. Soc. 15(1): 45-48, text-figs 1-7. GRIFFITHS, G. C. D. 1972. The phylogenetic classification of Diptera Cyclorrhapha, with special reference to the structure of the male postabdomen. 8vo. Junk, The Hague, (Series Entomologica Vol. 8). Pp. (iii), 1-340, text-figs 1-154. 39 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep, MALICKY, Hans | 1973. Trichoptera (Kócherfliegen). Handbuch der Zoologie 429% 1-114, text-figs 1-96. | MATTHEWS, E. б. | 1976. А revision of the Scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. ШТА. Coprini. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 38: 1-52, text-figs 1-74. | READSHAW, J. L. | | 1975. Biological control of orchard mites in Australia with an insect? i resistant predator. J. Aust. Inst. agric. Sci. 41(3): 213-214. RIOTTE, J. C. E. | 1976. Kurze Notiz zur Kenntnis einer neuen Art der Gattung Oi: ` Papua New Guinea und Australien (Lep., Lymantriidae) E Zeitsch. 86(9): 89-92, 1 fig. | SCHICHA, Eberhard 1974. Functional morphology of the mouth parts, and feeding habit | Dicranolaius bellulus (Guérin-Méneville) (Col.: Malachiidi) 7. Anz., Jena 192(1/2): 22-26, text-figs 1-5. SHEPHERD, Rosamond C.H. and EDMONDS, J.W. 1976. The establishment and spread of Spilopsyllus cuniculi (Dale) ui: location on the host, Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.), in them | region of Victoria. Aust. Wildl. Res. 3(1): 29-44, tables |: figs 1-5. | Siphonaptera: Spilopsyllus cuniculi SLATER, James A. | 1976. The immature stages of Lygaeidae (Hemiptera: Не{ет southwest Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 101-126, textlis. SOUTHCOTT, R. V. 1973. Survey of injuries to man by Australian terrestrial arthropoi- Published by the author, Mitcham, S.A. Pp. 1-165, illustr. Ë 0 909435 00 6. Copies available from the author, Dr R. V. Southcott, 2 Taylors Rd, Mie South Australia, 5062. | WALTERS, P. J. | 1976. Effect of five acaricides on Tetranychus urticae (Koch) at predators, Stethorus spp. (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae) in a£ orchard. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 53-56, tables 1 & 2. f 1976a. Chlordime!orm: its prospects for the integrated control 8 pests at Bathurst. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 57-61, tabli! WEBB, G. C. ay 1976. Chromosome organisation in the Australian plague locust, (ht cetes teri inifera. 1. Banding relationships of the m mii supernumerary chromosomes. Chromosoma, Berl. 55: 1% tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-34. WHITE. M.J.D., WEE З, G.C. and CHENEY, J. | 1973. Cytogene cs of the parthenogenetic grasshopper Moraba vigi? its bisex: 1 relatives. I. A new species of the virgo sou unique se chromosome mechanism. Chromosoma, Berl. 40:19 ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices. CHANGE OF ADDRESS: Mr A. F. Atkins, Unit 18 "Springcourt", 17-19 Spring Road, Springvale South, Vic. 3172. (Previous address: Grenville St., Prahran, Victoria.) WANTED. A copy of Victorian Butterflies, by Anderson and Spry. Peter Carwardine, 2a Victoria Road, Malvern. Victoria, 3144. EXCHANGE. Western Australian beetles (all families) for weevils from N.S.W., Victoria or Tasmania. Dr F. H. Uther Baker, 4 Collier St., Applecross, W.A. 6153. WANTED. Coleopterist will exchange or buy Australian and N.G. beetles. Available for exchange butterflies and beetles of the world. E. Coussement, Rue du Greffier 28, Evregnies, Belgium. Ramerunga Biological Laboratories P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870 PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO. long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272 BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF EXOTIC SPECIES Please write for our catalogue of species available NOTES FOR AUTHORS Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends ш one от more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in advance, Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and in duplicate. Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal. All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any _ paper considered unsuitable. Address papers to: The Editor, Australian Entomological Magazine, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065. CONTENTS DANIELS, G. Pseudalmenus chlorinda (Blanchard) ерш De idae) from southern New South Wales . 1 HALL, M. C. Native food E records for some Northern Territory j ранее s. bas e Ee a KITCHING, R. L. The ultrastructure of the eggs of Jalmenus evagoras (Donovan) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) . i АИИ | McALPINE, D. K. A new genus of flies posit referable to o idae (Dipter... Schizophora) . SMITHERS, C. М. А record of Aeshna x n Rambur (О | Aeshnidae from Norfolk Island . Е ТООНО FILM REVIEW — Guirden jungle ....-- oco eec ШЫ RECENT LHERATURE.:..-x:70:97 ИИН ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES Еа inside back @ Books and Equipment We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehend range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books. Ma of our products are manufactured in our own workshop and we import direct a number of others. MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES Our 20 page illustrated equipment catalogue and price list is available free 0 request. іп addition we will send you, also free, our book catalogue, gives details of our new and secondhand literature range. Austre lian Entomological Supplies 35 Kiwong St, è owie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 46 | Sub-branch: 14 Ciisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43% ISSN 0311-1881 ast. ent. Mag. й Edited by М. S. Moulds VOLUME 3, PART 4 NOVEMBER; 1976 IS 3 к< а$ of of ed he ire en еа ing hia sen tral age ain ‘ely | of cies ) be Australian. Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal der principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zel: and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profesie entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volw SUBSCRIPTIONS All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwardi: Australian Entomological Press, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. Individual Subscriptions $6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum overseas Institutional Subscriptions А$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum COVER Illustrated by Andrew Atkins from a specimen reared by Nigel (t Depicts the Australian hawk moth Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval) a com endemic species found throughout the continent. The larvae, which can befi feeding on Fuschias and Balsams in suburban gardens, are either green or! each colour form possessing yellow lateral eye-spots and other limited mat Published by AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. Phone: 43-3972 Printed by DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS 6 Roger Street, Brookvale, N.S.W., 2100. m . LABS S Australian Docs al ps . zt ^ 74 Magazine 2.) NOV 1976 - VS Ок e Aust. ent. Mag. AR alie Volume 3, Part 4 November, 1976 BOOK REVIEW Birdwing butterflies of the world by Bernard D'Abrera. 1975. Lansdowne Press, Melbourne. 260 pages, 35 cm by 27 cm, 180 colour plates. Price $49.50. This latest of D'Abrera's books is undeniably his best effort to date. In it, all the birdwing butterflies, both species and subspecies, of the genera Ornithoptera, Trogonoptera and Troides are described and, with only a few exceptions, illustrated with superb colour photographs. Following a particularly fiery foreword, a short introduction leads into several plates of habitat photographs. Such photographs, tending as they do to give the reader a "personal" appreciation of the subject's environment, are always an asset to books of this kind. The main part of the book is divided into three sections, based on the three genera recognized. The first deals with Ornithoptera. Here, as with the other genera treated, species and subspecies are dealt with in turn and illustrated life size. Welcome additions to the text of the Ornithoptera are details of life histories where these are known. Colour photographs of the early stages and of living adults greatly enhance this section. Whilst I do not agree with the taxonomic status accorded some species, I feel that the author has presented this section superbly. The photographs of O. paradisea are especially pleasing. Regarding the taxonomy of this section, it is strange to find an author who “lumps” so many priamus subspecies with poseidon, and goliath subspecies with goliath on the one hand, and then raises others such as O. p. caelestis, and O. p. urvillianus to specific status on rather shaky grounds. In the case of 0. priamus poseidon, it would have been better had D'Abrera indicated the extent of morphological and geographical variation in both sexes of this subspecies and demonstrated how the subspecies he synonymises with it fall within these limits of variability. This is especially so in the cases of pronomus and macalpinei. To synonymise subspecies on the basis of “a female [macalpinei] from the Iron Range... which is almost a perfect miniature ofa female [poseidon] from Lae . . .” and “It is also practically identical with the specimen used . . . to illustrate pronomus . . .” (page 256) is unsound. Large series should be compared rather than a few specimens or aberrant individuals, and populations from intervening geographical areas should be considered. With reference to food plants, Aristolochia schlechteri should have been added to the list for О. p. poseidon and should have been recorded as the food plant for О. meridionalis (Szent-Ivany, 1971). This is one of several Publications that D’Abrera does not appear to have seen. Contrary to the statement on page 58 concerning the abundance of O. p. euphorion, the insect is widespread in nearly all rain forest areas of north Queensland, south of the Cooktown area, and its survival can scarcely be regarded as “threatened”, except perhaps locally. i The sections on Trogonoptera and Troides, whilst maintaining the high standard of the plates, suffer from a lack of photographs of early stages or living adults. The only species illustrated in this manner is T. oblongomaculatus papuensis. The author also appears to be 62 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 19% Гатаіоп (1966-70) which give life-history details for Trogonopte; | КЕ PEE naris and Troides magellanus. A more thorough literature sea would have revealed these. Regarding Troides oblongomaculatus bouruensis, D’Abrerastoi | have indicated that male form I is known only from Buru, whilst male form II is found» Buru, Seram, Ambon and the Kapau - Stephansort area of West Irian, and that Гелаву. both light and dark forms occur throughout. As it is such an enigma, it is felt he should bee examined the problem more thoroughly, and perhaps illustrated both male and fen | genitalia of the forms, from various localities. | The book closes with a selection of references, a plate of male genitalia (I would li: to have seen many more of these), photographs of the female sphragis in T. brookiana wi O. chimaera (D’ Abrera’s recognition of the sphragis on some Ornithoptera species isa | important discovery that does not appear to have been noted before), a couple of plte gynandromorphs and aberrations, and two notes. In general, this book is relatively free of the annoying typographical and {гар nal errors that plagued D’Abrera’s earlier works. Errors do persist however and examples: О. allottei is spelt “О. allotei" on the plates but correctly in the text and index; T. amphryu | ruficollis is spelt “rufficollis” throughout; T. trojana is referred to as “trojanus” in the | and on page 73 Aristolochia praevenosa is spelt "parvenosa* . On page 220 pi]. (T. o. bouruensis) the 9 f. argidia should of course be described as light, not “dark’ x!) also on that page 9 f. capnodia is a synonym for typical © f. bouruensis. For T. rhadamui bazilanicus is not a new synonym (Zeuner, 1943). : For a book that has been described as a “definitive monograph” (on the inside pe of the cover), there are several shortcomings. Dichotomous keys should have been pip: for the separation of the genera and species, as these are essential to every taxons monograph. In Troides especially, where the species are superficially similar, keys to ys and even subspecies would have been an asset. As most species are strongly sexu) dimorphic, keys for both males and females should have been presented. | D’Abrera has, throughout the book, neglected to bracket the names of ашћозі those species originally described in different genera, this being a breach of Article 5100 the International Code of Nomenclature. He also fails to mention those genera in which? species was originally placed, although he does give the date and reference for each subse There is a complete lack of locality data, i.e. exact locality, altitude, dates collec names of collectors, etc. In recently collected specimens, if not older ones, such informat! is available and of great value. Especially for the locally distributed Ornithoptera spes Papua New Guinea, such data, particularly altitude, is very important. Habitat data, vi known, should also have been included. The location of specimens examined should tel been mentioned, whether they be in national museums or private collections. D’Abren pit all subspecies of goliath into the typical race and one other (procus from Seram) “hie examined a considerable amount of material including types” but enumerates non di locality data mentioned above. In such cases, distribution maps would also be of great e| In discussing the male genitalia of several species, D'Abrera incorrectly refers ti? pseuduncus as the “uncus”. This is misleading as all members of the Troidini lait uncus. In the genitalia figures, the “opposite” claspers of “O. caelestis" and “O. шї are upside down. Again, for a monograph, more, if not all, species should have fe illustrated. | It is a pity that the author of this otherwise superb book has allowed his dii: talents to be marred by the taxonomic irregularities outlined above. Many of these fe never have appeared in print had the text been subjected to the normal course of rt: given to papers in conventional scientific journals. There has, in recent years, been a gro. tendency for authors of semi-popular books of this nature to indulge in 008 descriptions and rearrangements. It is in the interests of entomology that we work toti that such publications are not above the traditional refereeing system which maintains? standards of our science. In conclusion — an excellent book but a disappointing monograph. | р. L. HANU Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 63 ECTOPARASITE STRAGGLERS (SIPHONAPTERA AND ACARINA) OF THE WILD RABBIT, ORYCTOLAGUS CUNICULUS (L.), IN VICTORIA By Rosamond C. H. Shepherd and J. W. Edmonds Keith Turnbull Research Inst., Vermin & Noxious Weeds Destruction Board, Frankston, Vic. Abstract Three rodent fleas, Nosopsyllus fasciatus, N. londiniensis and Pygiopsylla hoplia, and one dog flea, Ctenocephalides canis were found on wild rabbits collected during an ecto- parasite survey of rabbits in Victoria during the period 1971-1975. Straggler mite species found included Ornithonyssus bacoti and Demodex sp. Tick species found were Ixodes cornuatus and I. tasmani. Introduction The occurrence of ectoparasite stragglers on wild rabbits, Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.) in the United Kingdom has been reported by Mead-Briygs and Hughes (1965). In Australia, Mykytowycz (1957) has listed ectoparasite species found on wild rabbits and Williams (1972) has reported on several species found on rabbits in New South Wales. Shepherd and Edmonds (1973) found the rat flea Nosopsyllus fasciatus (Bosc) (Ceratophyllidae) on rabbits in the Werribee district of Victoria. Dunnet and Mardon (1974) have recorded the presence of eight species of Siphonaptera on wild rabbits in Australia. This paper reports the presence of two other species of fleas, Nosopsyllus londiniensis (Rothschild) and Ctenocephalides canis (Curtis), on rabbits and the occurrence of species previously recorded. Species of Acarina observed as stragglers are also recorded, these species have not been recorded from Victoria before. All the species reported here were found during an ectoparasite survey carried out at 33 sites throughout Victoria (Fig. 1) using methods described previously (Shepherd and Edmonds 1973). 2,032 rabbits were examined. Results and discussion Siphonaptera Nosopsyllus fasciatus (Bosc) (Ceratophyllidae). This rat flea was previously reported on rabbits in the Werribee district (Shepherd and Edmonds 1973; Dunnet and Mardon 1974). Individual female specimens have been collected from rabbits at Winchelsea, Warrnambool, Clear Lake and Alexandra, as well as шш specimens from the Melbourne Metropolitan Board of Works Farm, erribee, Nosopsyllus londiniensis (Rothschild) (Ceratophyllidae). A single female specimen was found on a rabbit at Pine Plains in the Mallee. This rodent flea, commonly found on Mus musculus L.(Dunnet and Mardon 1974), has been recorded in large numbers on mice from Pine Plains [up to 26 per mouse during the 1970 mouse plague (Shepherd unpublished data)]. Mouse numbers have fallen since the plague, but they are probably present in sufficient numbers for cross infestation to occur as feral mice can still be found in low numbers around the cropping paddocks. Newsome (1969) found mice present all the year round prior to the plague in South Australia. |] 64 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November ti; FIG. 1. The locations of the 33 sites in Victoria from which rabbits were sampled ix" ectoparasite survey. 1, Meringur; 2, Sunset; 3, Ouyen; 4, Walpeup; 5,8 North; 6, Pine Plains; 7, Yarto; 8, Telopea Downs; 9, Goroke; 10, Clari: 11, Donald; 12, Casterton; 13, Warrnambool; 14, Werribee; 15, You Yë 16, Avalon; 17, Winchelsea; 18, Kerang; 19, Chiltern; 20, Euroa; 21, Seyn: 22, Pyalong; 23, Dartmouth; 24, Fraser National Park; 25, Alexander, 1 Cobungra; 27, Negoura; 28, Seaspray; 29, Wilson's Promontory; 30, Su Island; 31, French Island; 32, Churchill Island; 33, Frankston. | One other Nosopsyllus sp. was collected from the same area. It wsi. damaged to identify to species. | Pygiopsylla hoplia Jordan and Rothschild (Phygiopsyllidae). Fou: specimens, two female and two male, were collected from rabbits at Wi: Promontory. A single specimen was also found on Rattus lutreolu (2 trapped іп the area. This flea is widespread in Australia on native mammai rodents and has been found previously on rabbits (Dunnet, pers. cu Presumably this was the only site at which contact between rabbits 11 hosts was close enough for stragglers to be found on rabbits, although De and Mardon (1974) record P. hoplia on a wide range of hosts in areas wiet! have collected rabbits. | Ctenocephalides canis (Curtis) (Pulicidae). Single specimens 0108 were collected on rabbits from Churchill Island, Chiltern and Alexanda ii | Vulpes vulpes(L),are known to live in these areas. It is widespread on fui has been found on rabbits from three areas only. On Churchill Island thee | Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 65 resident dog is an active "rabbiter". One fox collected from the island did not carry C. canis. The single specimen on a rabbit may have been a straggler from the dog, rather than from foxes. It might be expected that C. canis would be found more frequently on rabbits as foxes commonly use rabbit warrens as dens. C. felis felis (Bouche) (Pulicidae). A single specimen was found on a laboratory rabbit housed at the Keith Turnbull Research Institute where cats are known to carry C. felis felis. C. felis felis was not found on any wild rabbit but Fenner and Ratcliffe (1965) state that “rabbit populations in Victoria and at least one population in New South Wales were infested by the cat flea (Ctenocephalides felis).” According to Mead-Briggs (1963) C. felis felis is rarely found on rabbits in the United Kingdom. He considered that C. felis felis occurred on rabbits less frequently in the United Kingdom than in Australia. Our failure to find C. felis felis on rabbits in Victoria suggests that the infestation is now rare although feral cats collected in various areas of Victoria are known to carry C. felis felis (Shepherd unpublished data). In a survey of ectoparasites, Mykytowycz (1957) recorded five species of fleas as "occasional" and “alternative” parasites of rabbits. C. canis was classified as "occasional", and C. felis as alternative". In our study both species would be classified as "occasional", ie. parasites for which the rabbit is an occasional host and very rarely found. The other fleas recorded by Mykytowycz were three Echidnophaga spp., two of which, E. perilis Jordan and Е. myrmecobii (Rothschild) (Pulicidae), could be classified as “natural” on rabbits from the semi-arid inland areas of Australia. Acarina Omithonyssus bacoti (Hirst). This rat mite was found on eleven rabbits from nine widely separated sites, Dartmouth, Euroa, Seymour, Fraser National Park, Wilson's Promontory, Kerang, Warrnambool, Werribee and Omeo. The highest number collected from one rabbit was four at Kerang. The highest percentage of infested rabbits also occurred at Kerang, where two out of ten collected were infested. Williams (1972) found that 39% of the rabbits examined in New South Wales were infested and that the mite occurred under a wide range of environments. In Victoria the mite was found in all regions except the Mallee and Wimmera but not at all sites in those regions. The percentage of rabbits infested was much lower than that reported by Williams. Only 0.01% of Victorian rabbits examined carried O. bacoti. These collections indicate that the mite, although widespread, is much less frequent on rabbits in Victoria than it is in New South Wales. Mykytowycz (1957) lists eight species of mites as being “occasional” or "alternative" parasites on rabbits, none of which was recorded from Victoria. Of these eight, only O. bacoti has been found in this survey. Demodex sp. (Demodicidae) (Id. R. Domrow). A single specimen of this snus was recovered from a rabbit at Seymour. It was probably a straggler from à canine or other domestic animal infestation, as the rabbit is not thought to be a natural host of Demodex sp. in Australia (Radford 1950). 66 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, tj; Mykytowycz (1957) recorded the rabbit as an alternative host fr Trombicula samboni (Trombiculidae), a common itch-mite in South Ашш | Womersley (1952) mentioned T. samboni as being present in South Aut! where it has used rabbits as an alternative host after the extermination oft native fauna. T. samboni was not found on Victorian rabbits although rij: from areas adjacent to the south-east of South Australia, where the mit) common, have been examined. | Other mites collected from rabbits included Tetranychus sp. (l.] Domrow) and mesostigmatid mites. These are usually pasture species. | Ixodes comuatus Roberts and /. tasmani Neumann (Ixodidae), nyn (Id. I. Beveridge and J. Arundel). These ticks were found on rabbits cole: from Churchill Island. Nymphs of I. cornuatus have not been described (Rote: 1970 and J. Arundel, pers. comm.). They are considered indistinguishable fi: nymphs of /. holocyclus (Beveridge, pers. comm.). /. cornuatus has not recorded on rabbits by Roberts (1970), but I. tasmani, a widespread а common species in Victoria, has been (Roberts 1970). | The primary hosts of /xodes spp. on Churchill Island are not known Ne were found on foxes or R. rattus collected on the island but it is likely thtt presence of Ixodes spp. on the rabbit is a secondary infestation. | Mykytowycz classified three tick species as “occasional”. These w Amblyomma sp., Boophilus microplus (Canestrini) and J. holocyclus Naz. Neither Amblyomma sp. nor B. microplus were found in this survey. | Acknowledgement This survey was financed in part by the Wool Research Trust fe References Dunnet, G. M. and Mardon, D. K., 1974. A monograph of Australian fleas (Siphompi: Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Series No. 30. -` | Fenner, F. and Ratcliffe, F. N., 1965. Myxomatosis. Cambridge University Press. Mead-Briggs, A. R., 1963. Further records of fleas occurring as stragglers on m collected in Kent. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 49: 25-26. Mead-Briggs, A. R. and Hughes, A. H., 1965. Records of mites and lice from wild i collected throughout Great Britain. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13)8: 695-108. Mykytowycz, R., 1957. Ectoparasites of the wild rabbit, Oryctolagus cuniculus (L Australia. C.S.I.R.O. Wildl. Res. 2: 63-65. | Newsome, A. E., 1969. A population study of house-mice temporarily inhabiting as Australian wheatfield. J. anim. Ecol. 38: 341-359. | Radford, C. D., 1950. The mites (Acarina) parasitic on mammals, birds and reptiles. he 40: 366-394. Roberts, R. H. S., 1970. Australian ticks. C.S.1.R.O. publication. | Shepherd, R. C. H. and Edmonds, J. W., 1973. Observations of ectoparasites of th rabbit Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.) in the Werribee District of Victoria. 14 ent. Soc. 12: 195-200. Williams, R. T., 1972. The distribution and abundance of the ectoparasites of the UA Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.) in New South Wales, Australia. Parasit. 6 1-330. Womersley, H., 1952. The scrub-typhus and scrub-itch mites of the Asiatic-Pacifc re Rec. S.A. Mus. 10: 1-673. i Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 67 THE GENERIC POSITION OF AMPHIGERONTIA FORMOSA BANKS (PSOCOPTERA: PSOCIDAE) AND RELATED SPECIES By C. N. Smithers The Australian Museum, Sydney Abstract Amphigerontia formosa Banks is redescribed and transferred to Sigmatoneura Enderlein. Scaphopsocus Smithers and Sigmatoneura are synonymized by transfer of Scaphopsocus phaeotherus Smithers to Sigmatoneura. Psocus filicornis Enderlein is con- sidered to be the male of Cerastipsocus subcostalis Enderlein and Scaphopsocus smithersi New to be the male of Scaphopsocus albostriatus New; both are considered, with Amphigerontia kolbei Enderlein, to belong to Sigmatoneura. Introduction Amphigerontia formosa Banks (Banks, 1918) was described from a single female taken at Kuranda, Queensland. Additional material is now available, including males. As Banks’ description was brief, of one sex only and as no description was given of genitalia, a redescription of the species is given here. New data necessitate discussion of the generic position of the species and that of related species from Africa and Asia. Redescription of Amphigerontia formosa Banks This is one of Australia’s largest species of Psocoptera. FEMALE Coloration (in alcohol). Head pale brown with brown markings. An indist- inctly defined median brown band from clypeo-labral suture to top of vertex; postclypeus with series of almost parallel brown stripes; brown mark between compound eye and back of head; a few irregular brownish marks on epicranial plates; gena with brown mark on anterior half. Labrum and anteclypeus dark in middle, paler laterally. Scape, pedicel and first flagellar segment pale brown; remainder of flagellum black. Eyes black. Ocelli margined black adjacent to each other. Maxillary palps pale, apical segment black. Mesonotum very dark brown, shiny; sutures, postero-lateral margin of lateral lobes and scutellum pale. Legs pale brown, tips of tibiae and tarsi dark. Fore wings (Fig. 1) hyaline with brown markings. Veins dark brown to whitish (see Fig. 1). Hind wing (Fig. 2) hyaline with faint brown tinge behind M and before R, Morphology. Length of body: 5.0 mm. Median epicranial suture distinct. anterior arms indistinct. Length: of flagellar segments: fı: 1.7 mm; fz: 1.6 mm. Autennae nearly twice as long as fore wings. Antennae long, fine, with short setae, Eyes small, almost reaching level of vertex. IO/D (Badonnel): 2.3; PO: 0.73. Ocelli small, of equal size. Measurements of hind leg: F: 1.3 mm.; T: 23 mm; ti: 0.5 mm; tj: 0.25 mm; rt: 2:1; ct: 18, 3. Fore wing length: 6.0 mm; fore wing width: 2.1 mm. Fore wing (Fig. 1) somewhat narrowed towards apex. Pterostigma with fairly sharp hind angle. Rs and M joined by fairly long crossvein. R445 curving back after separation from К, +з so as to approach M closely; Rass curves forward again before reaching wing margin. Angle between М, and М, very acute. Areola postica tall with narrow apex. Sc short, approach- ing costa distally. Fore wing glabrous. Hind wing length: 4.0 mm; hind wing B Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1 i i i ig i d M fused for a length, фа: width: 1.3 mm. Hind wings (Fig. 2) with Rs an gth, glabrox Epiproct (Fig. 3). Paraproct (Fig. 4). Subgenital plate (Fig. 5). Gonapophyy: (Fig. 6). MALE ' | Coloration (in alcohol). Head аз in female but overall a little dats! Flagellum entirely black. Tibiae a little darker than femora. Fore wings 023) hyaline, a little brown colour at base, otherwise lacking the bold extent: pattern of the female; pterostigma dark brown. Veins, including Cu, m: dark brown. Terminal abdominal structures very dark brown. Hind wing (Fi, Morphology. Length of body: 4.0 mm. Median epicranial suture y distinct, anterior arms hardly discernible. Lengths of antennal segments: f; l| mm; Ё: 1.5 mm. Antennae long and fine, densely setose; setae erect. Ex larger than in female but not quite reaching level of vertex. IO/D (Badon! 2.1; PO: 0.80. Ocelli large, anterior a little smaller than lateral ocelli. Mex: ments of hind leg: Е: 1.1 mm; T: 2.0 mm; t1: 0.45 mm; t5: 025 тшу]! 1; ct 17, 4. Fore wing length: 4.6 mm; fore wing width: 1.7 mm. Fors (Fig. 7). Hind wing (Fig. 8). Epiproct (Fig. 9). Paraproct (Fig. 10). Нурай: (Fig. 11). Phallosome (Fig. 12;) | MATERIAL EXAMINED | QUEENSLAND: 19 (holotype), Kuranda, (Perkins) (M.C.Z. 10,042): 89, Kipper Creek, Esk, 20.xii.1970 (D. K. Norris) (ANIC). 19, 32 in|) Paluma, 13.1.1970 (G.A. Holloway); 15, Smithfield, 15.xii.1974 (C.N. Smits. J. V. Peters); 19, Iron Range, 12.v.1975 (M. S. Moulds); 12, Middle (бш Iron Range, 4.х.1974 (M. S. Moulds); 1d, Veresdale, 1.vi.1961 (C. аш! Smithers) (AM). NEW SOUTH WALES: 16, National Park, 29.1.1961 (C. Ne A. S. Smithers); 15, Bega, 22.iii.1962 (A. 5. Smithers); 18, Coote’s Crow Orara R., 26.viii.1961 (C. N. and A. S. Smithers); 1°, Coila Creek, $. М! 13.v.1975 (C. N. and С. F. Smithers); 15, 7%, Muogamarra Nature Ress) 23.v.1974 (C.N. Smithers); 1d, same locality, 2.v.1974 (C.N. and AS. Smitte: | | 29, same locality, 15.xi.1973 (C. N. and A. S. Smithers); 16, same 100) 18.iv.1974 (С. N. Smithers); 18, same locality, 18.1.1974 (С. N. and al) Smithers); 1 nymph, same locality, 20.vi.1974 (C.N. and A.S. Smithers) (Al) The holotype, which is a female preserved dry, was originally dep in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University but is novini Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. The other material ей! is in the Australian Museum (АМ) and the Australian National Insect Сї, (ANIC). | Discussion | 1. Amphigerontia formosa Banks and Scaphopsocus phaeotherus Smithes The discovery of a male of Amphigerontia formosa confirms the opi of Enderlein (1924) that the species had been incorrectly assigned to Ат | ontia Kolbe: the males of Amphigerontiinae have the eighth sternite sta: sclerotized and forming, with the ninth sternite (hypandrium), a strongly t= Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 69 FIGS 1-6. Sigmatoneura formosa (Banks) 9. (1) fore wing; (2) hind wing; (3) epiproct; (4) paraproct; (5) subgenital plate; (6) gonapophyses. 70 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, ti; structure above which lies the phallosome. The phallosome is modified, i, reduction, to parameres which are often proximally separated. А. formos w: probably placed in that genus because of the presence of a Rs-M cross; the fore wing. It is now well known that, in Psocoptera, definition of go; using this character alone can be unreliable. Enderlein (1924) placed A. fona; in Loensia Enderlein but such action is not justified on venational nor geniti evidence; Thornton (1961) has already indicated that A. formosa cannot included in Loensia. Smithers (1960) erected Scaphopsocus, including (д! Scaphopsocus phaeotherus Smithers, on a single male from Tanzania (i: | Tanganyika). Comparison of males of A. formosa and S. phaeothens sw! clearly that they are closely related and certainly congeneric. The сол! sexual dimorphism in A. formosa, as revealed by the new material and alas | noted by Takahashi (1921) for Amphigerontia kolbei Enderlein (see belo | suggests that tie female of S. phaeotherus has a patterned wing. 2. Other species related to Amphigerontia formosa and Scaphopsocus pha therus | Enderlein (1906) described Amphigerontia kolbei from Japan (male ol) and Okamoto (1907) described Cerastipsocus singularis (male only) ail hakodatensis (female only), also from Japan. Enderlein (1908) гш! Okamoto’s species as being the two sexes of one species, singularis, and ps it with Cerastipsocus subcostalis Enderlein (Enderlein 1903) from Singapori Sigmateneura (Enderlein 1908). Okamoto (1932) recorded a species which he referred to as Psocus il) (Enderlein) from Japan as did Tsutsumi (1964). Tsutsumi (1965) transis Psocus kolbei (Enderlein) to Scaphopsocus and listed Sigmatoneura singls (Okamoto) as a synonym, at the same time providing figures of the mle female genitalia. Roesler (1944) had, in his key to genera of the Рој, placed Sigmatoneura as a subgenus of Cerastipsocus Kolbe using vendis] features; thus, at the time of Tsutsumi's paper (1965) the genus Scaplopi was regarded as containing two species phaeotherus and kolbei. | | | New (1973) described Scaphopsocus albostriatus (female only) ati! smithersi (male only) from Ife-Ife, Nigeria. Taking into consideration thei: that the specimens came from the same locality and that we now know dt extreme sexual dimorphism in wing pattern, it seems extremely likely thate one species, albostriatus, is represented. New (1975) described Заро orientalis (male only) from Singapore. Enderlein (1903) described Cerastipsocus subcostalis, which he sub) ently made the type species of Sigmatoneura Enderlein. At the same tim |! cit., p. 218) when describing Psocus filicornis he pointed out the remarki. fact that 12 females of C. subcostalis were taken with 6 males of Ps filur Perusal of the descriptions of these two species and the collection бї very strongly that Ps. filicornis is the male of C. subcostalis. Sigmatoneura subcostalis (Enderlein) and S. singularis (Okamoto) [= hopsocus kolbei (Enderlein)| are clearly congeneric. | Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 71 FIGS 7-12, Sigmatoneura formosa (Banks) б. (7) fore wing; (8) hind wing; (9) epiproct; (10) paraproct; (11) hypandrium; (12) phallosome. aD Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, tt: .3. Establishment of valid generic name | From the foregoing it becomes clear that there have been described: following congeneric species: albostriatus New, formosa Banks, kolbei Ended | phaeothorus Smithers, orientalis New and subcostalis Enderlein. It remains n to establish the valid generic name for this group of species. They canot} | included in Amphigerontia Kolbe, Psocus Latreille nor Cerastipsocus Kal | morphological grounds. The earliest generic name available for any memberi the group, other than the above three, is Sigmatoneura Enderlein; this ш should therefore be used. | Synonymic list of species of Sigmatoneura Enderlein Sigmatoneura Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 761. | Type species: Cerastipsocus subcostalis Enderlein 1903. Scaphopsocus Smithers, 1960. Ann. Mus. Congo belge 88: 373. Type species: S. phaeotherus Smithers syn. nov. Sigmatoneura subcostalis (Enderlein) Cerastipsocus subcostalis Enderlein 1903. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. hung. 1: 215, pl. IV, fg), Sigmatoneura subcostalis (Enderlein). Enderlein 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 761. | Cerastipsocus (Sigmatoneura) subcostalis (Enderlein). Roesler 1944. Stettin. ent. Zig Is | 147. \ Рѕосиѕ filicornis Enderlein 1903. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. hung. 1: 217 syn. nov. | Psocidus filicornis (Enderlein). Smithers 1967. Aust. Zool. 15(1): 108 syn. nov. | Sigmatoneura kolbei (Enderlein) comb. nov. Amphigerontia kolbei Enderlein 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 246. Cerastipsocus singularis Okamoto 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 118, i! Sigmatoneura singularis (Okamoto). Enderlein 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 761. Cerastipsocus hakodatensis Okamoto 1907. Trans. Sapporo. nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 119. Cerastipsocus hakodatensis Okamoto. Enderlein 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 761. Psocus kolbei (Enderlein). Okamoto 1932. Iconographia Insectorum Japonicorum "| p. 1993. Scaphopsocus kolbei (Enderlein). Tsutsumi 1965. Spec. Bull Lep. Soc. lp 1:14 Scaphopsocus kolbei (Enderlein). New 1975. Oriental Insects 9(3): 250, figs 2123. | | | Sigmatoneura formosa (Banks) comb. nov. | Amphigerontia formosa Banks 1918. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. 62: 4, pl. ШАЙ Loensia formosa (Banks). Enderlein 1924. S. B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 31: 35. | | Sigmatoneura albostriata (New) comb. nov. Scaphopsocus albostriatus New 1973. Occ. Publ. ent. Soc. Nigeria 10: 8, figs I) Scaphopsocus smithersi New 1973. Occ. Publ. ent. Soc. Nigeria 10: 9, figs 22-25 уй Sigmatoneura phaeothera (Smithers) comb. nov. Scaphopsocus phaeotherus Smithers 1960. Ann. Mus. Congo belge 88: 373. | Sigmatoneura orientalis (New) comb. nov. | Scaphopsocus orientalis New 1975. Oriental Insects 9(3): 250, figs 18-20. | е | 1 | | Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 73 Acknowledgements I would like to thank the collectors of material for presenting this to the Australian Museum, Mr M. S. Upton for arranging the loan of type material and Miss J. O'Regan for preparing illustrations to this paper. References Banks, N., 1918. New Neuropteroid Insects. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 62(1): 1-22, 2 pls. Enderlein, G., 1903. Die Copeognathen des indo-australischen Faunengebictes. Ann. hist.- . nat. Mus. hungr. 1: 179-344, 12 figs, pls iii-xiv. Enderlein, G., 1906. Die Copeognathen-Fauna Japans. Zool Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 243-256, pls 10, 11. Enderlein, G., 1908. Die Copeognathenfauna der Insel Formosa. Zool. Anz. 33: 759-779, 3 figs. : Enderlein, G., 1924. Copeognathen. т Damph, A., Zur Kenntnis der estlandischen Moor- fauna (11).'S. B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 31: 34-37. New, T. R., 1973. A collection of Psocoptera from Nigeria. Occ. Publ. ent. Soc. Nigeria 10: 1-22, 41 figs. New, T. R., 1975. Psocidae (Psocoptera) from Malaysia and Singapore. Oriental Insects 9(3): 243-259, 43 figs. Okamoto, H., 1906. On the Psocidae of Japan. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 197-199. Okamoto, H., 1907. Die Psociden Japans. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 113-147, pl. II. Okamoto, H., 1932. Iconographia Insectorum Japonicorum Ed. I. | Roesler, R., 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 117-166. Smithers, C. N., 1960. Mission zoologique de l'LR.S.A.C. en Afrique orientale (P. Basil- ewsky et N. Leleup). LV Psocoptera. Ann. Mus. Congo belge 88: 365-376, 16 figs. Snithers, C. N., 1967. A catalogue of the Psocoptera of the world. Aust. Zool. 14(1): 1-145. Takahashi, R., 1921: On the oecology of the Corrodentia. Dobuts Z. Tokyo 33: 173-180, 2 figs. Thornton, I. W. B., 1961. The Trichadenotecnum group (Psocoptera: Psocidae) in Hong Kong with descriptions of new species. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 113(1): 1-24, 40figs. - Tsutsumi, C., 1964. New species and records of Psocoptera from the Amani Islands, Japan. Kontyu 32(1): 117-121, 2 figs. Tsutsumi, C., 1965. On the psocids taken by Dr. Takahashi Shirozu in Formosa. Spec. Bull. Lep. Soc. Japan 1: 246-248, 6 figs. INTERESTING BUTTERFLY RECORDS FROM SOUTHERN QUEENSLAND AND CENTRAL NEW SOUTH WALES By D. Binns Toad Hall, Australian National University, P.O. Box 4, Canberra, A.C.T. Abstract i A new locality and a previously unrecorded food plant are recorded for Pseudalmenus chlorinda (Blanchard); interesting collections of Toxidia thyrrhus Mabille and Argynnis hyperbius inconstans Butler are reported. 74 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, (t: On 26th December, 1974, several fresh specimens of Pseudalmeng chlorinda chloris Waterhouse and Lyell were captured, and others observed, c | a ridge in sclerophyll forest about 5 km west of Figtree, near Wollong | N.S.W. This represents the second coastal record for this species in NSW, t species having recently been taken near Ulladulla (Daniels, 1976). An inspec of Acacia botrycephala (Vent) Desf. bushes about 2 metres high, around whic the adults were flying, revealed a number of first instar larvae and one alo mature larva. A. botrycephala has not previously been recorded as a food pat | for Pseudalmenus chlorinda. | No adults were flying when the area was revisited two weeks later, t; were again observed on 28th September 1975 when one pupa was found ui bark of a dead log at the base of one of the A. botrycephala. The puis: | taken to Canberra and emerged three weeks later. | This breeding colony appears to ре a small one, and on both visits tot area, adults were relatively uncommon. It is likely that a more extensive sex! of this area will reveal additional colonies, as A. botrycephala is fairly арш Ten specimens of Toxidia thyrrhus Mabille (including two females) vs taken and others observed on 10th January 1976, in a small patch of fringi rain forest along a creek approximately 50 km north of Bundaberg, s eastern Queensland. T. thyrrhus has only recently been recorded sou: Yeppoon, from 20 km north of Manumbar (De Baar, 1976). Toxidia тїшї rietmanni (Semper) was also fairly common in this patch of rain foe Adults of Argynnis hyperbius inconstans Butler were found tot relatively common on 12th January, 1976 near a small swamp about 108 south of Gympie; south-eastern Queensland. Six fresh specimens (36, 19) wi taken, males being much more numerous than females. Adults had a si fluttering flight until disturbed and seemed to be attracted to flowers dit Polygonum sp. growing in the swamp. No Viola sp., the food plant of 41. inconstans recorded by Common and Waterhouse (1972), was observed int vicinity. | Both the appearance of adults in flight, and their mode of flight, i. some resemblance to that of Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll) which w common in the same area. Acknowledge ments Thanks are due to Dr I. F. B. Common and Mr E. D. Edwar helpful comments on the manuscript. References Common, 1. Е. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus ani Ri son, Sydney. 498 pp. Daniels, G., 1976. Pseudalmenus chlorinda (Blanchard) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) fe southern New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3): 57. De Baar, M., 1976. Notes on Hesperiidae and Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) from ШК Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(6): 123-124. | | Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 75 SPIRAL VIBRISSAE IN SOME CLUSIID FLIES (DIPTERA, SCHIZOPHORA) By David K. McAlpine The Australian Museum, Sydney Abstract Males of three Australian species of the family Clusiidae have the vibrissae modified to form a three-dimensional spiral. It is possible that such a modification, together with the broadening of the head, is of use in agonistic behaviour between rival males. Occurrence and description ^ Males of some species of the family Clusiidae have the vibrissae (a pair of differentiated bristles on the anteroventral angles of the cheek region) larger . than those of the females and curved in a three-aimensional spiral. These species . ue: Clusiodes gladiator McAlpine, Parahendelia latifrons McAlpine, and Parahen- . delia nigriceps McAlpine (see McAlpine 1960 for descriptions). In C. gladiator . only the males with the more developed vibrissae, і.е. usually the larger individuals, exhibit the spiral curvature (Fig. 1), the vibrissae of the females and . smaller males being simply incurved. In P. latifrons all males seen have spiral . vibrissae, and some females show a less marked spiral structure. Only the unique holotype of P. nigriceps, which has spiral vibrissae, has been seen. The term spiral is not here confined to the strict mathematical definition, . but is used to include cylindrical helices (cylindrical geodetic lines) in addition (see Thompson 1917 for discussion of spirals in biology). The spiral vibrissa presents a corkscrew-like, three dimensional curve, but describes only a single whorl through its entire length. The spiral is somewhat . irregular and does not always extend to the basal part of the vibrissa. The spiral of both vibrissae is left-handed; that is to say each is the opposite or mirror . image of the spiral seen in such familiar items as a screw thread, a corkscrew, or - the shell of a garden snail. For this reason the pair of vibrissae does not exhibit symmetry about the sagittal plane of the head. The one vibrissa represents the _ approximate image of the other, and a condition of true symmetry is that the one half of the object (divided off by the plane of symmetry or sagittal plane) represents the mirror image of the other half. A further cause of asymmetry is the difference of phase at the basal commencement of the curvature between the two vibrissae, which, continuing through the length of the curve, results in the apex of one vibrissa (usually the left) being curved upwards, the other downwards. Associated with the enlargement and spiral curvature of the vibrissae in these forms there is a variable degree of widening of the head. In males of C. gladiator the head of the male is only slightly wider than that of the female, the antennae being slightly more separated at their bases than in that sex. In the males of Parahendelia spp. the head is conspicuously widened and the antennae widely separated. The widening of the head in the males also occurs in the Species which are dealt with by Frey (1960) in the genus Hendelia and Soós _ (1963) in the genus Prohendelia. Some of these have the vibrissae enlarged, but no mention is made of the curvature of the vibrissae. 16 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November jy: Curved vibrissae are present throughout the family Clusiidae and in ms other families of higher Diptera (e.g. Piophilidae, Agromyzidae, Heleomyzit | Muscidae). Usually the curve lies approximately in one plane and may shy slight deviations from the circular suggesting a plane spiral. Parallels elsewhere in animal kingdom | Paired spiral adornments of the head occur in certain groups of Manni: and frequently are present in the male sex only, the adornments (horn, tx being often absent or undeveloped in females. In this they resemble Пе mentioned clusiid flies in which the vibrissae are best developed and attain t, spiral structure in males. In the family Bovidae of the mammalian oi Artiodactyla many species possess spiral horns. These horns may bed spirally sculptured or their axes may be wound into a spiral curve. In evt there is approximate symmetry of the pair in contrast to the asymmeti clusiid pair. If the left horn has a left-handed spiral then the right hom ix right-handed spiral (homonymous forms, e.g. sheep); when the left hom ts: right-handed spiral, then the right horn has a left-handed spiral (heteronym: forms, e.g. most species of “antelope’’). The only close parallel with clusiid spirals among the mammali і: perhaps among the whole animal kingdom) is found in occasional nii specimens of the narwhal (Monodon monoceros, order Cetacea). The mti, this whale has usually a single long straight tusk produced by the hyper of one of a pair of teeth in the front of the upper jaw. The tusk shows sti: left-handed spiral sculpturing. Rarely the male has both teeth developed i tusks in which case the spiral sculpture of both is left handed. I propose to use the term bisinistral to designate the kind осш) twisting found in the paired cephalic processes of male Parahendeliay, Clusiodes gladiator, and Monodon monoceros. The mirror image 0 condition, which could be termed bidextral, is unknown to me in the ai kingdom. | Adaptive value | usually connected deterring other males which enter an established territory. The sexual behai of the Clusiidae is not yet recorded. Representatives of some other acalyp families have comparably modified processes of the male head which are kt. to be used in fighting other males of their species (McAlpine, 1975; M. in press). The modification of males of Pogonortalis doclea (Walker) as бй! by McAlpine consists of the enlargement of a group of bristles (поют with the vibrissa) on the cheek region of each side of the head, whith engaged with those of an opposing male when fighting. As in the lusit considered, the male of P. doclea usually has the head broader than йй female. Some other flies with broadened heads in the male sex (Ду ЙЁ Achias, McAlpine unpublished) are known to engage the heads with one ad in fighting: Because the structural modifications of these clusiids so r£ those of other flies, in which they are known to play a role in qu behaviour, I consider it very probable that they are also adapted for fiie This supposition could explain the significance of the asymmetry £^ Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 7 FIG. 1. Head of Clusiodes gladiator, Ó. v: vibrissae. FIG. 2. Hypothetical diagram of the vibrissae of a pair of С clusiid flies engaged in fighting. The vibrissae are thickened for clarity. above. In an opposed pair of males the left vibrissa of one individual would be applied to the right vibrissa of the other. Hence the upwardly curved apex of the left vibrissa would slide over the downwardly curved apex of the opponent's right vibrissa.- Because both of these are curved in a left-handed spiral, they can be closely applied over a considerable part of their length. This would not be possible in a hypothetical pair of flies both with an asymmetrical pair of homonymous (or both with heteronymous) vibrissae. In Clusiodes gladiator, as in Pogonortalis and other agonistic male flies, the adaptations for fighting are less developed in small weak males, which would be less likely to be able to utilise them to advantage. If the agonistic behaviour takes the form of attempting to force the rival from his footing on an area of substrate (as in Pogonortalis and Zygothrica), then it is apparent how the forces applied through the vibrissae could act. A fly with its left vibrissa applied to the dorsal surface of its opponent's right vibrissa and its right vibrissa applied to the ventral surface of its opponent’s left vibrissa (Fig. 2) would be in a position to exert a torque through its opponent’s vibrissae in a counter-clockwise direction (as seen from its own aspect). It is also in a position to receive such a force from its opponent ina clockwise direction. Because the two contestants would face in opposite directions, these same statements with respect to direction apply for each of them. The increased distance between the vibrissae of the individual, resulting from the widened head, would increase the value of the torque, according to the lever principle. The first individual to yield to the opposing torque would tend to be rolled over on its right side and could thus have difficulty maintaining a footing on the substrate. PH Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November 1 After forcing the departure of its opponent from the substrate (реш well located leaf surface), the remaining male could be in a favourable posti | for courting females. References R., 1960. Studien über indoaustralische Clusiiden (Dipt.) nebst Katalog der (шїї | Comment. biol. Helsingfors 22:11:31% McAlpine, D. K., 1960. A review of the Australian species of Clusiidae (Diptera, Ашур! ata). Rec. Aust. Mus. 25: 63-94. | McAlpine, D. K., 1975. Combat between males of Pogonortalis doclea (Diptera, Plays, atidae) and its relation to structural modification. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(5): 10h" Moulds, M. S. In press. Field observations on behaviour of Phytalmia... J. Aust. eu Soos, A., 1963. Prohendelia (Prohendelia) freyi spec. nov., and some notes on the g Hendelia Czerny s.l. (Diptera: Clusiidae). Acta zool. Acad. Sci. Hung. 9: 1t Thomson, D. W., 1917. Or growth and form. University Press, Cambridge. 793 р. — | Frey, TIDE MARKS: A POORLY EXPLOITED COLLECTING SITE By G. A. Williams 46 Louis Street, Granville, N.S.W. 2142. Tide marks, particularly on less developed beaches offer the entomol and especially the coleopterist, a unique if rather leisurely method of cole, It is an area of potential collecting apparently ignored by most collectos visits to beaches often yield rewarding results. Wave action has the effect of concentrating large amounts of fut. matter along beaches in long but narrow lines. Insects, even if living we | washed ashore, frequently remain near this line and the collector needs шї walk along these distinct tide marks. Tide marks represent to many beach scavengers a potentially їшї! food source and the intending collector therefore is placed in direct соци. with them for any insect specimens deposited there. Ghost crabs, cpu. and gulls, Larus spp. are coastal scavengers commonly met with. In їй drying by sunlight and even the slightest breeze can quickly destroy and | tide marks and the specimens there. To overcome this to some extent ttt) rise is necessary if serious collecting is to be attempted. | Results from beach collecting are of interest when supplementary toot, collecting methods in the same district. For example, at Harrington, norte | Taree on the New South Wales north coast, where I have taken Соко lights for a number of years, Anoplognathus pallidicollis Blanchard has уш taken at lights but examination of local tide marks in late November toe January has revealed considerable numbers of this species. In contrat dynastid Dipelicus duplex (Sharp) has yet to be found along tide lins be common in mid February to late March at lights in the same tows: Success depends greatly on prevailing weather conditions and the 02 ence of high and low tides. Experience so far indicates that optimum tides ape | to be early morning ‘highs’ coupled with late afternoon low tides. Tide chati! necessary if visits to beaches by entomologists planning to systematically © along these useful tide marks, are to be anything more than incidental. — I f | Aust ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 79 RECENT LITERATURE Compiled by M. S. Moulds | BARKER, J. S. F. and MULLEY, J. C. | 1976. lsozyme variation in natural populations of Drosophila buzzatii. Eyolution 30: 213-233. | BOCK, I. R. 1976. Drosophilidae of Australia. I. Drosophila (Insecta: Diptera). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 40: 1-105. BRIESE, D. T. 1976. Thesis abstract. Ecological studies on an ant community in a semi- arid habitat (with emphasis on seed-harvesting species) Aust. J. Ecol. 1(3): 201. Hymenoptera: Chelaner spp. and Pheidole spp. ; CURRIE, N. T. 1974. Tobacco beetle control. Qd agric. J. 100(12): 587-594, illustr. 1 DOUBE, B. М. and HEATH, A. С. С. 1975. Observations on the biology and seasonal abundance of-an encyrtid wasp, a parasite of ticks in Queensland. J. med. Ent. 12(4): 443-447. | DOUBE, B. M. and KEMP, D. H. 1975. Paralysis of cattle by Ixodes шшс; Neumann. Aust. J. agric. Res. 26(3): 635-640. і DUCKWORTH, W. Donald and EICHLIN, Thomas D. 1974. Clearwing moths of Australia and New Zealand (Lepidoptera: Sesiidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 180. 45 pp., illustr. | EDGAR, J. А. and CULVENOR, C. С. J. 1974. Pyrrolizidine ester alkaloid in danaid butterflies. Nature 248 (No. 5449): 614-616, text-figs 1 & 2. Lepidoptera: Danaus hamatus hamatus Euploea tulliolus tulliolus 1975. Pyrrolozidine alkaloids in Parsonsia species (family Apocynaceae) which attract danaid butterflies. Experientia 31: 393-394, 1 table. | РАІМ, Alex and DOMROW, Robert 1974. The subgenus Cytostethum Domrow (Acari: Atopomelidae): mult- iple speciation on the marsupial Potorous tridactylus (Kerr). Aust. J. Zool. 22(4): 549-572, table 1, text-figs 1-40. | GALLOWAY, I. D. 1975. Identifying insects . . . Earwigs (Order Dermaptera). Od agric. J. 101(5): 581-582, illustr. Popular introductory notes specifically mentioning only Nala lividipes. 1975. Identifying insects. Cockroaches (Order Blattodea). Qd agric. J. 101(4): 399-402, illustr. 1976. Identifying insects. Termites (Order Isoptera). Qd agric. J. 102(2): 139-144, illustr. : GARD, G. , MARSHALL, I.D. and WOODROOFE, G.M. 1973. Annually recurrent epidemic polyarthritis and Ross River virus activity in a coastal area of New South Wales. II. Mosquitoes, viruses, and wildlife. Amer. J. Trop. med. Hyg. 22: 551-560. | Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, t | 80 | | | | | RAY, D. A. H. ioc Insect pests on passion fruit. Od agric. J. 102(2): 145-151, а) PAPAVERO, N. and WILCOX, J. | 1974. Studies of Mydidae (Diptera) systematics and evolution. J. Ар inary classification in subfamilies, with the descriptions of ton | genera from the Oriental and Australian regions. Arquivos j| Zoologia 25(1): 1-34, tables 1-3, maps 1-4, text-figs 1-14. [Index parts I & II, 25(1): 59-60.] ROSS, Edward S. | 1974. Embioptera (embiids, web-spinners, foot-spinners). (Chapter 23 i | The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni Prs | Carlton, Victoria. Page 50. SINGH, Pritam 1974. Aseptic rearing of Epiphyas postvittana (Lepidoptera: Tortici | ; on a meridic diet. N.Z. J. Zool. 1(2): 241-243. | SISSON, Robert F. | 1974. At home with the bulldog ant. National Geographic 146(1): 607, illustr. Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Myrmecia gulosa | SMART, P., ARMATI, P., PIRIE, C. and GILMOUR, D. 1976. Chemosterilization of the Queensland fruit fly, Dacus tryoni. Ait | J. agric. Res. 27(1): 85-94. . | SMART, Р. and GILMOUR, D. | 1976. Chemosterilant as a booby-trapping agent for epe Ouenn р fly, Dacus tryoni. Aust. J. agric. Res. 21(1): 95-100. SMITH, D. 1975. Cabbage pest control investigations. Qd J. agric. animal Sciens 32(1): 13-18, tables 1-3. Also issued, 1975, as Qd Dept. Prim. Indust., Div. Plant Indust. Bull. No. 16 | SMITH, D. and IRONSIDE, D. A. 1974. The seasonal history of Gascardia destructor (Newstead) in Ques! land. Od J. agric. anim. Sci. 31(3): 195-199, text-fig. 1. Also issued, 1974, as Od Dept. Prim. fndust., Div. anim. Indust. Bull. xl Van Den BROEK, W. 1975. The effect of temperature on damage to stored apples by the lgi, brown apple moth, Epiphyas postvittana (Walker), and the effei | cold storage on its viability. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(1): 1-5, tablas. text-fig. 1. | WALLBANK, B. E. and GREENING, H. G. | 1976. Insecticide resistance in grain insects. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. Т}! 31, illustr. WEBB, С. C. and KOMAROWSKI, L. i 1976. Haplo-diploid locust embryos arising by accidental ћу Chortoicetes. terminifera investigated by G-banding. Chromos Berl. 55 247-251, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-5. 1 | | | ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices. EXCHANGE. Western Australian beetles (all families) for weevils from N.S.W., Victoria or Tasmania. Dr F. H. Uther Baker, 4 Collier St., Applecross, W.A. 6153. EXCHANGE. Coleoptera from New Zealand for Australian. I am interested in all families and also have specimens from Japan, Europe and U.S.A. for exchange. “М. J. Meads, Ecology Div., D.S.I.R., P.O. Box 30466, Lower Hutt, New Zealand. WANTED. Entomological cabinet, suitable for butterflies. A. D. Mares, 37 Farrer-Brown Court, Nuffield Village, Castle Hill, N.S.W., 2151. (Ph. 634 7139). EXCHANGE. Butterflies from the Australian region wanted in exchange for ‘butterflies from South America and central Africa. Gunther E. Reschke, 5904 Eiserfeld, Am Spies 1, West Germany. Kamerunga Biological Laboratories P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870 PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO. long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272 BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF EXOTIC SPECIES Please write for our catalogue of species available NOTES FOR AUTHORS Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends и one or тоге printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in advance, Matter submitted tor publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and in duplicate. Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal. All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any Paper considered unsuitable. Address papers to: The Editor, Australian Entomological Magazine, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065. CONTENTS BINNS, D. Interesting butterfly records from southern Queensland and central New South Wales ..------- 1 McALPINE, David K. Spiral vibrissae in some clusid flies (Dipten, Schizophora) -..- «sooo 00r DOSE SHEPHERD, R.C.H. aad EDMONDS, J.W. Ectoparasite stragglers (Siphon aptera and Acarina) of the wild rabbit, Oryctolagus cuniculus (b) in Victoria llic c uut ee ee RN SMITHERS, C. N. The generic position of Amphigerontia formosa Banks (Psocoptera: Psocidae) and relatedispecies ELE WILLIAMS, G. A. Tide marks: a poorly exploited collecting site . . .... BOOK REVIEW — Birdwing butterflies of the world .............. RECENT LITERATURE ....-:-- -P ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES ......------+++-++++-: inside bad NEW BOOKS MITES INJURIOUS TO ECONOMIC PLANTS by Jeppson, LR di 1975. 672 pages, 117 photos, 138 figs. Price $37.50 The authors provide an authoritative digest of all the available information on mites (Acarina) known to produce injury to plants of economic importance. | review our present knowledge of the general systematics, biology and distribui of the world's phytophagous mites, and of their biological enemies, their rok the transmission of plant diseases, and methods for their control. Тахопотш to the economic species and a key to all genera of the Eriophyoidae are inclu MITES OF MOTHS AND BUTTERFLIES by A. E. Treat. wi 362 pages, 150 figs. Price $43.75 This book is the only comprehensive treatment of mite-lepidopteran association any language. The author provides an account of early discoveries, discusses eq. ment and methods for studying mites, and describes their structure, ШЫ and classification. Coverage is worldwide, although much of the material терг the author’s own studies of North American species. ^ TOXICOLOGY OF PESTICIDES by W. J. Hayes. 1975. 580 m illustr. Price $49.50 1 This book was written to show how the modern, quantitative science of tox | ogy can help achieve a rational approach to environmental chemicals. Its cerned with the principles and general conditions of exposure to toxic аре observed effects of this exposure on human health, the problems of diagnosi treatment, the means of preventing injury, and the impact of pesticide domestic animals and wildlife. It is directed to the physician who must dig and treat poisoning and advise his patients about the safe use of pesti Australian Entomological Supplies | 35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 5244 Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd) 4 ISSN 0311-1881 \USTRALIAN INTOMOLOGICAL lAGAZINE | l | ` ent. Mag. | | | I Edited by M. S. Moulds | VOLUME 3, PART 5 | FEBRUARY, 1977 principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zed; and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profesi entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each үй | | Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated joumal E SUBSCRIPTIONS All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be їогуш в Australian Entomological Press, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. | ! | | Individual Subscriptions $6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum overseas Institutional Subscriptions A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum COVER | Illustrated by Andrew Atkins from a specimen reared by " Depicts the Australian hawk moth Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval) a com endemic species found throughout the continent. The larvae, which can belt feeding on Fuschias and Balsams in suburban gardens, are either green її each colour forni possessing yellow lateral eye-spots and other limited mat Published by AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. Phone: 43-3972 Printed by DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS 6 Roger Street, Brookvale, N.S.W., 2100. Austtalian Entomological Magazine Aust. ent. Mag. Volume 3, Part 5 February, 1977 pT Ta лы ОМА NUNN f v BONS ELECTED FROM > ee SONTH WALES | A LIST OF THE BUPRESTIDAE (COLEOPTERA) LEPTOSPERMUM FLAVESCENS SM. AT EAST MINT By G. A. Williams ОБ pea 46 Louis Street, Granville, New South Wales 2j42. VIC (OV ^ / Introduction East Minto is situated approximately 56 km south west of Sydney, roughly ‚_ equidistant between Liverpool and Campbelltown. The area is typical of the Hawkesbury sandstone country of the Sydney environs. Local residential development is, however, encroaching on this area of natural bushland. Leptospermum flavescens Sm. (family: Myrtaceae), known locally as the | Yellow Tea Tree, is frequently found in the area along open gullies, small water - courses and cleared areas adjacent to roads. Collecting of buprestids from the blossom of L. flavescens was carried ‚ out during the years 1972, 1974 and 1975. The occurrence of buprestid species | was rated on a per season basis and data tabulated for the 19 species recorded. In the following list the term ‘rare’ indicates less than three specimens, ‘few’ three to ten specimens and ‘common’ more than ten specimens taken during : each year of collection. Nomenclature follows that of Carter (1929). List of species Species Seasonal status Dates 1972 1974 1975 of collection = —————— > ты dl, ee E eL LOT ИЩ Subfamily Buprestinae Neocuris guerini Hope absent rare absent 12 Dec- 17 Dec Curis caloptera Boisd. absent absent rare 2 Dec Stigmodera macularia Don. common common common 25 Nov - 14 Dec Stigmodera andersoni L. & G. тате rare absent 2 Dec- 11 Dec Stigmodera australasiae L. & G. rare absent absent 2 Dec 1 | Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 19 | 82 ' ny m | | Stigmodera balteata Saund. few few absent 26 Nov- 12D: | Stigmodera bella Saund. absent rare absent 9 Dec | Stigmodera coeruleipes Saund. rare rare absent 25 Nov-9 De | Stigmodera cruenta L.&G. rare absent absent 2 Dec | Stigmodera nasuta Saund. common common common 21 Noy- 17}: : Stigmodera flavopicta Boisd. absent few rare 2 Dec-12 D Stigmodera luteipennis L. &G. gare absent absent 2 Dec | Stigmodera octospilota І. & С. таге absent few 25 Nov-2 De | Stigmodera rufipennis Kirby few absent few 25 Nov-2 De Stigmodera sexguttata Macl. rare few absent 2Dec-T | Stigmodera sexplagiata L.&G. common common common 23 Noy-15 Ds Stigmodera spinolae L. &G. absent absent rare 21 Noy Stigmodera undulata (Don.) common few few 25 Nov- 10D: | Subfamily Chalcophorinae | Cyria imperialis Fab. rare absent absent 2 Dec No. of spp. occurring each season 14 11 9 | 4 Я | Discussion | No buprestids were seen until the 21st November in any year, sone: weeks after the initial blossoming of L. flavescens. Variation in local та temperature in the three years of collection appeared to make no different: blossoming times of the plant or the dates on which buprestids were first w feeding from L. flavescens. The greatest number of both species and indivi were reached just prior to the final flowering phases of the plant which ош on approximately 18th December. | The ‘Tick bush’ Kunzea ambigua (Sm.) Druce, family Myrtace T available as a secondary food source until the end of November. One jewel! | Neocuris guerini, although found only once on Leptospermum (1974) reasonably common on Kunzea blossom growing only a few metres ai: Random collecting in the area for buprestids after mid December revealed Cisseis leucostricta, specimens of which were restricted to Banksia sp. — | Considerable seasonal variation was noted during the period of this in both the number of species and number of individuals present. It арр populations of all the buprestids listed, other than those of the threm; common species (S. macularia, S. nasuta and S. sexplagiata), are Э considerable fluctuatioa from year to year. | No doubt continued collecting from L. flavescens in the area wilt further species. i : ' Acknowledgement |! Thanks are expressed to the National Herbarium, Sydney, for | identifications. |! ! Reference | i CARTER, H.J., 1929. A check list of the Australian Buprestidae. Aust. Zool. 5 (4): X » Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 | 83 MIGRATION ОЕ PAP/L/O DEMOLEUS STHENELUS W. S. MACLEAY (LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE) IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA By B. Dell School of Environmental & Life Sciences, Murdoch University, Murdoch, W.A. Abstract Observations of the behaviour of Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay in south- . west Western Australia are reported. This butterfly is a spasmodic visitor to the Perth | metropolitan area where it occasionally breeds on Citrus. The migratory nature of the | species is reaffirmed and discussed. Introduction The chequered swallowtail (Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay) occurs throughout mainland Australia but is uncommon in southern parts of Western Australia. Common and Waterhouse (1972) state that the Species | appears to be migratory, but little is known of its movements. Alexander (1917) noted the build up of several insect species including the chequered swallowtail during summer in the south west of Western Australia and suggested that migration had occurred. Barrett and Burns (1951) refer to the sporadic appearance of the chequered swallowtail in southern Australia but no details of migration are given. The only confirmed record of migration of the chequered swallowtail is that of Smithers and McArtney (1970) for the Northern Temitory. Since very few insect migrations have been noted in Western Australia (e.g. Smithers 1974) the following observations may be useful in further studies on the migration of Lepidoptera. Occurrence in Perth metropolitan area Observations are reported for the period 1962-1976. During this time P. d. Sthenelus appeared spasmodically in the Perth metropolitan area. Major invasions occurred in October 1963, October 1968 and April 1976. A small number of specimens were seen in late 1966. Butterflies from the 1963 invasion established themselves near Kalamunda and bred successfully on Citrus. However, adults from the local generation dispersed and the species was not seen again in this area until 1966. The 1968 invasion occurred in late October during hot, sunny weather Which followed a period of below average maximum temperatures. Accompany- ing the influx of chequered swallowtails was a large number of lesser wanderers (Danaus chrysippus petilia) and a few sulphurs (Eurema sp.). Eurema is a northern genus which only rarely appears in the south-west of Western Australia. It is probable that all the species referred to above migrated southwards after temperatures returned to normal October conditions. In 1976 the first specimens of P. d. sthenelus were seen in late March. By late April the species was extremely common in the Perth region and was seen in city streets, suburbs, surrounding rural land and within the jarrah forest of the Darling Range. The earliest specimens captured were tattered and worn but by April most of the specimens were in good condition. Mating behaviour was observed on sunny days near Kalamunda but a search of nearby Citrus trees revealed no larval stages. In an area of mixed Citrus and market gardening the 84 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, t; - | butterflies were attracted to young rows of swedes, flying low for long pei of time or alighting on the plants. Within the jarrah forest the butterflies ve | observed feeding at: the creamy-white, tubular flowers of Styphelia. Like my) other species of butterflies they were also strongly attracted to Buddleia їо; | Migration | On 23 April 1976 a migration of P. d. sthenelus was observed пой, Perth. Butterflies were seen flying south throughout the shaded area in Fig | Some details of weather conditions and rates of migration at two localities x given in Table 1. The day was warm, sunny and sultry. Butterflies were fix, seen at 1000 hours (Western Australian Standard Time), increased in їшї. until at least 1500 hours then decreased, the last specimen being seen at 16| hours. At the locality near Regan's Ford, butterflies emerged fron ғ Adenanthos - Eucalyptus open woodland, crossed a gravel road with avi scrub verge, then passed across open farmland. A constant southerly dirti: was maintained by all specimens. Occasionally one would stop to visit Dia in flower along the road verge before continuing south. The migration inci males and females. The condition of the wings varied from good to tattered I: migration was observed over a distance of 100 metres and the butted: maintained a near constant speed of from 6 to 7 m/sec. | ТАВГЕ 1 | Weather conditions and rates of migration of Papilio demoleus sthenelus at the locii marked by a cross in Fig. 1. : Wind Strength о н Migraine: Locality Direction- (кира Noll (1) 2 km SE Regan’s Ford N 0-10 28 - 30 1100 li (W. of Mogumber) 1130 3 1200 & (2) 6.5 km W. Dandaragan NW 0-10 30 1500 V A similar migration rate and direction was observed at the second loa) which is west of Dandaragan and approximately 36 km north of the ky Ford locality. Here the migration was observed along 70 metres of grail The behaviour of other day-flying Lepidoptera at these 1осаййй$ in Table 2. Apart from the small number of lesser wanderers, the migi. behaviour of P. d. sthenelus contrasted with the non-directional movemen feeding residents. 7 The migration probably did not extend very far inland. Near ИЛЕ (са. 130 km ENE of the Dandaragan locality) only a small number of chee swallowtails was seen from 28.iv.1976 - 2.v.1976. These were either fig" | or south and probably were local movements of individual adults. A visttt | Jurien Bay - Eneabba area on 10.v.1976 revealed only a few resident adults | of the migration area shown in Fig. 1. No adults were seen in this area fouk | later. Likewise, on 25.v.1976, no living specimens were seen near боо 90 km NNE of the Dandaragan locality). The migration was therefore ofis duration. | | | = Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 Jurien Bay 85 ;FIG. 1. Map showing region in which migration of Papilio demoleus sthenelus was observed (shaded area) and localities (marked by a cross) where detailed observations were made. TABLE 2 Status of day-flying Lepidoptera at localities given in Table 1. Species Occurrence Behaviour -Papilio demoleus sthenelus common migrating south Delias sp. rare visitor Danaus chrysippus petilia present feeding at Daviesia, Leucopogon; migrating S Vanessa kershawi common resident; feeding at Leucopogon Precis villida calybe common resident; feeding at Leucopogon Ogyris idmo idmo present resident Nacaduba biocellata biocellat. — present resident; feeding at Daviesia Neolucia agricola occidens common resident; feeding at Daviesia Zizina otis common resident; feeding at Daviesia Apina sp. common resident | & Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1 | [ At the time of the migration detailed above there was a concomitai increase in the number of adult chequered swallowtails in the Perth ne: area. The insurge of adults from the north penetrated south into the jar forest. In dense forest it is difficult to obtain accurate information on butter | movement because some species tend to fly along fire breaks, tracks and crt beds. For example, on 7.у.1976 in the Gleneagle Forest (ca. 45 km SE Perth | a warm sunny day, during an observation period of 26 minutes, 20 ahi | chequered swallowtails flew west along a track close to a creek bed. Sox individuals stopped and rested on leaves, while others were in hurried flight zi two adults flew east. This behaviour probably indicates that the species Wa | moving locally and was not migrating west through the forest. | Discussion | The spasmodic appearance of P. d. sthenelus in the Perth metropolis] can be explained by the migration of adults from more northern parts cfi state. Reasons for the migrations are not known. The migrations do not dy; occur at the same time of the year, having been recorded both in late spring: autumn. Though the species could breed in Citrus groves near Perth, it han: been successful in establishing itself in this region and has not yet зимі more than one season. The species appears to follow a migration route vi in the author’s opinion, will prove to be a pathway taken by other Sal migrate into the south west. | Larvae of the chequered swallowtail are reported to feed on Par Common and Waterhouse 1972). In Western Australia this genus ws throughout the Northern and Eremean botanical provinces. However, 8 species, P. cinerea, penetrates into the Irwin District of the south-west puis P. patens, which has been established as a food plant grows in the north ys Considering the distribution of potential food plants, it seems reasonable t P. d. sthenelus would migrate southwards over the observed migration x discussed above. The absence of native food plants does not account for the failure dte species to become resident in the lower south west because the larve? species could feed on Citrus. Acknowledgements | 1 would like to thank Allan Burbidge for assisting with observations Jurien Bay region and John Dell for observations from Dalwallinu and Сой References Alexander, W. B., 1917. White winged black terns in Western Australia: a en visitation. Emu 17: 95-100. | Barrett, C. and Burns, A. N., 1951. Butterflies of Australia and New Guinea. N.H Sg Melbourne. Common, I.F.B. and Waterhouse, D.F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and кај Sydney. | Smithers, C. N., 1974. A migration of Vanessa kershawi (McCoy) (Lepidoptera: Nn idae) in Western Australia. West. Aust. Nat. 13: 16-17. | Smithers, C. N. and McArtney, 1. B., 1970. Record of a migration of the ag swallowtail Papilio demoleus sthenelus Macleay (Lepidoptera: Papilioni | Оа Nat. 37: 8. | | |! I |, Pm ‚= ———— шен Aust. ent. Мад. 3(5), February, 1977 87 A NOTE ON POPULATION MOVEMENT IN VYCTEMERA AMICA (WHITE) (LEPIDOPTERA: ARCTIIDAE) By C. N. Smithers The Australian Museum, Sydney The diurnal Cineraria moth [Nyctemera amica (White)] is fairly common in southern and eastern Australia. Population movements of this species have not, apparently, been recorded although Seitz (1890) mentions that it is sometimes seen off the Australian coast thus implying deliberate flights or wind borne displacement. In early November, 1974, the Cineraria moth suddenly became extremely common in Sydney after a period during which only single specimens had been . noted. On 10th November a strong, dense population movement was observed between the suburbs of Turramurra and Chatswood, the moths all moving steadily in a west-south-westerly direction. As many as thirty specimens were in . View at once and at times the population was too dense for any kind of count to . be possible. Many reports of flights and large populations were received from observers . cooperating in the Australian Museum's migration study project. These reports are summarized in Table I. An asterisk (*) indicates that large populations were noted. Directions are given when they were reported; when not it is to be assumed that numbers were seen on the dates indicated but that the population was not obviously moving as a whole in any particular direction. In all 94 reports were received of exceptional numbers being seen. The earliest report was for 6th September 1974 (Tallarook-Albury) and the latest . for January 1975 (Strathfield, Mordialloc). Of the reports which gave definite . information of flight direction 41 were for November 1974 and 29 of these included at least part of the period 9th-12th November. The general picture which emerges from the data presented in Table I is as follows. Numbers of N. amica were exceptionally high during the 1974-1975 season and large numbers were reported from mid-September 1974, especially in Queensland. By early November the areas from which large numbers were mported had increased and included the eastern part of the continent from southern Queensland, through New South Wales and Victoria, to South Australia. The observations of definite population movement increased during November and movement was particularly conspicuous between the 9th and 12th November, during which period 29 out of 41 observations of movement were made. (A few additional reports gave a more general indication of *November" movements without specifying dates). From this it would seem that the populations which had become spectacularly large in many areas undertook obvious unidirectional flights during mid-November. After that period unidir- ectional flights became less obvious, the populations decreased rapidly and by early December few observers reported large populations. It is interesting to note that of 10 reports from Queensland 4 are relatively early (September) (none is later than 22nd November); the few other reports of large September populations are for inland localities. Population build-up seems Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 88 TABLE I Locality No. Dates Direction QUEENSLAND ^ East Ayr ж 19.xi.74 N-NE Banana * 20.ix.74 Maryborough Sep. 74 Kingaroy Æ Wynnum early Nov. 74 SW Chermside 16.xi.74 Sth Moonie R. to Miles to Isla Gorge * 19.ix.74 Warwick * 16-22.xi.74 Milmerran * 19.ix.74 Tamborine Mtn * mid Nov. 74 S NEW SOUTH WALES Coonabarabran, Pillaga, Moree ж 18.1х.74 Wallarobba 9-11.xi.74 $ Wagga to Forbes to Dubbo x 17.ix.74 Gateshead, Newcastle * 10.xi.74 N Dudley, Newcastle * 11-12.xi.74 N Edgeworth * 10.xi.74 NNW Sodwalls via Hamilton * 58.xi.74 Belmont * 11-12.xi.74 NE E. Maitland * Paterson to Maitland * 12.xi.74 ESE Paterson * 9.xi.74 SE Point Stephens—2km N Cabbage Tree Is. * 9.xi.74 SE Nulkaba * 9.xi.74 SE Abadare * 9.xi.74 SE Cessnock * 9.xi.74 SE Big Island * 9.xi.74 SE Gresford * 9.xi.74 SE Singleton * 9.xi.74 SE Raymond Terrace * 11.хі.74 ү Revesby ж 10-12.х1.74 SW Summerhill 12.xi.74 W Gymea Bay * 9-11.xi.74 SW Lane Cove River (Longueville) 10.xi.74 NW Ryde * 8-15.xi.74 5 Narrabeen * 8-11.xi.74 N Bayview * late Oct. - 9.xi.74 SW Eastwood 11-12.xi.74 SE Caringbah Sans Souci Nov. 74 East Hills Nov. 74 W Strathfield Nov., Dec. 74, Jan. 75 51 Wahroonga * 9.xi-28.xii.74 Wein Ku-ring-gai Chase * 8.xi.74 Mt. Colah * 11.xi-3.xii.74 Cronulla * 9-11.xi.74 5 Glenfield Nov. 74 S&N Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 Turramurra to Chatswood Clontarf Northmead W. of Jenolan Caves Megalong Valley Wilton Primbee Keira Mt. Keira Mt. Keira Macquarie Pass Dapto Dapto Lyons (A.C.T.) West Wyalong to Hay to Mildura SOUTH AUSTRALIA Torrens Park VICTORIA Cohuna Tallarook to Albury Benalla Bogong Village Bogong High Plains (1,600m +) Falls Creek (1,600m +) Reservoir Reservoir Derrimut Melbourne City Mordialloc St. Kilda East Powelltown area Drouin Clayton Leongatha Sunshine Balwyn Footscray Eastern Beach Ballarat Bairnsdale Blackburn Blairgowrie Mornington Peninsula Somers Mortlake to Warnambool Longwarry North Western Port Bay Nar Nar Goon North Portland *oX* 0X 0* X X * x * * o * * * кух жх х\к + x * хх ххх o * X 10.xi.74 9-17.xi.74 early Nov. 74 26.xi.74 10-12.xi.74 9.xi.74 19.xii.74 9.xi.74 17.xi.74 29.xi.74 2.xii.74 3.xii.74 Nov. 74 22-23.xi.74 20-21.xi.74 25.xi.74 16.ix.74 early Oct.-late Nov. 74 late Nov. 74 30.xi-1.xii.74 3.xii.74 Nov. 74 4.xii.74 29.x.74 16-20.xi.74 Nov. 74 -Jan. 75° 18-20.x.74 1.xii.74 late Oct. 74 - mid Nov. 74 late Oct. 74 16-23.xi.74 16-20.xi.74 20.x-16.xi.74 4-26.xi.74 28.xi.74 1.xii.74 18.xi.74 Oct. - Nov. 74 mid Nov. 74 10-18.xi.74 24.xi.74 89 WSW W W NW W NE NE n Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 to have occurred in northern and inland areas a little earlier than in southern and coastal areas. | i Although large populations were reported for a fairly long period that during which most massed unidirectional flights were recorded was relatively short (first half of November) and these flights took place almost simultaneously over much of eastern Australia with a peak occurrence from about 9th-I5th November. ј ] A second remarkable feature of the flights is the variety of their directions. Reports include virtually all directions and simultaneously very different directions were reported for localities quite close to one another (e.g. in some Sydney suburbs such as Ryde and Turramurra the directions were S and WSW respectively for the same period on the same day). It must be concluded from this that the flights involved local populations over relatively short distances or that directional changes of the moving populations were frequent and taking place at more or less fixed points on the route of flight. As the flow of populations past a single point continued for a considerable time it must be concluded that the latter is the more likely explanation for the difference in flight directions at nearby localities. Such flight direction changes are known in other migrant Lepidoptera e.g. Danaus plexippus (L.) and some African Pierids. it can be concluded that N. amica is a species in which massed, unidirect- ional population movements take place under certain circumstances and it seems likely that owing to the complexity of the flight pattern the movements can be detected clearly only in years of exceptional abundance. Acknowledgements I would like to thank the many cooperators in the Australian Museum's migration study project, without whose continuing and enthusiastic help data on Nyctemera amica could not have been collected, and Mr J. V. Peters for comments on this note. Reference Seitz, A., 1890. Algemeine Biologie der Schmetterlinge. I. Theil. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 5: 281-343. A NOTE ON APPARENT OVIPOSITION BEHAVIOUR IN A BOMBYLIID FLY (DIPTERA) By Donald H. Colless Division of Entomology, C.S.I.R.O., Р.О. Box 1700, Canberra City, АСТ. Despite the abundance and diversity of Bombyliidae in Australia, extraordinarily little is known of their larval biology. The few facts then known were summarised by Roberts (1928a: 92), and a few other records were added in the course of his revision of the family (Roberts 1928a, b; 1929). A very brief summary was given by Colless and McAlpine (1970), to which I can now add records of two undescribed species of Cyrtomorpha (held in the Aust. National Insect Collection) reared from grasshopper egg-pods; also, of several larvae, possibly of Bombyliidae, found in tunnels made by Hymenoptt | диѕі ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 91 (probably bees) in the walls of a termite mound. It is strange, though, that we seem to know precisely nothing about the large subfamilies Lomatinae and ' Bombyliinae that make up the bulk of our fauna. It therefore seems worth placing on record an observed case of apparent ' oviposition behaviour in a bombyliine. The specimen concerned is golden haired, - with pale legs, and of medium size (wing length 6.6 mm); it keys to the genus Anastoechus Osten-Sacken, but is not identifiable with any of the known species | in that genus, or in the related Systoechus, as reviewed by Roberts (1928b). It ' can be mentioned, too, that Dr John Bowden (in litt.) has reservations as to | whether the genus Anastoechus is really represented in this country. The behaviour was observed, and the specimen later captured, on 23rd _ April, 1976, at the foot of the Bukalara Plateau, N.T., a few kilometres east of | the Mimets Co. mine on the McArthur River. The fly was first located by its | characteristic, high-pitched buzz, and then seen to be hovering close to the ‚ ground beneath the slight overhang of a large sandstone block. As is common in | such sites, the floor of the overhang consisted of a very fine, almost white sand, | heavily pitted with the craters of ant-lions. What caught the attention was that the fly (later found to be a female) was slowly circling the rim of a crater, while the strong downdraught of her rapidly- vibrating wings sent a fine spray of sand tumbling down, slowly but steadily | filling the crater. Moreover, after what was perhaps one or two minutes, she alighted on the rim, dabbed the end of her abdomen in the sand several times in a manner strongly suggesting oviposition, and then continued as before to . demolish the crater. The “oviposition” act was repeated a few minutes later; — and, finally, little trace remained of the crater, whose occupant (if there was one) did not reveal its presence during the entire proceedings. Before capture (since time was passing), the fly managed to partly demolish two other craters, | alternating from one to the other, but alighting only once. On later examination, her ovipositor was seen to be slightly extruded and had numerous sand grains ; adhering to it. One cannot make too much of a single, casual observation, but it is hard to attribute such behaviour to anything other than oviposition. In addition, it would be completely consistent with a mechanism for introducing an egg, or a | mpidy-hatching larva; into the near vicinity of a carnivorous host without endangering either mother or offspring. Roberts (1928a: 137) records the rearing of Anthrax confluensis Rob. from *the cocoon of a Myrmeleontid'. This is somewhat surprising in view of the apparent predilection of that genus for | es) nests; but it at least demonstrates the feasibility of parasitising such a ost. Seeing little chance of following up this observation, I offer it in the hope , that someone else may do so, and perhaps ‘help fill a glaring gap in our knowledge. References | Colless, D. H. and McAlpine, D. K., 1970. In The Insects of Australia. Chapter 34, Diptera. (Melbourne University Press, Melbourne). ; Roberts, F. H. S., 19282, b; 1929. A revision of the Australian Bombyliidae. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 53: 90-144; 53: 413-455; 54: 553-583. nn NN 92 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 A NEW CAVE-FREQUENTING CARABID BEETLE FROMTHE SNOWY MOUNTAINS REGION OF NEW SOUTH WALES By B. P. Moore C.S.LR.O., Division of Entomology, Canberra, А.С. Introduction On grounds of present tlimate and of presumed past glacial history, the extensive cave-systems of the Snowy Mountains might appear to be the most likely locality in mainland Australia to support a diverse and closely adapted — arthropod fauna (Moore 1972) yet despite considerable exploration by biologically orientated speleologists, few such species have been discovered and | in particular, the paucity of carabid beetles is both puzzling and disappointing. | In effect, the present record of a new species of Teraphis Castelnau providesthe | first instance of a clearly cave-adapted carabid from the region and also, the firt _ occurrence anywhere of a cavernicolous member of the subfamily Psydrinae. The discovery is therefore of special interest. Teraphis cavicola sp. n. Figs 1-2 Mostly shining black when mature: legs and antennae dark reddish-brown; | palpi lighter, brownish-yellow. | Head rather small, impunctate; frontal furrows arcuate, strongly impressed; eyes reduced, subplanar, with few facets; labrum transverse. Pronotum transverse, widest about the front third; anterior margin concave, slightly sinuate; posterior margin rectilinear; sides lightly to rather strongly rounded on front two-thirds, then nearly parallel to base; basal ang rectangular, the impressions broad, coarsely punctate and bi-impressed. Elytra subparallel except on apical curve; striae regular and markedy crenulate; intervals lightly convex, the third without a discal pore; humeri prominently dentate; subhumeral margins smooth; scutellary strioles absent; aedeagus slender; median lobe membranous over much of dorsum; right paramere with a few short, subapical setae. Length: 5.9 - 6 mm; maximum width: 2.2 - 2.5 mm. Holotype $ (slightly immature), River Cave, Yarrangobilly, NSW. 7.iii.1971, E. Hamilton-Smith, in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Paratypes, 2 99, same data as holotype, in the South Australian Museum andin the author's collection. Teraphis cavicola is distinguished within its genus, as restricted by m? (Moore 1963), by the great reduction of the eyes, although T. crenulata (51002 1923) shows this tendency to a lesser degree. However in Sloane’s species (which is known only from the 9 holotype from Mount Kosciusko, N.S.W., together with a 9 topotype taken by myself, in January, 1965), the elytral intervals at obviously less convex than in cavicola; the third intervals carry a single setiferous pore; short but deep scutellary strioles are present on the first intervals; and the humeri (Fig. 3) are less prominent and less evidently dentate. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 93 AE er 2 Figs 1-3, Teraphis spp. (1) T. cavicola sp. n., holotype б; (2) T. cavicola sp. n., aedeagus in right lateral view, with parameres detached; (3) T. crenulata (Sloane), holotype 9, base of pronotum and elytron, right side. Scale-lines = 1 mm. 3 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 In effect, the eyes in T. cavicola have regressed almost to the same extent as in the monotypic genus Trephisa Moore (1963) and this could bring the validity of the latter into question. However, the type species of Trephisa (parallela Moore) differs from all Teraphis species (including cavicola) in its narrow, subcylindrical build and also in its minutely crenulate subhumerd (elytral) margins (a feature not noticed by me at the time of the original description). These differences would appear to justify retention of Trephisa as a separate genus, at least until the Australian fauna of the tribe (the Tropidop- tini) is more fully known. Discussion The discovery of a cavernicolous species of Psydrinae is not entirely unexpected, in view of the strongly geophilous habits of members of the tribes Tropidopterini, Mecyclothoracini and Meonidini, and of their close morpholos- ical relationships with the cave-dominant Trechini. Indeed, occasional specimens of Mecyclothorax ambiguus (Erichson) and of Meonis species had earlier been detected (Moore unpublished), as presumed trogloxenes, during the biospeleo- logical survey. Moreover, the above-mentioned Trephisa parallela is clearly an endogeous insect (the types were taken from beneath deeply embedded boulders in temperate rain forest) and the transition from the subterranean to the cave environment is but a small evolutionary step. The simultaneous existence, in the Snowy Mountains, of microphthalmic cave-dwelling and litter-dwelling species of Teraphis is strong evidence that a transition of the above kind has in fact taken place, although the comparable levels of morphological adaptation shown by these two species would suggest parallel evolution, rather than a direct derivation of one from the other. Also, the limited extent of this adaptation indicates that entry into the cue environment may have been a comparatively recent event. Thus although further evidence concerning the status of 7. cavicola, as a cavernicole, would be most desirable, the species appears likely to be no more than a troglophile. Unfortunately, nothing whatever appears to be recorded about the biology of surface-dwelling tropidopterines and it is therefore impossible even to speculate about the habits of the new cavernicolous species. Acknowledgement I am indebted to Mr Elery Hamilton-Smith for the opportunity to study his extensive material of cave-dwelling Carabidae, which has included the present interesting new species. References Moore, B. P., 1963. Studies on Australian Carabidae (Coleoptera). 3. The Psydrinae. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 115: 277-290. Moore, B. P., 1972. Southern cave-beetle fauna in perspective. Proc. 8th Natnl Conf. Aust ralian Speoeological Federation (Hobart 1971) pp 81-84. Sloane, T. G., 1923. Studies in Australian Entomology. No. 18. New genera and species of Carabidae. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 48: 17-39. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 95 RECENT LITERATURE Compiled by M. S. Moulds BAEHR, Martin 1976. Uber eine Aufsammlung von Carabiden (Coleoptera, Adephaga) aus Tasmanien. Ent. Zeitschf. 86(14): 145-158. BAILEY, Winston J. and RICHARDS, Kevin T. 1975. А report on the insect fauna of the Prince Regent River Reserve, north-west Kimberley, Western Australia. In: A biological survey of the Prince Regent River Reserve, north-west Kimberley, Western Australia in August, 1974. Edited by Jenefer M. Miles and Andrew A. Burbidge. Wildl. Res. Bull West. Aust. 3: 101-112, text-figs 1-6. Many insects listed covering most orders. BARTON BROWNE, L., MOORHOUSE, J.E. and VAN GERWEN, A.C.M. 1975. Excitatory state generated during feeding in the locust, Chortoicetes terminifera. J. insect Physiol. 21: 1731-1735. 1975a. Sensory adaptation and the regulation of meal size in the Australian plague locust, Chortoicetes terminifera. J. insect Physiol. 21: 1633- 1639. BENGSTON, M., COOPER, Lynne M. and GRANT-TAYLOR, Frances J. 1975. A comparison of bioresmethrin, chlorpyrifos-methyl and pirimiphos- methyl as grain protectants against malathion-resistant insects in wheat. Qd J. agric. animal Sciences 32(1): 51-78, tables 1-18. Coleoptera: Sitophilus oryzae Rhizopertha dominica Tribolium castaneum Lepidoptera: Ephestia cautella Also issued, 1975, as Od Dept. Prim. Indust., Div. Plant Indust. Bull. No. 720. BENSINK, A. H. A. and BURTON, H. 1975. North Stradbroke Island. A place for freshwater invertebrates. Proc. R. Soc. Qd 86(7): 29-45, tables 1-11, text-figs 1-5. BERG, Rolf Y. 1975. Myrmecochorous plants in Australia and their dispersal by ants. Aust. J. Pot. 23(3): 475-508, tables 1-8, text-figs 1-49. BROADLEY, R. H. 1975. Tobacco pest control in seedbeds. Qd agric. J. 101(5): 609-616, illustr. CARNE, P. B. 1976. Cheiroplatys volsellus sp. n. and notes on related species (Coleoptera: Scarabaediae. Dynastinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 85-88, text-figs 1&2. CROSBY, D. F. 1975. Insects of the Victorian national parks. Part 1 — Butterflies. Victorian Ent. 5(3): 117-125. 1975a. Report on excursion, 9th November 1975. Victorian Ent. 5(6): 152. Lepidoptera: 6 butterfly species mentioned. 1976. Further notes on the butterflies of the Big Desert. Victorian Ent. 6(2): 15-16. A Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 CUNNINGHAM, I. C. and BROADLEY, R. H. 1975. The major insect pests of tobacco. Od agric. J. 101(5): 617-62), illustr. DAVIDSON, R.L., HILDITCH, J.A., WISEMAN, J.R. and WOLFE, V.J. 1974. Prediction of mortality in scarab larvae from extremes of temper- ature. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 51-58, Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae species EDGAR, J. A. 1975. Danainae (Lep.) and 1, 2-dehydropyrrolizidine alkaloid-containing plants — with reference to observations made in the New Hebrides, Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. (B)272: 467-476, tables 1 & 2, text-fiss 1-3. Repeats data from CULVENOR, C. C. J. and ROBINSON, G. S., 1973 and EDGAR, J. A., CULVENOR, C. C. J. and SMITH, J. W., 1971, q.v. EISNER, Thomas, ANESHANSLEY, Daniel, EISNER, Maria, RUTOWSKI, Ronald, CHONG, Berni and MEINWALD, Jerrold 1974. Chemical defense and sound production in Australian tenebrionid beetles (Adelium spp.). Psyche 81(1): 189-208, table 1, text-figs 1-15. ELDER, R. J. 1974. Oncopera brachyphylla Turner and Oncopera mitocera (Tume) insecticide control trials 1964-1966. Od J. agric. anim. Sci. 3(3): 279-284, tables 1 & 2, text-fig. 1. Lepidoptera: Hepialidae Also issued, 1974, as Od Dept. Prim. Indust., Div. anim. Indust. Bull. No. 703. ELLIOTT, H. J., McDONALD, F. J. D. and VESK, Maret 1975. Germarial structure and function in a parthenogenetic aphid, Aphis craccivora Koch (Hemiptera: Aphididae). /nt. J. Insect Morphol. & Embryol. 4(4): 341-347, text-figs 1-12. FARROW, R. A. 1975. Offshore migration and the collapse of outbreaks of the Australian plague locust (Chortoicetes terminifera Walk.) in south-east Aust- ralia. Aust. J. Zool. 23(4): 569-595, text-figs 1-21. FERRAR, P. 1975. Disintegration of dung pads in north Queensland before the intro- duction of exotic dung beetles. Aust. J. exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 15(74): 325-329. FIELD, R. P. 1975. Butterfly collecting in the Flinders Ranges, S.A. Victorian Ent. S(G)5UI593* FILSHIE, B. K., DAY, M. F. and MERCER, E. H. 1975. Colour and colour changes in the grasshopper, Kosciuscola tristi J. insect Physiol. 21: 1763-1770. FOSTER, S. and GRAVES, Trevor 1975. Odonata of north Queensland. N. Qd Nat. 43(No. 166): 35. [Introduction by T. Graves, remainder joint authorship.] Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 97 FRANZMANN, B. A. and ROSSITER, P. D. 1974. Blue oat mite [Penthaleus major (Druges)] control trials in south- ern Queensland. Qd J. agric. anim. Sci. 31(3): 221-224, tables 1 & 2. Also issued as Qd Dept. Prim. Indust., Div. anim. Indust. Bull. No. 696. GEIER, P. W. and CLARK, L. R. 1976. On the developing use of modelling in insect ecology and pest management. Aust. J. Ecol. 1(3): 119-127, text-figs 1-3. GEIER, P. W. and SPRINGETT, B. P. 1976. Population characteristics of Australian leafrollers (Epiphyas spp., Lepidoptera) infesting orchards. Aust. J. Ecol. 1(3): 129-144, tables 1-10, text-figs 1-6. GRIMM, M. and LAWRENCE, P. J. T. 1975. Biological control of insects on the Ord. I. Production of Sitotroga cerealella for mass rearing of Trichogramma wasps. J. Agric. West. Aust. (4)16(4): 90-92. GROSS, Gordon F. 1975. A revision of the Pentatomidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) of the rhynchocoris group from Australia and adjacent areas. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 17(6): 51-167, text-figs 1-64. HACKMAN, R. H. 1975. Expanding abdominal cuticle in the bug Rhodnius .and the tick Boophilus. J. insect Physiol. 21: 1613-1623. HARLEY, K.L.S. and KASSULKE, R.C. 1974. Notes on the biology and host range of Teleonemia validicornis Stal (Hemiptera: Tingidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4): 271-273, table 1, text-figs 1 & 2. HEATHER, N. W. 1974. Records of termites attacking power poles in south-eastern Queens- ind. Od J. agric. anim. Sci. 31(3): 225-229, table 1, text-fig. 1. Also issued as Qd Dept. Prim. Indust., Div. anim. Indust. Bull. No. 705. HOGAN, T. W. 1974. A genetic approach to the population suppression of the common field cricket Teleogryllus commodus. Chapter 4, in: The use of genetics in insect control. Edited by R. Pal and M. J. Whitten. Elsevier, North Holland. Pp. 57-70, table 1, text-figs 1 & 2. HOUSTON, Terry F. 1975. A revision of the Australian hylaeine bees (Hymenoptera: Colletidae). Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 36: 1-135, text-figs 1-278. KEY, K. H. L. 1974. Mantodea (praying mantids). (Chapter 16). In: The insects of Austr- alia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Vic. Pp. 40-41. 1974a. Orthoptera (grasshoppers, locusts, crickets). (Chapter 21). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 45-47. i 1974b. Phasmatodea (stick-insects). (Chapter 22). In: The insects of Aust- ralia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 48-49, text-fig. 19. 98 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 KING, 1. M. PE. 1976. Underwater sound production in Micronecta batilla Hale (Heterop. tera: Corixidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 35-43. LANSBURY, I. 1975. Notes on additions, changes and the distribution of the Australian water-bug fauna (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Mem. nat. Mus. Vict. 36: 17-23, text-figs 1-24. LYNDON, Ellen 1975. Tailed Emperor in Victoria. In Readers’ nature notes. Victorian Nat. 92(12): 272-273. Lepidoptera: Polyura p. sempronius MacQUILLAN, M. J. 1974. Problems in selection, application and use of a new pasture pest insecticide — a chemical industry viewpoint. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 83-84. Acarina: Halotydeus destructor and Penthaleus major Collembola: Sminthurus viridis and Hypogastrura spp. Orthoptera: Acrididae: lists 3 spp. Lepidoptera: Hepialidae: Oncopera spp. Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodius tasmaniae Hymenoptera: honey bees MANSKIE, R. C. 1975. А short note on collecting in Victoria's S. E. corner. Victorian Ent. 5(3): 115. Lepidoptera: several species of butterflies mentioned. MAZANEC, Z. 1974. Influence of jarrah leaf miner on the growth of jarrah. Aust. For 37(1): 32-42. Lepidoptera: Perthida glyphopa MICHENER, Charles D. and SCHEIRING, Joseph F. 1976. Pupae of allodapine bees (Hymenoptera: Xylocopinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 63-70, text-figs 1-4. MONRO, J. M. 1975. Environmental variation and the efficiency of biological control- Cactoblastis in the southern hemisphere. Proc. ecol. Soc. Aust. а 204-212, table 1, text-figs 1 & 2. NEBOISS, A. 1975. The genera Ophidius Candeze and Yalganus gen. nov. (Elateridae: Coleoptera). Mem. nat. Mus. Vict. 36: 25-31, text-figs 1-18, pl. 3. NEW, T. R. 1975b. Wasp parasites of mantid oothecae. Victorian Ent. 5(4): 136. Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea: Torymidae: Podagrion NEWMAN, Zaidee 1974. Cicada hunters. Granite Belt Nat. Dec/Jan 1973/4: 4, illustr. Popular notes mentioning Hemiptera: cicadas PUTHZ, Valker Hymenoptera: Exeridae 1975. Anadditional new Stenus from Australia (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae Fieldiana Zoology 65(7): 85-88, text-fig. 1. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 99 1 RICE, M.J. 1976. Contact chemoreceptors on the ovipositor of Lucilia cuprina (Wied.), the Australian sheep blowfly. Aust. J. Zool. 24(3): 353-360, text- A figs 1-8. | RIEK, E. F. 1973c. A Carboniferous insect. Nature, Lond. 224: 455-456. 1974a. Fossil history. (Chapter 8). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 28-29. 1974b. Ephemeroptera (mayflies). (Chapter 12). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 33-34, text-fig. 15. 1974c. Plecoptera (stoneflies). (Chapter 20). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Page 44. 19744. Megaloptera (alderflies). (Chapter 28). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Page 60. 1974е. Neuroptera (lacewings). (Chapter 29). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 60-62, text-fig. 23. 1974f. Strepsiptera. (Chapter 31). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Page 90. 1974s. Mecoptera (scorpion-flies). (Chapter 32). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Page 90. 1974h. Trichoptera (caddis-flies, caddises). (Chapter 35). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp: 97-98, text-fig. 35. 1976. Neosecoptera, a new insect suborder based on specimen discovered in the Late Carboniferous of Tasmania. Alcheringa 1(2): 227-234, text-figs 1 & 2. ROBERTS, Brian and WARREN, Margaret Anne ~ 1975. Diapause in the Australian flesh fly Tricholioproctia impatiens (Diptera: Sarcophagidae). Aust. J. Zool. 23(4): 563-567, table 1, text-figs 1 & 2. © ROBERTS, R. J. and GEORGE, J. M. с 197a. Insect populations of phalaris/white clover versus fescue/white clover pastures under the same grazing regimes. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 81-82. Lepidoptera: Oecophoridae: Philobota productella Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Rhopaea morbillosa Anoplognathus spp. i ROHLFIEN, Klaus and EWALD, Birgit 1974. Katalog der in den Sammlungen des ehemaligen Deutschen Ento- mologischen Institutes aufbewahrten Typen—XI. (Diptera: Cyclorr- hapha: Schizophora: Calyptratae). Beitr. Ent. 24(1/4): 107-147. Diptera: Calliphoridae, Tachinidae 1975. Katalog der in den Sammlungen des ehemaligen Deutschen Ento- mologischen Institutes aufbewahrten Typen—XIII. Diptera: Cyclorr- hapha: Division Aschiza. Beitr. Ent. 25(1): 151-161. 100 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 SCHRADER, N. W. | 1976. Gibber-bird feeding on blowfly larvae. Aust. Bird Watcher 6(6): 179, SERVENTY, Vincent 1974. Protecting butterflies. /n: Along the nature trail. Wildlife Aust 11(3): 94. Ў This note includes an extract from a letter by J. Orrell. SHENEFELT, R. D. 1975. Braconidae 8. Exothecinae Rogadinae. Hymenopterorum Catalogus (nova editio) 12: 1115-1262. SWAINE, G., CORCORAN, R.J. and DAVEY, Marguerite A. 1975. А commodity treatment against infestations of the Queensland fruit fly, Dacus (Strumeta) tryoni (Froggatt), in Kensington mangoes. Qd J. agric. animal Sciences 32(1): 47-50, tables 1 & 2. Also issued, 1975, as Qd Dept. Prim. Indust., Div. Plant Indust. Bull. No. 719. THWAITE, W. G. 1975. Control of apple pests. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 86(6): 15, illustr. TSUI, P.T.P. and PETERS, W.L. 1975. The comparative morphology and phylogeny of certain Gondwanian Leptophlebiidae based on the thorax, tentorium, and abdomind terga (Ephemeroptera). Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 101(4): 505-595, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-98. VANE-WRIGHT, R. I. 1975. An integrated classification for polymorphism and sexual dimorpl- ism in butterflies. J. Zool., Lond. 117: 329-337. Lepidoptera: Tellervo and Taenaris, p. 334 VESTJENS, W.J.M. 1975. Feeding behaviour of spoonbills at Lake Cowal, N.S.W. Emu 75(3) 132-136, pl. 8. Insects of several orders identified to family. WALTERS, P. J. 1976. Susceptibility of three Stethorus spp (Coleoptera: Coccinellidze) to selected chemicals used in N.S.W. apple orchards. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 49-52, table 1. WATSON, J. A. L. 1974f. Development of soldiers in incipient colonies of Mastotenmes darwiniensis Froggatt (Isoptera). Insectes Soc. 21(2): 181.190. 1976. The synonymy of Ischnura heterosticta (Burmeister) and Ischnura torresiana Tillyard (Odonata: Coenagrionidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 71-78, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-24. WHITTEN, M.J., FOSTER, G.G., ARNOLD, J. and KONOWALOW, C. 1974. The genetics of the Australian sheep blowfly. In: Handbook of genetics. Editor, R. King. Plenum, New York. WOODWARD, T.E., EASTOP, V.P. and EVANS, J.W. 1974. Hemiptera (bugs, leafhoppers, etc.). (Chapter 26). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victori. Pp. 52-57. ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES | All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices } need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be | sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices. - EXCHANGE. Coleoptera from New Zealand for Australian. I am interested in - all families and also have specimens from Japan, Europe and U.S.A. for exchange. | M. J. Meads, Ecology Div., D.S.LR., P.O. Box 30466, Lower Hutt, New Zealand. WANTED. Entomological cabinet, suitable for butterflies. A. D. Mares, 37 Farrer-Brown Court, Nuffield Village, Castle Hill, N.S.W., 2151. (Ph. 634 7139). - EXCHANGE. Butterflies from the Australian region wanted in exchange for _ butterflies from South America and central Africa. Gunther E. Reschke, 5904 - Eiserfeld, Am Spies 1, West Germany. . "ECOLOGY and Conservation in Papua New Guinea". 1976. 153 pages. This volume constitutes the proceedings of a symposium held at the Wau Ecology - Institute, P.N.G. 6 of the 21 papers presented concern either moths, butterflies, : biological control or insect pests. Price $2.00. W.E.I., P.O. Box 77, Wau, P.N.G. | быз» > . е | Жатегиица Biological Laboratories | | P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870 PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO. long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272 BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF EXOTIC SPECIES Please write for our catalogue of species available NOTES FOR AUTHORS Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends p one or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in ‚ advance, Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and in duplicaté. ' Persons Submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal. ‚АП papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any : Paper considered unsuitable. Address papers to: The Editor, Australian Entomological Magazine, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065. a CONTENTS | COLLESS, D. H. A note on pp Pur behaviour in a Raper fly (Diptera) . А | DELL, В. Migration of Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. ipd ei | optera: Papilionidae) in Western ‘Australia | MOORE, В. Р. A new cave- frequenting carabid beetle from the em А Mountains region of New South Wales a А SMITHERS, С. N. А note on population movement in МАССЕ атіса ка (White) (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae) fe HT OW ЕЕЕ: WILLIAMS, G. A. A list of the Buprestidae (Coleoptera) collected from ni Leptospermum flavescens Sm. at East Minto, New South Wales . RECENT LITERATURE 4 225 "ES ENTOMOLOGIGAT NOLILGES Sie inside back e MORE NEW BOOKS THE HUNGRY FLY by V. G. Dethier. 1976. 489 pages, 222 ed 28 tables. Price $37.50. This book is an exploration of what we mean when we say that an animal " "hungry"; it analyses the concepts of motivation and drive as tested in extensive and elegant experiments on blowflies. The fly, then, is incidental; concepts and = experimental techniques for evaluating them are the main subject. THE SOCIAL BEHAVIOUR OF THE BEES by Charles D. Michener. 2 1974. 404 pages, illustr. Price $31.25. Besides the honey bee there are 20,000 other bee species, many of which are i social. This book is the first to offer a systematic account of social behaviour in 4 the entire superfamily Apoidea. With the aid of over 200 illustrations, all levels of social organization in bees are described, from simple aggregations of solitary nests to elaborate, eusocial colonies. SPHECID WASPS OF THE WORLD by R.M. Bohart and A.S. Menke» et al. 1976. 695 pages, 190 figs. Price $53.25. This massive work is a veritable encyclopedia, treating the sphecidae on a world wide basis; it will be indispensable to wasp specialists, entomologists in general, museum curators, students of biology and zoogeography, morphologists, and amateur naturalists interested in wasps. Illustrations facilitate recognition by pro- viding side and facial views; outline drawings supplement the keys and diagnoses. Australian Entomological Supplies 35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 5244614 Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 433972 : E ISSN 0311-1881 USTRALIAN NTOMOLOGICAL AGAZINE ent. Mag. Edited by M. S. Moulds VOLUME 3, PART 6 APRIL, 1977 Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devotes principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealani and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professioni entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volum, | | SUBSCRIPTIONS All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to: | Australian Entomological Press, | 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. Individual Subscriptions | $6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum overseas | Institutional Subscriptions A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum COVER Illustrated by Andrew Atkins from a specimen reared by Nigel Qui Depicts the Australian hawk moth Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval) a commit endemic species found throughout the continent. The larvae, which can be fox: feeding on Fuschias and Balsams in suburban gardens, are either green or blad, each colour forni possessing yellow lateral eye-spots and other limited marks | Published by | AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS | 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, | N.S.W., 2065, Australia. | Phone: 43-3972 | Printed by DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS 6 Roger Street, Brookvale, N.S.W., 2100. Austtalian Entomological Magazine Aust. ent. Mag. Volume 3, Part 6 April, 1977 FURTHER RECORDS OF DUNG BEETLES (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE) FROM THE TOOWOOMBA DISTRICT By P. G. Allsopp Department of Primary Industries, P.O. Box 102, Toowoomba, Qld., 4350. Abstract Further collecting of Scarabaeidae at baited pitfall traps and natural food sources has revealed the presence of another eight species at the five sites previously examined. Thirteen species taken at two additional sites and further seasonal and host records are also given. Introduction Previously the results of trapping dung beetles at five sites in the Toowoomba area, south-east Queensland, were enumerated (Allsopp, 1975). | Since July 1974 trapping using excrement and fish bones has continued at these sites. In addition traps were set out at two other localities with different vegetation and soil types; at Leyburn, 65 km south-west of Toowoomba, in * open forest with sandy soil and at Evanslea, 40 km west of Toowoomba, in | pasture on deep black clay soil. Natural food sources such as cow and Sheep * dung and mushrooms were examined for scarabs whenever the opportunity presented itself. As well as these records Matthews (1976) in his revision of the Australian Coprini provided four records from the Toowoomba district; Notopedaria geminata (Macleay) and N. pratensis Matthews from Toowoomba and N. interrupta (Carter) from Ravensbourne and Middle Ridge (a suburb of : Toowoomba). In the following list the terms “таге”, “few” and “common” have the sme meanings as stated in Allsopp (1975). Those species which were recorded in that paper are marked here with an asterisk. List of species SCARABAEINAE l. Onthophagus muticus Macleay—Toowoomba; human excrement; few; December to January. 102 20. 21. 22; 23. 24. 257 26. 24. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 O. parvus Blanchard—Leyburn; mushrooms; few; March. Q. peramelinus (Lea)—Ravensbourne (rainforest); at ultra-violet light; rare; January. O. quinquetuberculatus Macleay—Evanslea; cow dung; common; October to March. *0. atrox Harold—Flagstone Creek, Leyburn; cow, horse and sheep dur; and in burrows; common; November to March. *Q. leanus Goidanich—Ravensbourne (rainforest); human excrement; few; January. О. declivis Harold Toowoomba; light; few; September to November О. desectus Macleay—Ravensbourne (rainforest); human excrement and ultra-violet light; rare; October to November. . *Q. pugnax Harold—Ravensbourne (rainforest); cow dung; few; January, Q. anchommatus Lea—Leyburn; mushrooms and flying during the day; common; March. О. dunningi Harold—Ravensbourne (pasture and rainforest), Hampton, Murphys Creek, Flagstone Creek, Toowoomba; mushrooms and fish bones; common; November to February. *O. australis Guerin—Evanslea; cow dung; common; November to December, April. «Qr nurubuan Matthews—Ravensbourne (rainforest); human excrement; few; November. *0. auritus Erichson—Murphys Creek; fish bones; common; November. O. walteri Macleay—Leyburn; mushrooms; few; March. О. latro Harold—Leyburn; mushrooms; few March. O. fletcheri Blackburn—Evanslea; cow dung; common; November. . *Q. waterhousei Boucomont and Gillet—Leyburn; sheep dung; common, January to March: . *Q. sydneyensis Blackburn—Ravensbourne (rainfarest and pasture); сот dung; common; November, January to February. *0. rubicundulus Macleay—Murphys Creek; cow dung and fish bons common; November, January. O. sp. nr. bicarinaticeps Lea—Leyburn, Evanslea; cow and sheep dung; few; November, March. *0. granulatus Boheman—Leyburn, Evanslea; cow and sheep dung; common, November to March. O. consentaneus Harold—Leyburn; sheép and cow dung; common December to March. O. depressus Harold—Leyburn; mushrooms; rare; March. Onthophagus sp. C.—Toowoomba; one female was taken which Matthew (pers. comm.) could not place without a male, but thought may belong an undescribed species; cow dung; rare; March. *Cephalodesmius quadridens Macleay—Toowoomba, Ravensbourne (tir forest); fish bones; common; November to January. *Monoplistes leai Paulian—Toowoomba, Ravensbourne (rainforest); fst bones; few; December to January. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 103 28. Lepanus ustulatus (Lansberge)—Ravensbourne (rainforest); fish bones; rare; January. APHODIINAE 29. *Aphodius suberosus Blackburn—Ravensbourne (rainforest); ultra-violet light and cow dung; common; January. 30. A. lividus Oliver- Toowoomba, Flagstone Creek; ultra-violet light and cow dung; common; November to February. HYBOSORINAE 31. *Liparochrus sp. ? sculptilis Westwood—Ravensbourne (rainforest); fish bones; few; November, February. 32. *Liparochrus sp.-Toowoomba, Hampton, Flagstone Creek; fish bones; common; November to February. Discussion The above records are all new and when combined with those of Allsopp (1975) fill in gaps or provide extensions to the ranges of various species as given by Matthews (1972, 1974, 1976). The most interesting records are those of the five mushroom inhabiting species, O. anchommatus, O. depressus, O. latro, 0. parvus and O. walteri taken at Leyburn. Neither depressus nor parvus were recorded as mycetophagous by Matthews (1972). All specimens were taken from two species of fungi, one of which was extremely decomposed and largely resembled a mass of faeces. The presence of O. latro at Leyburn is a notable southward extension of its known range. Hughenden, 1100 km to the north-west, is the most southerly record given by Matthews (1972). Records of the two species of Liparochrus in baits of dung and fish bones represent the first data on food sources of any Australian species of this genus. Overseas work on other genera of the Hybosorinae, e.g. Endródi (1964), records various cadavers and excrement as adult food scources. In summary 42 species of Scarabaeidae have been collected in the Toowoomba district during the two studies. Twenty-one were taken at the Ravensbourne rainforest site and nine in the pasture. Fifteen species were recorded from Toowoomba, eleven from Hampton, ten from Leyburn, eight from Murphys Creek, seven from Flagstone Creek and five from Evanslea. References Allsopp, P. G., 1975. Dung beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) collected in the Toowoomba district, south-east Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2: 47-49. Endródi, S., 1964. Phaeochrous— Arten (Coleoptera Polyphaga, Fam. Scarabaeidae). Explor. Parc. natn. Garamba Miss. H. de Saeger 44: 115-127. Matthews, E. G., 1972. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. I. Tribe Onthophagini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 9: 1-330. Matthews, E. G., 1974. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. II. Tribe Scarabaeini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 24: 1-211. Matthews, E. G., 1976. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. III. Tribe Coprini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 38: 1-52. 104 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 THE LIFE HISTORY OF TRAPEZITES HETEROMACULA MEYRICK AND LOWER (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE) By A. F. Atkins and C. G. Miller Unit 18 “Springcourt”’, 17-19 Spring Rd, Springvale South, Victoria 3172 and 35 Uralba St, Lismore, N.S.W. 2480 Introduction | Trapezites heteromacula Meyrick and Lower, 1902 is distributed from the islands of the Torres Strait and Cape York to Kuranda, north Queensland. Its life history was previously unknown. Several male and female specimens were seen and collected by the authors in September, 1975, at Tozer's Gap, 18 km north-west from Iron Range airport, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. A female was observed by Miller to lay an egg | at the base of a Lomandra plant growing at the edge of dry forest. The egg was subsequently reared to the adult stage by Atkins. Life history | Food plant. Lomandra longifolia Labille, family Xanthorrhoeaceae. | Egg (Figs 1, 2). Diam. 1 mm, dome-shaped, white to pale green when first laid, turning within 24 hours to cream with orange dorsal and lateral markings. Laid 11 a.m. Eastern Standard Time, 26 September 1975, in cloudy humid weather. Larva. 1st instar (Fig. 3): length 2.5 mm; hatched 5 October 1975; head shiny black with long white setae on frons and dorsal area; prothoracic plate black; body grey-green with a brown dorsal line and two pale brown dorsolateral lines; long pale setae on posterior segments. 2nd-5th instars (4th instar, Figs 4, 5): head semi-gloss black with sever! | dull red-brown spots to frons, coarsely granulose; body with skin covered with minute tubercles and setae, grey-green with fawn-pink anterior and posterior segments, brown dorsal and dorsolateral lines as in first instar. 2nd instar, length 5 mm, reached approximately 26 October, 1975. 3rd instar, length 10 mm, reached approximately 10 November, 1975. 4th instar, length 18 mm, reached approximately 28 November, 1975. | Sth instar, length 30 mm, reached approximately 2 January, 1976. Pupa (Figs 9, 10). Length 17 mm (pupation occurred 31 January 1976) fawnto grey-fawn; spiracles black and prominent; paired dark markings at anterior and posterior edges of thorax, mottled dark brown markings on dorsal and lateri areas of thorax and abdominal segments. Frons, dorsal and lateral areas of pup covered with multi-branched setae (Fig. 7). Sclerotised short projection, - mottled black, on pupal cap. Adult male emerged 16 February 1976 (now in | A. Atkins collection). | FIGS 1-13. Life history of Trapezites heteromacula: (1, 2) egg, dorsal and lateral views; (3) 1st instar larva; (4, 5) 4th instar larva, dorsal and lateral views; (6) head of 5th instar larva; (7) pupal setae; (8) anterior end of pupa; (9, 10) pupa, lateral and бой _ views; (11) shelter of 5th instar larva; (12, 13) adult male (reared) and female from Iron Range, Queensland, each showing upperside at left and underside at right. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 105 106 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 The egg was laid on the upperside of a leaf of the food plant. The freshly emerged larva ate the egg shell before retreating between the leaves of the food plant at the base. The second instar larva made a shelter from Lomandra leaves drawn together by silk. This shelter was extended and reinforced by later instars. The larva emerged in the late evening and early morning to eat, cutting oblique slices from the Lomandra leaves. The fourth and fifth instar larvae sheltered in a rolled dicotyledonous leaf which was secured to the base of the food plant by silk. Pupation occurred in this final shelter. The pupa was attached by the cremaster to a pad of silk. It was very active, sharply vibrating and vigorously twisting the abdominal segments when disturbed. The life history duration was recorded in the cooler climate of Victoria the larva readily accepting Lomandra filiformis (Thunb.). The life history of this species is very similar to that of Trapezites eliena (Hewitson) and Trapezites iacchus (Fabricius) but the larva is smaller and the larval head darker. The multi- branched pupal setae of Trapezites heteromacula are a distinguishing character. HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS (L.) AND EUPLOEA CORE CORINNA (W. S. MACLEAY) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) FROM NORFOLK ISLAND By Beryl Evans P.O. Box 305, Norfolk Island Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay) and Hypolimnas misippus (L.) ar recorded for the first time from Norfolk Island, South Pacific Ocean. Twelve species of butterflies have been recorded from Norfolk Island (Smithers, 1970; 1970a; 1975). This note records the capture and observation of two unrecorded species in 1974 and 1975 as follows:- Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay). 1 specimen, 12.iii.1975 (P. Prole); 1 specimen 10.iv.1975 (О. Evans). In addition to the above captured specimens the species was seen on 4.v.1975 (О. Evans); 14.v.1975 (О. Evans); 3.vi.1975 (B. Evans); 8.vii.1975 (B. Evans). Specimens are in the author's collection. Hypolimnas misippus (L.) 1 9, 3.vi.1974 (B. Evans). Specimen in the author's collection; photograph of same in the Australian Museum, Sydney. These new records bring the number of known species for Norfok Island to fourteen. References Smithers, C. N., 1970. A note on the seasonal occurrence of some Norfolk Island butter flies. Proc. R. Zool. Soc. 1968-69: 46-47. Smithers, C. N., 1970a. Norfolk Island butterflies. Australian Entomological Press, Sydney. 24 pp., pls I & II. Smithers, C. N., 1975. Melanitis leda bankia (Fabricius) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Sydney and on Norfolk Island. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(5): 110-111. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 107 FIRST RECORD OF THE NYMPHALID BUTTERFLY LEX/AS AEROPA (L.) FROM AUSTRALIA By G. B. Monteith and J. F. R. Kerr Entomology Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Queensland, 4067 an 29 Hipwood Road, Hamilton, Queensland, 4007 Abstract Three specimens of Lexias aeropa (L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Limenitini) are recorded from northern Cape York Peninsula, north Queensland, this being the first Australian record for this New Guinea* butterfly. The subspecific status of the Australian specimens is not resolved. Introduction Level with the northern part of Shelburne Bay in eastern Cape York Peninsula, north Queensland, the Great Dividing Range swings to within 10 km of the coast, and in the vicinity of 11°40'S. is capped by an extensive tract of rainforest. Further patches and riverine bands of rainforest occur on the adjacent narrow coastal plain. The presence of this rainforest system was only guessed at (Brass, 1953) until the recent construction of access roads; it is described and mapped by Lavarack and Stanton (1977), who give its total ara as 60,000 ha. Visits by field parties in July, 1975, and February, 1976, enabled the first systematic entomological collecting to be undertaken in the area. Monteith and Hancock (in press) list 98 butterfly species from the region: one of these, Lexias aeropa (L.), a rather conspicuous nymphalid previously unrecorded from Australia, forms the subject of this paper. A note on nomenclature Various generic and specific names have been given to the species. It was originally described in Papilio by Linnaeus (1758), and was later included in a group of species designated as the genus Euthalia by Hiibner in 1819. In 1832, Boisduval made it the unique member of his new genus Lexias, but this failed to gin popular acceptance, and most later writers retained the species in Euthalia (Fruhstorfer, 1913; Corbet, 1949). In the only comprehensive modern generic review of the tribe Limenitini, Chermock (1950) also regarded Lexias as a . Synonym of Euthalia. However, in very recent times, Lexias has come back into _ ае (D'Abrera, 1971; Smart, 1975), and we elect to accord with this practice. , Regarding the specific name, Linnaeus changed his original spelling, | &ropa, of the 1758 10th edition of his Systema Naturae to aeropus in the 12th edition of 1767 (Hemming, 1967). Boisduval (1832) followed this change in citing the type species of Lexias as Papilio aeropus, and most subsequent writers have also used aeropus (Fruhstorfer, 1911-16; D’Abrera, 1971). However some . modern authors have used the original aeropa (Corbet, 1949; Smart, 1975), and a third spelling aerope, was used by Chermock (1950). The specific name derives . from the Greek mythological figure, Aerope, which, accordirig to the Inter- national Code, should be latinized to ‘aeropa and used as an unvarying noun in * "New Guinea” is used throughout to indicate the island of New Guinea, i.e. Irian Jaya plus the mainland of Papua New Guinea. — ] 108 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 apposition to the generic name. The change by Linnaeus in 1767 was thus an unjustified emendation under the Code and the correct trivial name should be aeropa. Field observations In July, 1975, three specimens of Lexias aeropa were collected: 9, Dividing Range, 15 km W. of Captain Billy Creek, Cape York Pen., N. Qld (14245 E, 11?40' S), 4-9.vii.1975, J. F. R. Kerr (In Kerr Collection); 8, Captain Billy Creek | Road Crossing,, Cape York Pen., N. Qld (142?50' Е, 11°40’ S), 11.vii.1975, G. B. Monteith (In Australian National Insect Collection); $, same locality, | 12.vii.1975, С. B. Monteith (In University of Queensland Insect Collection). On the advice of an experienced New Guinea collector, Mr Don Sands, over-ripe bananas had been taken to the locality in the hope of attracting Apaturina erminea (Cramer), which has been sighted several times in Cape York | Peninsula (Daniels, 1975) but which has yet to be netted. The female Lexias was netted at about midday while feeding on discarded skins of these bananas inside rainforest on the crest of the range at about 100 m altitude. Mr Sands has since confirmed that L. aeropa is often taken at fermenting fruit baits in New Guinea; Talbot (1932) records the species feeding on sap of an "ironwood tree” in | Mysol. However, on a subsequent visit to the locality in February, 1976, by one . of us (GBM), fruit baits were exposed over several days, but Lexias was not seen. | Both males taken were collected during mid-afternoon in swampy Melaleuca vegetation adjacent to riverine rainforest on the north bank of Captain Billy Creek on the coastal plain about 5 km from the coast. A further female was seen at the rainforest edge at 5.00 p.m. in the same locality, but escaped capture. When disturbed, adults fly for a short distance and then alight in the sun with wings outspread; males have some resemblance to Yoma sabina parva (Butler, which has similar habits and colour. Discussion Lexias aeropa is one of two members of the genus, the other being Lexi panopus Felder from the Philippines. L. aeropa occurs from the Moluccas in the west through New Guinea (including Aru and Kai) to the Bismarck Archipelago in the east. Within this range it exhibits considerable geographical variation, which, coupled with its pronounced sexual dimorphism and occasional female polymorphism, has generated a complex infra-specific terminology for the various forms. Eleven subspecies have been proposed as follows (see Fig. 1): 1. L.a.aeropa (Linn., 1758) Ambon, Ceram, Goram, (Лаз. Figured by Clerck, 1764. Bachan, Halmahera. Sula-Mangoli Archipelago. 2. L.a.cporidorix (Fruhs., 1913) 3. L.a.orestias (Fruhs., 1913) 4. L.a.paisandrus (Fruhs., 1913) 5. L.a.helvidius (Fruhs., 1913) 6. L.a.choirilus (Fruhs., 1913) Obi. Buru. Waigeo. Fig. by Fruhstorfer (1913) and D'Abrera (1971). Talbot (1932) indicates that it may be a synonym of the name nodrica Boisdwd. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 109 7. La.eutychias (Fruhs., 1913) New Guinea, Aru, Kai, Dampier Is. Figured by Fruhstorfer (1913). 8. L.a.hegias (Fruhs., 1913) Bismarck Archipelago 9, La.angustifascia (Joicey & Noakes, 1915) Biak. Fig. Joicey & Noakes (1915). 10. L.a.mysolensis (Talbot, 1932) Mysol. П. La.meforensis (Talbot, 1932) Mefor (? = Numfor). FIG. 1. Distribution of Lexias aeropa (L.) showing the known geographic extent of the species (dotted line) and the land masses on which the eleven nominal sub- species occur. The recorded locality for L. aeropa in Cape York Peninsula is indicated by X. Most of these subspecies are differentiated by variations in width, colour and degree of interruption of the median bands on the fore and hind wings. . Females are normally larger than males, with wing bands paler, and those of the fore wings more broken. In some subspecies females are polymorphic, existing in two or more colour forms; this is most pronounced in the New Guinea race, eulychias, where Fruhstorfer (1913) has given names to 4 non-geographic forms of the female, viz. f. eutychias, f. ergena, f. albifera and f. midia. The status of these various infra-specific nominal taxa is in need of review. The capture of 3 specimens and the sighting of one more leave little doubt that a breeding population of L. aeropa exists in Australia, even though . i has yet to be noted at such intensively collected and vegetationally more diverse areas as Cape York, 100 km to the north, and Iron Range, 120 km to the . South of Captain Billy Creek. The taxonomic status of this population with ath Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 FIGS 2-5. Lexias aeropa: (2) 9 from Captain Billy Creek region, Cape York Peninsula; (3) d from same locality; (4) 9 from Uberi, Central District, Papua New Guinea, 26.x.1975, D. P. Sands (In A.N.I.C.); (5) d from Variata Park, Central District, . Papua New Guinea, 4.x.1975, D. P. Sands (In A.N.I.C.). respect to the complex existing infra-specific nomenclature described above i difficult to determine. Geographically, the Cape York population is closest to | the widespread subspecies, eutychias, from New Guinea, and this same subspecies | is also recognized as occurring on the Aru and Kai Islands which are а similar distance from the south coast of the New Guinea mainland to that of Cape York. Examination of a number of Specimens from eastern New Guinea show eutychias to be rather variable; in fact, variation within eutychias seems — comparable with that accepted as Separating some of the nominal insular subspecies. Compared to New Guinea mainland specimens the female from Cape - Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 111 York Peninsula (Fig. 2) is inseparable from “white” form females from Port Moresby (Fig. 4), but the two males differ from any New Guinea males seen in the greater width and more angled outer margin of the hindwing band and the less pointed hind wing tornus (Figs 3, 5). There seems little point in assigning the Australian form: to any formal subspecific category until study of adequate material allows evaluation of the true biological status of the many described forms of this species. The host plant of L. aeropa overseas is given as Calophyllum (Fam. Guttiferae) by Fruhstorfer (1913). Two species of Calophyllum occur in Cape York Peninsula: C. inophyllum L. associated with the coastline, and C. sil Laut. in the inland rainforests. Both would be expected to occur commonly in the region where the Lexias were encountered, as well as further south in north Queensland (J. G. Tracey, pers. comm.). Acknowledgements Field work by GBM was supported by a grant from the Australian Biological Resources Study Interim Council. We are grateful to Mr T. L. Fenner, Mr D. P. A. Sands and Mr J. Sedlacek for access to specimens from Papua New Guinea, to Mr D. L. Hancock and Mr Sands for helpful comments, and to Mr J. G. Tracey for botanical advice. References Brass, L. J., 1953. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 68. Summary of the Cape York (Australia) Expedition. Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 102(2): 1-205. Chermock, R. L., 1950. A generic revision of the Limenitini of the world. Amer. midl. Nat. 43(3): 513-569. Clerck, С. A., 1764. Icones Insectorum rariorum. Part 2, plate 39, fig. 1. (Stockholm). Corbet, A. S., 1949. The Linnean names of Indo-Australian Rhopalocera. Part 7. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)18: 191-199. D'Abrera, B., 1971. Butterflies of the Australian region. 415 pp. Lansdowne, Melbourne. Daniels, G., 1975. Butterflies recorded from north Queensland dvring August to November, 1974. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 3(8): 141-145. Fruhstorfer, H., 1911-16. Nymphalidae. Jn Seitz, A., Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde. V ol. 9 (1908-1927). Indo-australischen tagfalter. Pp. 453-766, pls 107-138. Hemming, F., 1967. The generic names of the butterflies and their type-species. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) Suppl. 9: 1-509. Joicey, J. J. and Noakes, A., 1915. New butterflies and a moth from Biak. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 15: 59-62. lavarack, P. S. and Stanton, J. P., 1977. Vegetation of the Jardine River catchment and adjacent coastal areas. Proc. R. Soc. Od 88: 39-48. Monteith, G. B. and Hancock, D. L. (in press). Range extensions and notable records for butterflies of Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4: in press. Smart, P., 1975. The illustrated encyclopedia of the butterfly world in colour. 275 pp. Salamander Books, London. Talbot, G., 1932. New forms of Lepidoptera from the Oriental Region. Bull. Hill Mus. 4: 155-169. 15 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 CYCETES COLLESSI SP. N. (PSOCOPTERA: PSOCIDAE) REPRESENTING A GENUS NEW TO AUSTRALIA By C. N. Smithers The Australian Museum, Sydney Abstract Cycetes collessi sp. n., the first representative of the genus for Australia, is described from the Northern Territory. Introduction The genus Cycetes was erected by Enderlein (1907) to accommodate Cycetes thyrsophorides Enderlein from Java. Navas (1927) described Goya pictus, also from Java; Goya was synomymized with Cycetes by Roesler (1944). A female specimen, clearly congeneric with C. thyrsophorides, was recently collected in the Northern Territory by Dr D. H. Colless; this represents the first record of this genus from Australia and is described here. Cycetes collessi sp. n. FEMALE Coloration (in alcohol). Head pale brown with brown markings an irregular patch of small spots on either side of the pale median epicranial suture and a few irregular brown marks adjacent to compound eyes. Frons with a dark mark on each side antero-laterally to the anterior ocellus. A narrow brown stripe part way along each of the anterior arms of the epicranial suture. Epistomial suture dark brown in middle and near antennal bases. Postclypeus with parallel stripes (about fourteen) which run from epistomial suture forwards but do not reach anteclypeus. Anteclypeus, labrum and genae pale brown. Scape and pedicel pale but each dark at base; first flagellar segment pale brown, remainder of flagellum black. Eyes black. Ocelli pale. Maxillary palp with two basal segments pale, third segment brown, fourth segment almost black. Prothorax dark brown dorsally. Mesonotum shiny, very dark brown, pi adjacent to sutures. Femora pale with brown spots dorsally. Tibiae pale except for the distal ends which are dark brown. Tarsi brown. Fore wings (Fig. !) hyaline marked in shades of brown; dark areas of pterostigma reddish brown. Veins brown or very pale, somewhat transparent, except for the following which are opaque white: R4,s and Rs for a short length before bifurcation. Hind wings hyaline, faintly tinged with brown near base and near apex; veins brown or somewhat transparent. Abdomen pale with irregular, segmentaly arranged, brown bands dorsally; tergite 9 strongly sclerotized and dark brown; terminal structures dark. Morphology. Length of body: 4.5 mm. Epicranial suture indistinct but discernible. Head sparsely setose, setae short. Postclypeus fairly flat, flowing smoothly into frons; vertex smoothly rounded. Lengths of flagellar segments fi: 1.56 mm.; fj: 1.32 mm. Antennae extremely long and fine. Scape much broader than pedicel. Surface of flagellar segments with very fine transvers ridges. Setae more densely arranged on distal segments than on proximal. 58 outwardly curved. Eyes small, not reaching level of vertex and set well forward. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 113 FIGS 18. Cycetes collessi sp. n. 9. (1) fore wing; (2) hind wing; (3) paraproct; (4) Subgenital plate; (5) lacinia; (6) spermathecal entrance; (7) epiproct; (8) gonapophyses. hg Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 IO/D: 2.6; PO: 0.7. Ocelli large. Lacinia (Fig. 5). Labrum lightly sclerotized except for the anterior apophyses which flank an ovoid, glabrous area and fora series of five exceptionally strongly developed alveolae bearing fine, short setae along the anterior margin between the anterior apophyses. Basal segment of fore tarsus with fourteen strong spinelike setae forming a comb on ventral side; а few, less well developed spine-like setae on second segment. Measurements of hind leg: F: 1.04 mm.; T: 1.96 mm.; tı: 0.40 mm.; tj: 0.24 mm; rt: 16:1, ct: 21, 6. Ctenidiobothria of hind leg with very strongly developed spines, especially those of first tarsal segment. Fore wing length: 4.8 mm.; fore wing width: 1.7 mm. Fore wings (Fig. 1) with pterostigma broadened and rounded in distal half. Rs - M crossvein well developed; stem of Rs only slightly curved; Ел fused with M at top of cell Мз for a long length. R4,5 sinuous, approach- ing strongly Ко +з in middle of its length. M beyond Rs - M crossvein almost straight. Areola postica with broad apex. In hind wing (Fig. 2) Rs and M fused for a fairly long length. M and Rs separating at a narrow angle. Cu; curved. IA sinuous. Epiproct (Fig. 7). Paraproct (Fig. 3) with a strong, ventrally directed spine on the inner side arising from the dorsal margin near the apex. Subgenital plate (Fig. 4) with two glabrous, lightly sclerotized areas and a posterior, median setose lobe. Gonapophyses (Fig. 8) with very lightly sclerotized external valve, which is easily distorted in preparations. Entrance to spermatheca (Fig. 6). MALE. Unknown. MATERIAL EXAMINED. NORTHERN TERRITORY: 1 9 (holotype), Batten Creek, 31 km. WSW of Booroloola, McArthur River area, 16.iv.1976 (D. H. Colless). Holotype in the Australian National Insect Collection. Discussion The descriptions of Cycetes thyrsophorides Enderlein and Goya pictus Navas are of very similar species, both from Java. That of C. thyrsophorides is the more detailed and well illustrated, including figures of the female genitalia; the illustration of a wing provided by Navas (Navas 1927, fig. 1) is somewhat roughly executed. It seems likely that Goya pictus is the same as Cycetes thyrsophorides as previously suggested (Smithers, 1967). They are certainly congeneric as indicated by Roesler (1944). C. thyrsophorides and C. pictus resemble each other in colour pattern, the curvature of the stem of Rs is similar in the two species and in both the fusion of Rs and M is short or at a point. C. collesi differs from C. thyrsophorides and C. pictus in being a little smaller, in having a straighter stem to Rs, in having a very long fusion of К and M, in having fairly long Rs-M crossvein and in the pattern of the darkened area of the subgenital plate. References Enderlein, G., 1907. Die Copeognathen Javas. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 107-126, 6 figs Navas, L., 1927. Comunicaciones Entomologicas. 8. Socopteros del Museo de Hambur. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 37-52, 9 figs. Roesler, R., 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 117-166. Smithers, C. N., 1967. A catalogue of the Psocoptera of the world. Aust. Zool. 15(1): 1145. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 115 BUTTERFLIES FROM AN AREA BETWEEN THE BUNYA MOUNTAINS AND ARCHOOKOORA STATE FOREST, QUEENSLAND By Murdoch De Baar 25 Irwin Terrace, Oxley, Queensland 4075. One hundred and fourteen species of butterflies have been collected or sen between 1969 and 1974 in the strip from Archookoora State Forest through Kumbia to the Bunya Mountains, of which the road distance is 37 kilometres (22 miles) (Fig. 1). The altitude varies from approximately 427 metres (1400 ft.) to 1128 metres (3700 ft.) and annual rainfall averages from 63.5 cm (25 in.) upwards. All collections have been made close to the road. I have not recorded months of occurrence for species where these are unavailable or of little interest. The nomenclature used follows that of Common and Waterhouse (1972). © Kingaroy Nanango e ARCHOOKOORA S'MT.KIANGAROW (1128m) A MI. MOWBULLAN QUEENSLAND FIG. 1. Map showing the road between Archookoora State Forest and Bunya Mountains, the area from which butterflies are here recorded. 116 List of species Species Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 Months observed HESPERIIDAE Badamia exclamationis (Fab.) Chaetocneme beata (Hew.) Netrocoryne repanda repanda C. & R. Feld. Trapezites eliena (Hew.) Trapezites symmomus symmomus Hubner Trapezites petalia (Hew.) Anisynta tillyardi Waterh. and Lyell Dispar compacta (Butl.) Signeta tymbophora (Meyrick & Lower) Toxidia peron (Latreille) Toxidia parvula (Plotz) Toxidia doubledayi (Feld.) Toxidia rietmanni rietmanni (Semp.) Toxidia crypsigramma (Meyrick & Lower) Neohesperilla xanthomera (Meyrick & Lower) Hesperilla malindeva Lower Hesperilla ornata ornata (Leach) Taractrocera anisomorpha (Lower) Taractrocera papyria papyria (Boisd.) Ocybadistes flavovittatus flavovittatus (Latreille) Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterh. Telicota ancilla ancilla (Herrich-Schaffer) PAPILIONIDAE Protographium leosthenes leosthenes (Doubleday) Graphium macleayanum macleayanum (Leach) Graphium sarpedon choredon (C. & R. Feld.) Graphium eurypylus lycaon (C. & R. Feld.) Papilio anactus W. S. Macleay Papilio aegeus aegeus Don. Papilio fuscus capaneus Westw. Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay Cressida cressida cressida (Fab.) PIERIDAE Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W. S. Macleay) Catopsilia pomona pomona (Fab.) form catilla Catopsilia pomona pomona (Fab.) form crocale Catopsilia gorgophone gorgophone (Boisd.) Eurema hecabe phoebus (Butl.) Eurema smilax (Don.) Eurema herla (W. S. Macleay) Eurema brigitta australis (Wallace) Elodina parthia (Hew.) Jan. Jan., Oct., Nov. Feb., Dec. Oct., Nov. Nov. Oct., Nov. Jan. Feb., Apr. Jan. Mar., Sept., Nov. Mar. Sept., Dec. Nov. Nov. Oct. Oct., Nov. Sept., Oct. Mar. June, Aug. Mar. Mar., Nov. Mar., Oct., Nov. Feb., Nov. Feb. Jan., Feb. r Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 Hypochrysops delicia delicia Hew. Flodina angulipennis (H. P. Lucas) Elodina padusa (Hew.) Delias argenthona argenthona (Fab.) Delias nysa nysa (Fab.) Delias aganippe (Don.) Delias nigrina (Fab.) Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fab.) Cepora perimale scyllara (W. S. Macleay) Appias paulina ega (Boisd.) Pieris rapae rapae (L.) NYMPHALIDAE Danaus plexippus plexippus (L.) Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll) Danaus hamatus hanatus (W. S. Macleay) ` Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macieay) Euploea tulliolus tulliolus (Fab.) Melantis leda bankia (Fab.) Hypocysta metirius Butl. Hypocysta pseudirius Butl. Hypocysta adiante adiante (Hubner) Geitoneura acantha acantha (Don.) Heteronympha merope merope (Fab.) . Heteronympha mirifica (Butl.) . Heteronympha banksii mariposa Tindale Ypthima arctoa arctoa (Fab.) Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fab.) Phaedyma shepherdi shepherdi (Moore) . Doleschallia bisaltide australis C. & R. Feld. - Hypolimnas bolina nerina (Fab.) Hypolimnas misippus (L.) Vanessa kershawi (McCoy) Vanessa itea (Fab.) | Precis villida calybe (Godart) Precis orithya albicincta (Butl.) Acraea andromacha andromacha (Fab.) LYCAENIDAE Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Don.) Jalmenus ictinus Hew. Jümenus daemeli Semp. -Osyris genoveva duaringa Bethune-Baker Osyris abrota Westw. & Hew. Ogyris olane ocela Waterh. Ogyris bamardi barnardi Miskin Ogyris oroetes Hew. Ogyris amaryllis meridionalis Bethune-Baker 117 Oct. to Dec. Oct., Nov. Jan., Feb., Apr., Nov. Sept. to Nov. Feb. Feb. Jan. Jan., Mar., Nov., Dec. Nov., Dec. Dec., Apr. Mar., Apr. Jan. Apr. Feb. Oct. to Dec. Dec. to Feb. Oct., Dec. Oct., Nov. Nov., Dec. Jan., Apr. Jan. to May Mar., Apr. Jan., Mar., Apr. 118 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 Hypochrysops cyane (Waterh. & Lyell) Oct. Pseudodipsas cuprea Sands Sept. to Dec., Apr. Pseudodipsas myrmecophila Waterh. & Lyell Oct. Paralucia pyrodiscus pyrodiscus (Rosenstock) Feb. Paralucia aurifera (Blanch.) Feb. Lucia limbaria Swainson Nov., Dec. Danis hymetus taygetus (C. & R. Feld.) Prosotas felderi (Murray) Nacaduba berenice berenice (Herrich-Schaffer) Nacaduba kurava parma Waterh. & Lyell Dec., Mar. Nacaduba biocellata biocellata (C. & R. Feld.) Aug. to Nov. Erysichton lineata lineata (Murray) Jan. Catopyrops florinda halys (Waterh.) Feb., Dec. Syntarucus plinius pseudocassius (Murray) Mar., June Theclinesthes scintillata (T. P. Lucas) Mar. Theclinesthes miskini (T. P. Lucas) Apr. Theclinesthes onycha onycha (Hew.) Jan., Sept. Lampides boeticus (L.) Euchrysops cnejus cnidus Waterh. & Lyell Feb. Everes lacturnus australis Couchman Feb. Neolucia serpentata serpentata (Herrich-Schaffer) Oct., Apr. Zizula hylax attenuata (T. P. Lucas) Dec. Zizina otis labradus (Godart) Zizeeria knysna karsandra (Moore) June Zizeeria alsulus alsulus (Herrich-Schaffer) Dec. Candalides absimilis (Feld.) Sept. to Nov. Candalides consimilis consimilis Waterh. Sept. to Jan. Candalides cyprotus pallescens (Tite) Sept., Nov. Cer dalides xanthospilos (Hubner) Feb., Nov. Candalides heathi heathi (Cox) Oct. Philiris innotata innotata (Miskin) Feb. Comments Chaetocneme beata was often found trapped by its proboscis in the flowers of white moth vine (Araujia hortorum), as were many other species of butterflies and moths. I have noted this butterfly hilltopping at dusk in an ironbark forest. Toxidia rietmanni rietmanni is not known north of this area, the above capture being previously recorded in De Baar (1976). Hypolimnas misippus was common during April, 1976 although apparent- ly absent before this date and in other years. Euploea tulliolus tulliolus. Two specimens were seen during very wet weather in February, 1971. Heteronympha merope merope was generally uncommon but there wer periods when occasional specimens could be seen flying in the same direction, about northwards. | Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 119 Jalmenus evagoras evagoras collected on the Bunya Mountains tend towards an intermediate form between evagoras and eubulus Miskin. Pseudodipsas cuprea flew on a dry ironbark-grasstree hilltop at 6-12 m among ironbark leaves. Males lack copper colouring but have some blue scales on their upper wing surfaces. This species has previously been recorded only as far north as Toowoomba (Common and Waterhouse, 1972). Pseudodipsas myrmecophila. Three males were captured and two others missed, flying around a small low bush. There was an extreme fire warning at the time with a harsh dry wind blowing and a humidity of about 5%. These records establish a new locality for this rare species. Paralucia pyrodiscus pyrodiscus and Paralucia aurifera flew together at a rain forest edge on the Bunya Mountains. Philiris innotata innotata. I have collected only two females of this species during a very wet period during February, 1971. In addition to those species listed a single female lycaenid, possibly a new species, has been taken. A fast flying azure seen may well prove to be Ogyris inthis Waterh. and Trapezites maheta maheta (Hew.) has been collected within 30 kilometres and may well occur in the area. | Acknowledgements I wish to thank Dr I. F. B. Common and Mr E. D. Edwards for examining specimens of Pseudodipsas cuprea, and Miss J. A. Walden for typing the manuscript. References Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert- son, Sydney. De Baar, M., 1976. Notes on Hesperiidae and Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) from south-eastern Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(6): 123-124. RECENT LITERATURE Compiled by M. S. Moulds ALLSOPP, P. G. 1975. Scarabaeidae collected in light traps at St. George, Brookstead and Gatton, Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(4): 69-71. 1976. Neophyllotocus undarus (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae), a new species from Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 327-328, text-figs 1-4. ANDERSON, D. T., FLETCHER, M. J. and LAWSON-KERR, C. 1976. A marine caddis fly, Philanisis plebeius, ovipositing in a starfish, Patiriella exigua. Search 7(11-12): 483-484, illustr. ANDERSON, J. M. E. 1976. Aquatic Hydrophilidae (Coleoptera). The biology of some Australian species with descriptions of immature stages reared in the laboratory. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2): 219-228, text-figs 1-16. ANONYMOUS 1972. Blowfly strike in sheep. Bull. West. Aust. Dept. Agric. 3864: 1-12, illustr. 1973. Ant pests in Western Australia. Bull. West. Aust. Dept. Agric. 3114: 1-7, illustr. 1974. Control of potato and onion pests. Qd agric. J. 100(12): 604-606. 1975. Lucerne pest control at a glance. Qd agric. J. 101(4): 424-425. 120 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 ATKINS, Andrew F. " А 1975. The life history of Anisynta tillyardi Waterhouse and Lyell (Lepidoptera: Hesper- iidae: Trapezitinae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(4): 72-75, text-figs 1-16. 1975. The first record of Rachelia extrusa (C. and R. Felder) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 237-241, text-figs 1-9. 1975. Larval foodplants of some Queensland butterflies. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 3(1): 117-119. 1975. Notes on hill-topping butterflies of Queensland. Victorian Ent. 5(4): 131-135, ] text-fig. 1976. New т for butterflies in southern, central and northern Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1): 1-4. 1976. Notes on some butterfly captures in Victoria. Victorian Ent. 6(2): 13-14. 1976. Ogyris abrota, Jalmenus icilius and a request. Victorian Ent. 6(5): 31-38. Lepidoptera 1977. Notes on Victorian butterflies. Victorian Ent. 7(1): 5. CAMPBELL, M. M. 1975. Duration of toxicity of residues of malathion and spray oil on citrus foliage in South Australia to adults of a california red scale parasite Aphytis melinus DeBach (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc 14(2): 161-164, table 1, text-fig. 1. CAMPBELL, M. M. and KETTLE, D. S. 1976. Number of adult Culicoides brevitarsis Kieffer (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) emer- ging from bovine dung exposed under different conditions in the field. Aust. J. Zool. 24(1): 75-85, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-4. DOUGLAS, R. G. 1976. Butterflies in north-western New South Wales: Narrabri and Bellata. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1): 12-15. DREW, R. A. I. 1975. Zoogeography of Dacini (Diptera: Tephritidae) in the South Pacific area. Pacific Ins. 16(4): 441-454, tables 1-4, text-figs 1 & 2! EDGE, V. E. and CASIMIR, M. 1976. Toxicity of insecticides to adult Australian plague locust, Chortoicetes terminifera (Orthoptera: Acrididae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 321-326, table 1, text-fig. 1. EDGE, V. E., WRIGHT, W. E. and GOODYER, G. J. 1975. The development and distribution of dieldrin resistance in banana weevil borer, Cosmopolites sordidus Germar (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) in New South Wales J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 165-169, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-3. ELLIOTT, H. J. and McDONALD, F. J. D. 1972. A revision of Strongylurus Hope (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae) including a description of the male genitalia. Aust. J. Zool, Suppl. Ser. ЇЇ: 1-20, text-figs 1-62. 1976. Reproduction in a parthenogenetic aphid, Aphis craccivora Koch: embryology, ovarian development and fecundity of apterae, and alatae. Aust. J. Zool. 24(1): 49-63, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-17. ELLIOTT, H. J., McDONALD, F. J. D. and VESK, Maret 1975. Germarial structure and function in a parthenogenetic aphid, Aphis craccivor Koch (Hemiptera: Aphididae). J. insect Morph. Emb. 4(4): 341-348. ELSHAFIE, M. 1976. Nysius vinitor Berg. (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae) infecting pigweed, Portulaca oleracea L. J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 9: 54. FAIN, A. and DOMROW, R. 1976. The genera Campylochirus Trouessart and Campylochiropsis Fain (Acari: Atopomelidae), parasites of phalangeroid marsupials in Australia. Proc. Linn. Sot N.S.W. 101(1): 27-37, text-figs 1-16. FARROW, R. A. 1975. Off shore migration and the collapse of outbreaks of the Australian plague locust (Chortoicetes terminifera Walk.) in south-east Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 23(4): 569-595, text-figs 1-21. ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices. WANTED. Butterflies of the genus Agrias. Will buy or exchange for what you have. Require data for any subspecies and forms. Any help greatly appreciated. Greg Watson, P.O. Box 1567, Wollongong, N.S.W. 2500. WANTED. Australian insects (all types). Please send details to Mr Ian Gook, 13 Henry St, Highett, Vic., 3190. WANTED. Ova of butterflies or moths. Will buy or exchange for European species (100 species available). Please advise species, quantity and price/exchange required and all known food plants. Send 30 cents in International Reply Coupons for my 1977 price list. Ray Adams F.R.E.S., Carretera Principal 139, Tamaraceite, Las Palmas De Gran Canaria. $1,000 IN PRIZES FOR INSECT WORLD DIGEST WRITING CONTEST Data Courier, Inc., publishers of Insect World Digest, a bimonthly magazine devoted to popular articles on insects and insect life, is sponsoring a writing competition for articles on any entomological subject. The prize winning articles will be published in the magazine. All articles submitted will be considered for purchase by the magazine. Five prizes are offered: First prize, $500; second prize, $200; and three prizes of $100, each. The winning articles will be used in the Jan/Feb 1978 and following issues. The deadline for submissions of articles is September 1, 1977. The competition is open to any person in the world (except for staff members and employees of Data Courier Inc.). All articles must be illustrated with colour and/or black and white photographs, drawings and diagrams. All articles submitted must be offered for sale and will be purchased at published rates if accepted. No article will be returned unless accompanied by a self addressed, stamped envelope. (Foreign entries: send international money order for postage, or indicate that you will accept a bill for return postage.) The articles will be judged by a panel of writers and editors consisting of: Dr James S. Packer, Managing Editor, Entomological Society of America; Mr Kenneth F. Weaver, Assistant editor, National Geographic Magazine; Dr Howard E. Evans, Natural History author, Colorado State University; Mr Robert Boyle, Senior Writer, Sports Illustrated; and Dr Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Editor, Insect World Digest. For detailed information, entry blanks, and Author Guidelines, write to the Editor, Dr Ross H. Arnett, Jr., P.O. Box 505, Kinderhook, NY 12106, U.S.A. For sample copies (prepaid $2.00 ea.) of the magazine, write to Data Courier, Inc., 620 South Fifth Street, Louisville, KY 40202, U.S.A. NOTES FOR AUTHORS Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends for one or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in advance, Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and in duplicate. Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal. All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper considered unsuitable. Address papers to: The Editor, Australian Entomological Magazine, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065. CONTENTS ALLSOPP, P.G. Further records of dung beetles (Соо Scarabaeita) | from the Toowoomba district j ATKINS, A. F. and MILLER, C. G. The life sms of Трек Ж. macula Meyrick and Lower (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) ......... 14 De BAAR, M. Butterflies from an area between the Г" Mountains and | Archookoora State Forest, Queensland ......... di EVANS, B. Hypolimnas misippus (L.) and Euploea core corinna T & | Macleay) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) from Norfolk Island . . 1% MONTEITH, G. B. and KERR, J. F. R. First record of the mph | | butterfly Lexias aeropa (L.) from Australia ...... . 10] SMITHERS, C. N. Cycetes collessi sp. n. CSS Pcie) ert ing a genus new to Australia ..... . n RECENT LITERATURE . ЛОО И ay $1,000 in prizes for Insect word digest writing contest ..... inside back cover ЕМТОМОГОСІСАТ NOTICES ИУ inside back cover и AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES 35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614 Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972 We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehensive | range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books. — | MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES Cpe - • | Ramerunga Bivlagical Laboratories | P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870 PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO. Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272 BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF EXOTIC SPECIES Please write for our catalogue of species available AUSTRALIAN | 'ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE Aust, ent. Mag. Edited by M. S. Moulds VOLUME 4, PART 1 JULY, 1977 Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated joumal devoted principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand and Papua ‘New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume, SUBSCRIPTIONS All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to; | Australian Entomological Press, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. Individual Subscriptions $6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum overseas) Institutional Subscriptions A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum) COVER Illustrated by Barry Moore. Depicts a Fiddler Beetle, Eupoecila australasiae (Donovan), on the wing. Chafers of this subfamily (Cetoniinae) are able to deploy their wins without spreading the elytra and their flight is thus exceptionally fast and direct. Published by AUSTRALIAN ENTOMGLOGICAL PRESS 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. Phone: 43-3972 Printed by DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS 6 Roger Street, Brookvale, N.S.W., 2100. Austtalian Entomological Magazine Aust. ent. Mag. Volume 4, Part 1 <= VICTÜuly, 1977 BUTTERFLIES OF THE BLACK MOUNTAIN - MT. PAINTER AREA, AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY By David Ferguson 15 Bussell Crescent, Cook, A.C.T. 2614 Abstract The flight periods of butterflies from the Black Mountain - Mt. Painter area of the Australian Capital Territory are given for the period 1972-77. Introduction The Black Mountain - Mt. Painter area lies near the Civic Centre of Canberra. It includes the Black Mountain Reserve, about 3 km north-west of Civic Centre, and the area around Mt. Painter, about 3 km from Black Mountain and about 6 km from Civic Centre, together with the area between the two mountains. The vegetation varies from sclerophyll forest, with scrubby under- gowth on Black Mountain, to almost treeless pasture on and around Mt. Painter. The height of Black Mountain is 812 m (2660 ft) and that of Mt.. Painter is 743 m (2437 ft). The rainfall of the area averages 64 cm (25.2 in) per unum, with an average monthly temperature range of 6.3°C to 19.5°C. This list has been compiled from observations taken over the period from 1972 to early 1977. Of the 80 odd species known from the A.C.T., 44. have been recorded from the Black Mountain - Mt. Painter area by the author. List of species HESPERIIDAE Netrocoryne repanda repanda C. & R. Felder. Three male specimens have been taken on Mt. Painter, one in March 1974 and two in January 1977. Trapezites phigalioides Waterhouse. One male was taken on Mt. Painter in October 1976, Trapecites phigalia phigalia (Hewitson). Commonly observed in October and шї on Black Mountain. А male was taken in November 1975 on Mt. anter. Trapezites luteus leucus Waterhouse. On Mt. Painter it is common during Üctober and November, but less so in February and March. It has not been Observed on Black Mountain. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 Dispar compacta (Butler). One male was taken in February 1973 on Black Mountain. | Toxidia peron (Latreille). Two males were taken on Mt. Painter and Black Mountain in December 1976. It occurs commonly on the coast and tablelands (Common and Waterhouse, 1972). Taractrocera papyria papyria (Boisduval). September to April. Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterhouse. September to April. PAPILIONIDAE Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan. November to March. Papilio anactus W. S. Macleay. November to March. Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay. October to March. Adults are quite abundant during October to November, but less so from December to March. PIERIDAE Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W. S. Macleay). One female of the pale form was taken in April 1976 on Black Mountain by M. Bink. Eurema smilax (Donovan). November to February. Usually it is uncommon. Delias aganippe (Donovan). Adults can be found on the wing from September to November and again from January to March. Delias harpalyce (Donovan). A common species, found from September to November and again from January to March. Delias nigrina (Fabricius). A number of both sexes were taken flying around mistletoe on Mt. Painter from the end of November to the beginning of December 1974. Another was taken in February 1975 on Mt. Painter by M. Bink. Common and Waterhouse (1972) have indicated that it is essentially a coastal species, not extending far inland. It has not previously been recorded from the A.C.T. Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fabricius). Often seen in large migratory flights from September to December. Pieris rapae rapae (Linnaeus). August to May. NYMPHALIDAE Danaus plexippus plexippus (Linnaeus). Uncommon species, October to March. Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll). This species was very common in the period October 1973 to February 1974. Since then only two have been taken in March 1976 and October 1975. Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay). This species was very common from November 1973 to February 1974. None has been taken since. Geitoneura acantha acantha (Donovan). December to March. Geitoneura klugii klugii (Guerin-Meneville). December to March. Heteronympha merope merope (Fabricius). Late October to early May. Heteronympha penelope penelope Waterhouse. December to March. Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius). November to April. It is common i the sclerophyll forest of Black Mountain. Males have been taken hill-topping on Mt. Painter. Hypolimnas bolina nerina (Fabricius). A single female was captured in January 1975 on Black Mountain. Common and Waterhouse (1972) state that it i Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 3 unusually rare near Sydney and that an adult had been taken in eastern Victoria. Vanessa kershawi (McCoy). September to May. Vanessa itea (Fabricius). September to May. Precis villida calybe (Godart). September to May. i LYCAENIDAE Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan). This species has been taken abundantly during December and January on Black Mountain, especially in areas containing its food plant (Acacia decurrens). However, none has been observed on Mt. Painter. Jalmenus ictinus Hewitson. December to March. Pupae obtained from Mt. Painter took 12 days to emerge. Ogyris olane ocela Waterhouse. Males have been observed on top of Black Mountain from November to January. One male was taken on Mt. Painter in December 1976. Hypochrysops delicia delos (Waterhouse and Lyell). Males have been taken hilltopping on Mt. Painter in December and January. The author has not captured them on Black Mountain although they are known to occur there. Pieudodipsas cuprea Sands. Males have been observed on both Mt. Painter and Black Mountain during December and January. Lucia limbaria Swainson. September to November and January to March. McCubbin (1971) notes that it is usually a scarce butterfly but it is very common on Mt. Painter. It has not been observed on Black Mountain. Nacaduba biocellata biocellata (C. & R. Felder). December to March. Theclinesthes onycha onycha (Hewitson). Taken in December and January from Mt. Painter and Black Mountain. Lampides boeticus (Linnaeus). September to April. Neolucia agricola agricola (Westwood and Hewitson). During December large numbers have been observed on Black Mountain, but none has been observed on Mt. Painter. Neolucia serpentata serpentata (Herrich-Schaffer). September to April. Zizina otis labradus (Godart). September to May. Candalides acastus (Cox). August to September and December to January. Common on Black Mountain but not seen on Mt. Painter. Candalides hyacinthinus hyacinthinus (Semper). August to February. Common and Waterhouse (1972) note that it appears in August, even in the A.C.T. It is common on Black Mountain where its food plant (Cassytha sp.) is abundant, but it has not been seen on Mt. Painter. Acknowledgement I would like to thank Dr R. L. Kitching for confirming the identification ofa number of specimens. References Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert- son, Sydney. vii + 498 pp. McCubbin, C., 1971. Australian butterflies. Nelson, Melbourne. xxxi + 206 pp., illustr. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 | A LIST OF THE SCARABAEOIDEA (COLEOPTERA) COLLECTED FROM . LIGHTS AT PALM COVE AND ELLIS BEACH, NORTH QUEENSLAND By G. A. Williams 46 Louis Street, Granville, N.S.W. 2142. Abstract Twenty eight species of Scarabaeoidea are recorded from Palm Cove and Ellis Beach, | north Queensland and their relative abundance noted. The known range of Phyllotocus — laterofuscus Lea is extended southwards and the attraction of 5 species of Cetoniinae to light is noted. : Introduction Polm Cove and Ellis Beach are two small tourist centres situated 25 and 27 km aorth of Cairns respectively, North Queensland. Both sites border the sea and share a similar coastal environment; predominantly scrub woodland, dry sclerophyll forest and rain forest confined to gullies and ravines leading down from the Great Dividing Range immediately to the west. Extensive ares of the narrow coastal plain to the west and south of Palm Cove are given overto residential development and sugar production. Insect trapping was confined to street and residential dwelling lights. Collecting was carried out from June 1973 to January 1974 inclusiv, each night at Palm Cove and once weekly at Ellis Beach. The occurrence of species was noted and data tabulated for the 28 species recorded. In the following list the term ‘rare’ indicates less than three specimens, ‘few’ three to ten specimens and ‘common’ more than ten specimens, taken during the period of collection. Dates of collection are given for ‘rare’ species, months only for others. As it was not possible to continue the survey beyond January 1974, species occurring up to that time are indicated in the list as ‘still present. List of species Species Locality Frequency LUCANIDAE Lucaninae Figulus regularis Westw. Palm Cove 5 Dec.26 Dec. таге Metopodontus torresensis Deyr. Palm Cove 4 Jan. rare GEOTRUPIDAE Bolboce atinae Blackbu nium reichei Guer. Palm Cove 31 Oct.-29 Nov. rare Віаскри sium simplicicips Blkb. Palm Cove July, Sept,Dec. common Stenaspivius albosetosus Howaen Palm Cove late Nov., Dec. few SCARA! AEIDAE Hybosor aae Phaeoch: »us emarginatus Cast. Ellis Beach 17 Dec. rare 5 1 пае 1 'gus consentaneus Har. Palm Cove 20 Dec.-18 Jan. rare Onthop igus latro Har. Palm Cove Nov. - Dec. few Onthop. igus muticus Macl. Palm Cove 26 Aug.-9 Sept. rare Melolon iinae | Dermoic ida albohirtum Waterh. Palm C, EllisBch June - Jan. still present; common | Aust ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 Е .. Lepidiota bovilli Blkb. Palm Cove Nov. - Jan. still present;common ` Lepidiota consobrina Gir. PalmC,EllisBch Oct., Nov. few Lepidiota sororia Moser Palm Cove 16 Aug. rare | Lepidiota squamulata Waterh. Palm Cove Oct. few Phyllotocus laterofuscus Lea Palm Cove 18 Dec. rare Rutelinae Anomala antiqua (Gyll.) Palm C, EllisBch Oct., Nov. common Anoplognathus boisduvali Boisd. Palm C, EllisBch Nov. - Jan. still present; common Anoplognathus nebulosus Macl. Palm Cove 28 Dec. rare Dynastinae Dipelicus bovilli (Blkb.) Palm Cove 9 Aug. rare Dipelicus optatus (Sharp) Palm Cove 9 Sept. rare Neodon pecuarius (Reiche) Palm Cove Nov. - Jan. still present; few Aylotrupes gideon L. Palm C, EllisBch Nov. - Jan. still present;common Cetoniinae Hemipharis insularis Gory & Perch Palm Cove 16 Dec. rare ; Ischiopsopha pulchripes Thoms. Ellis Beach Dec., Jan. few lichiopsopha yorkiana (Jans.) Ellis Beach 23 Dec. rare | Lomaptera cinnomonea Thoms. Ellis Beach Dec., Jan. still present; common Protaetia tibialis Macl. Palm Cove 14 Dec. rare Discussion Of the 28 species recorded, 24 were found at Palm Cove and 10 at Ellis Beach. Six species were shared between the localities. A further melolonthine, Lepidiota froggatti Macl., not included in the list was collected from tide marks at Palm Cove, but is known to come to light in the area (J. G. Brooks, pers. солт), Small species (length less than 1 cm) were poorly represented, particularly frm the Melolonthinae and Scarabaeinae. With the exception of a single hydosorine, Phaeochrous emarginatus Cast. from Ellis Beach, all small Species Isted were retrieved from a backyard poolat Palm Cove over which was mounted 1 flourescent courtesy light. The Rutelinae also were poorly represented. Carne (1957, 1958) lists a minimum of 23 species occurring in the coastal area of Innisfail - Cairns. Though most of these Species would be diurnal plant feeders, many would be active at night and occur at lights. All but one of the species listed from Palm Cove and Ellis Beach are within their previously recorded ranges. Phyllotocus laterofuscus Lea is previously listed only from the Endeavour River (Britton 1957). Thus, its capture at Palm Cove represents a southern extension of its known range. .. The occurrence of five species of cetoniines at light was of particular interest to me as I was previously unaware of light attraction in this subfamily and Lea (1914) makes no mention of it. Hemipharis insularis Gory and Perch. and Protaetia tibialis Macl. were very active during daylight hours, and occurred only rarely at lights. Ischiopsopha pulchripes Thoms. and Limaptera cinnomomea homs. were observed only at lights. The latter species swarmed in extremely large numbers around a single light at Ellis Beach. As no collecting was carried out from February to May much scope exists А Aust. ent. Мад. 4(1), July, 1977 for further additions to this list of both species and their times of occurrence. Acknowledgments I wish to thank my wife for valuable collecting assistance, Drs E.B. Britton, P. B. Carne and E. G. Matthews for identifications, Mr G. A. Holloway for allowing me to view the Coleoptera in the Australian Museum and Mrs B. E. Wilkinson for typing the manuscript. References Britton, E. B., 1957. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae, Melo- lonthinae). Volume 1. British Museum (Natural History) London, 185 pp. Carne, P. B., 1957. A revision of the ruteline genus Anoplognathus Leach (Coleoptera, | Scarabaeidae). Aust. J. Zool. 5(1): 88-143. Carne, P. B., 1958. A review of the Australian Rutelinae (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Aust. J. Zool. 6(2): 162-240. Lea, A. M., 1914. Notes on Australian Cetonides: with a list of species and descriptions of { some new ones. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 38: 132-218. RENE Lon nmm ———— A NOTE ON THE BEHAVIOUR OF PROTOMILTOGRAMMA TOWNSEND (DIPTERA: SARCOPHAGIDAE) By G. Daniels Associate, Australian Museum, Sydney. Little, if anything, has been recorded regarding the biology and habits | of Australian species of sarcophagid flies belonging to the subfamily Milto- | grammatinae. It therefore seems worth placing on record observations of adult | specimens of Protomiltogramma seeking the subterrainian nests of Cerceris sp. | (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Such behaviour was observed during January 1976 at Byfield State Forest, | north of Yeppoon, Queensland. The flies were observed in wet sclerophyl forest | along a seldom used fire road and were resting on grass stems approximately 150 mm above the ground, where they were quick to fly and investigate any | insects that flew past. Cerceris sp. was nesting in tunnels along the fire road. і Upon detecting a specimen of Cerceris, a fly would pursue the wasp, flying | approximately 100-150 mm behind. If the wasp flew more than 10-12 metres, | the fly would alight on a nearby grass stem and then wait before repeating the | procedure. However, if the wasp entered its nest while being pursued, the fly | would land on a grass stem about 100-150 mm away and wait while the wasp | opened the nest and entered. When the wasp emerged from the nest, the fly | would rapidly enter before the wasp had sealed the entrance. Upon the wasp returning and reopening the nest the fly would quickly exit. At no time was a wasp seen to be carrying prey, and presumably the nests were already stocked. Acknowledgements I would like to thank the Queensland Department of Forestry for permission to study and collect insects at Byfield, Dr D. Н. Colless for determining the fly, and Mr G. A. Holloway for determining the wasp. ——————————————————————————— E — — —— Aust ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 А HARPALUS FULVICORNIS THUNBERG: A SOUTH AFRICAN CARABID BEETLE ESTABLISHED IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA By B. P. Moore С.5.1.К.О., Division of Entomology, Canberra, A.C.T. Introduction As long ago as the early spring of 1959, I collected a series of a medium- szed and apparently unremarkable harpaline carabid beetle from several localities in southwestern Western Australia. In the field, and upon later cursory examination, the specimens passed for a species of the large and difficult native gnus Diaphoromerus Chaudoir* and they were set aside with other unidentified material of the group. However, upon close study, later, the adhesive tarsal vestiture of the males was seen to be of the biseriately squamose type (Fig. 1), characteristic of the tribe Harpalini, rather than the uniformly spongiose type (Fig. 2) that is found in the Anisodactylini, to which Diaphoromerus and most others of the larger Australian Harpalinae belong. At that time, the only known Australian genus of Harpalini was Phorticosomus Schaum, where most of some 20 species have secondarily lost the tarsal vestiture, but the Oriental Coleolissus Bates has since been recorded (Moore, 1967; Darlington, 1968) in two species, from Cape York Peninsula. Recourse to modern overseas works dealing with the Harpalinae (e.g., Basilewsky, 1951; Habu, 1973; Lindroth, 1968) led to the conclusion that the Westem Australian insect was probably a species of the widespread genus Harpalus Latreille and this was supported by direct comparison with material ofthis genus in my general reference collection, although a specific identification could not be achieved. However it was noted that the species ran most smoothly though keys to the African fauna given by Basilewsky (op. cit.) and that, if it could be assumed to have originated in southern Africa, an identification as H. fulvicornis Thunberg resulted. Such an identification, in a worldwide genus of over 600 species, was of course highly speculative, in the absence of authentic reference material, and the matter was therefore once more set aside. Recently, during the course of a visit to London, I took the opportunity to reexamine the problematical Australian harpaline at the British Museum (Natural History) and in a world-fauna context. My specimens were compared with many candidate species from most areas within the geographical range of the genus and including authentic fulvicornis (1d, 299, Bechuanaland, F. W: Jones, 1907, det. Basilewsky), when it became clear that they did indeed belong to that South African species. The following description and keys are given as an aid to recognition of H. fulvicornis within the Australian fauna but in view of the special difficulties sociated with the classification of Harpalinae (which is very dependent upon male secondary sexual characters), it should be emphasised that firm identificat- on will normally require direct comparison with authentically determined material. This will be especially the case with isolated female specimens. “This is now merged with Notobia Perty (Noonan, 1976) Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 ` Harpalus fulvicornis Thunberg (Figs 1, 3, 4, 6) Harpalus fulvicornis Thunberg, 1806, in Schönherr, “Synonymia Insectorum", | 1: p. 200. Type: Cape. ? Carabus abdominalis F., 1787, “Mantissa Insectorum”, 1: p. 201; 1801, : “Systema Eleutheratorum”, 1: p. 196. Туре: Cape (apparently lost). | Mostly piceous-black, underside lighter in some specimens; upperside, і especially the elytra, with bronze reflections; legs ferrugineous; antennae brown- # ish, the basal segment lighter, reddish. Fully winged. Head of average size for a harpaline (i.e., smaller than in Phorticosomus 1 spp.); eyes small, not prominent, lightly enclosed by postocular orbits; mandibles # short; median tooth of mentum (Fig. 4) weak; basal segment of labial palpi: multisetose on leading edge. Pronotum rather variable in shape but transverse? (width/length about 1.45) (Fig. 6); basal impressions feeble, single on each side, # punctulate. Elytra rather convex except on disc, striae fine, smooth; intervals» nearly flat, finely shagreened in male, more strongly so in female; a short scutellary striole on the second intervals; third intervals with a small pore at the- hind quarter (this sometimes wanting). Male anterior and intermediate tarsi: lightly expanded, the basal 4 segments biseriately squamose beneath (Fig. 1), those of female simple. Median lobe of aedeagus (Fig. 3) with a weak apical barb. | Length: 9-11 mm. À Confirmed Australian records: WESTERN AUSTRALIA, Margaret River, 30.viii.1959, 11 exx (В. P. Moore); Flinders Вау, 30.viii.1959, 2 exx (В. P. Moore), Manjimup, 1.ix.1959, 4 exx (B. P. Moore); Mandura, i.1970, 1 ex. (T. E] Bellas). All specimens from beneath fallen logs in open pastures. African distribution (sec. Basilewsky, op. cit.): Orange Free State, Cape? Province, Botswana (Bechuanaland). | FIGS 1-5. Carabidae, Harpalinae: (1) male fore tarsal vestiture (squamose type) of Harpalus fulvicornis Thunberg; (2) the same (spongiose type) of Notobia (Diaphoromerus)* germari (Castelnau); (3) aedeagus of H. fulvicornis in left lateral and dorsal views; (4) mentum of H. fulvicornis; (5) the same of N. germari. Scale-lines 0.5 mm. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 9 KEY FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF H. FULVICORNIS WITHIN THE AUSTRALIAN HARPALINAE 1. Male front and middle tarsi expanded and sponziose beneath ............ 2 - Male front (and sometimes middle) tarsi either expanded and biseriately squamose beneatironunmoditiediasunitemalcge eT 3 2. Basal segment of labial palpi bisetose on leading edge ............. Pelmatellini -g Ths-seementimultisetose qc Anisodactylini 3. Basal segment of labial palpi bisetose on leading edge ............. Stenolophini A hisiseemeniimultise lOS аа Harpalini 4 4. Very robust species; head large; underside markedly hirsute; male tarsi usually unmodified, sometimes weakly squamose beneath. ....... Phorticosomus Schaum - Less robust; head smaller; underside virtually glabrous; males with front tarsi prominent yasqua moses benca Ш ОРООНО 5 5. Elytral third intervals multipunctate ................... Coleolissus Bates с OH б Harpalus Latreille (fulvicornis Thunberg) FIG. 6. Harpalus fulvicornis Thunberg from Margaret River, W.A.: (a) male; (b) female (natural length 9-11 mm). Discussion Although no information is available to indicate how Harpalus fulvicornis reached southwestern Australia it seems reasonable to assume that the species — 10 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 ` was accidentally imported through the agency of commerce. For although at | first sight the occurrence at comparable latitudes on both sides of the southern | Indian Ocean might seem to have some zoogeographical significance, this appears | most unlikely on closer examination. Harpalus is evidently a relatively modem : genus, typical of the northern temperate zone, where it is both widespread and | rich in species, and it has no near relatives in the older southern harpaline faunas | of Australia and South America, where the more primitive tribes, Anisodactylini | and Pelmatellini are dominant. Its present occurrence, in a number of species, in : southern Africa, may readily be explained as a secondary southward extension, | via the East African ranges, of a primarily northern evolutionary line. In support | of such an hypothesis, it may be noted that isolated species of the genus are — found at middle and higher elevations in those ranges, whereas попе is known - from the surrounding tropical plains. Any suspicion that H. fulvicornis might | represent a gondwanian relic in southern Africa and western Australia тау . therefore be safely dismissed. The question of a likely time of arrival for the alien species here is also uncertain, although an examination of candidate material in the various state | museums might be expected to provide some useful clues. Such a task would, | however, likely prove a demanding опе, in view of the close level of scrutiny - that would be required. Meanwhile, one may speculate that the introduction | possibly occurred during the first half of the nineteenth century, when horticultural plant materials were being imported from South Africa on a large scale. The well known Capeweed (Arctotheca calendula) was apparently already naturalised in Western Australia by 1833 (Chisholm, 1958) but an animal species might well have taken longer to become firmly established. H. fulvicornis was evidently unknown to Sloane when he reported (Sloane, 1898) on a large collection of Carabidae made a few years earlier, in the western State (including the south-western portion) by A. M. Lea—and such a diligent collector as Lea would certainly have taken it had it been as common and widespread as whenl discovered it in 1959. Acknowledgements I wish to thank the authorities of the British Museum (Natural History) for study facilities and Mr J. Green for the print forming Fig. 4. References Chisholm, A.H. (ed), 1958. Australian encyclopaedia. 2: 261. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. Basilewsky, P., 1951. Revision générale des Harpalinae d'Afrique et de Madagascar. Ann. Mus. Congo belge (serie 8) 9: 7-333. Darlington, P. J., 1968. The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part iii. Harpalinae (continued): Perigonini to Pseudomorphini. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 137: 1-253 (p. 64). Habu, A., 1973. Carabidae: Harpalini. Fauna japonica 13: 1-430. Lindroth, C. H., 1968. The ground beetles of Canada and Alaska. Part 5. Opusc. Eit. Suppl. 34: 649-944. Moore, B. P., 1967. New or little known Australian Carabidae in the Frey Museum (Со). Ent. Arb. Mus. Frey 18: 308-322 (p. 314). Noonan, G. R., 1976. Synopsis of the supra-specific taxa of the tribe Harpalini (Coleopterz Carabidae). Quaest. Ent. 12: 3-87. Sloane, T. G., 1898. On Carabidae from West Australia, sent by Mr A. M. Lea (with descriptions of new genera and species, synoptic tables, etc.). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 23(3): 444-520. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 11 NEW RECORDS FOR BUTTERFLIES IN QUEENSLAND AND NORTHERN NEW SOUTH WALES By Murdoch De Baar . 25 Irwin Terrace, Oxley, Queensland, 4075 This paper presents new records for species from Queensland and northern New South Wales from specimens collected by the author. Previously known distributions cited below have been taken from Common and Waterhouse (1972). Nomenclature also follows that of Common and Waterhouse. HESPERIIDAE Hasora hurama hurama (Butler). Cooloola, near Gympie, Queensland, 5 Feb. 1977. Asingle female in bad condition was taken. This Species was previously only known from north of Mackay, Queensland. The prevailing windy weather at the time may have been responsible for this record. Tmpezites phigalia philus Waterhouse. Cooloola, near Gympie, Queensland, 29 Sept. 1975. A single female taken at rest on sand. Toxidia andersoni (Kirby). Bald Rock, near Tenterfield, northern New South Wales, 1-2 Dec. 1975. This species was previously only known from south of New England National Park, N.S.W. T. andersoni males were flying in association with Trapezites iacchoides Waterh. and Hesperilla idothea idothea (Miskin) at 1341 m. Mesodina halyzia halyzia (Hew.). Cooloola, near Gympie, Queensland, 29 Sept. 1975. This species was flying in wallum count ry where its host (Patersonia) grows. Telicota anisodesma Lower. Cooloola, near Gympie, Queensland, 17-18 Nov. 1975. Many males and females were taken or seen in rain forest areas. Previously known from as far north as Noosa Heads and Montville. Cephrenes trichopepla (Lower). Nerang, near Southport, Queensland. 16 Oct. 1976. This species has been collected south to Brisbane (J. F. R. Kerr, pers. comm.) and the distribution is now extended to Nerang. PIERIDAE Elodina padusa (Hew.). Mareeba, north Queensland, 21 Mar. 1975. One male and one female taken which extends the known distribution of this species to the north-east. Previously it was known only from south of a line joining Rockh- ampton and Burketown іп the Gulf of Carpentaria. NYMPHALIDAE Heteronympha penelope penelope Waterh. Bald Rock, near Tenterfield, N.S.W., 20 Mar. 1976. This extends the known distribution of this species from the Glen ще area northwards. This species was flying with А. paradelpha deervalensis ums, Üreixenica lathoniella herceus Waterh. and Lyell. Bald Rock, near Tenterfield, N.S.W., 20 Mar. 1976. This extends the known distribution of this Species from the Dorrigo Plateau northwards to the Queensland border. LYCAENIDAE /ilmenus evagoras eubulus Miskin. 35 km south of Boggabilla, N.S.W., 24 Apr. 977. This extends the known distribution of this species southwards from 12 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 Millmerran, Queensland. Two males in reasonable condition were taken in brigalow country. Hypochrysops protogenes miskini (Waterh.). Cooloola, near Gympie, Queensland, 17-18 Nov. 1975. Several females and one male were collected in rain forest areas where Smilax australis vines were common. The distribution of this rare species has been confined to the Kuranda - Paluma and Brisbane - Southport areas. Lucia limbaria Swainson. 5 km south of Augathella, Queensland, 10 Nov, 1975. This extends the distribution of this species westward from the Roma area. Candalides heathi heathi (Cox). Charleville, Queensland, 9 Nov. 1975. Several males were collected. The known westward range of this species in Queensland was previously Mitchell. Acknowledgements I wish to thank Mr M. S. Moulds for his advice, and Miss J. A. Walden for typing the manuscript. Reference Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert- son, Sydney. vii + 498 pp. BOOK REVIEW Adventures with Australian animals by Harry Frauca. 1976. Rigby, Adelaide. 8vo. 164 pages, illustrated in colour and b. & w. ISBN 0 7270 0120 5. Price $9.95. This book describes the highspots of fifteen years field experience by - the author. Twenty chapters cover his encounters with a wide variety of | Australian: animal life including birds, reptiles, frogs, bats and insects; seven | chapters concern insects, either directly or in part, and another is devoted to | spiders. It is not a reference work but rather an autobiographical account of the authors travels and experiences, generously illustrated with photographs | of high quality. There are 23 colour and 21 black and white photographs of insects; in | all, these are less than half the total number of plates in the book. The plates | are grouped in sections and usually are not related to the adjacent text. I think | it would have been useful had the text and plates been cross referenced. The style is casual and easily read. Throughout the text much useful | information about the creatures which form the basis of the book, is revealed. | Probably the accounts of behaviour are the most interesting. Of the insects | discussed the chapters relating to the behaviour of bull ants (Myrmecia sp) and tipulid flies of the genus Leptotarsus are the most notable. There are also | interesting observations on the behaviour of insects before rain. For anyone wishing to read a book of this type I can recommend this | title. It is of special interest to field naturalists and nature photographers. Colin Holmes | Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 13 OBSERVATIONS ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF ARG YNNIS HYPERBIUS INCONSTANS BUTLER (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) By T. A. and K. J. Lambkin 15 View St, Paddington, Queensland, 4064. Abstract Observations on the life history of Argynnis hyperbius inconstans Butler are recorded from material collected near Gympie, southeast Queensland. The larval food plant is Viola betonicifolia Sm. Introduction The Australian Fritillary, Argynnis hyperbius inconstans, is distributed along the east coast of Australia from Gympie to Urunga (Common and Waterhouse, 1972) and usually occurs “around river estuaries or swampy coastal areas” (McCubbin, 1971). The life history for this subspecies has not previously been recorded although Waterhouse (1932) notes that the larvae “were found many years ago feeding on Wild Violets by the late Rowland Illidge’’. On two weekends in January 1977 four eggs which were observed being laid and several second last and final instar larvae found feeding on wild violets (Viola betonicifolia) were collected from the locality, 10 km south of Gympie, recorded by Binns (1976). Several adults were also taken. Two of the eggs subsequently hatched but one of the larvae died during the first instar and the other survived only to second instar. The larvae which were taken in the field were reared to adults. Rearing of the eggs and larvae took place in Brisbane. Life history Egg (Fig. 1). Pale yellow, about 0.9 mm high and 0.7 mm wide (greatest width); somewhat dome-shaped with 16 or 18 longitudinal ribs and numerous continuous horizontal connecting ribs more closely spaced basally than apically; about half the number of longitudinal ribs terminating at about three quarters length, the remaining ribs continuing to form an irregular series of depressed arolets over the apical quarter; micropylar depression hexagonal. Duration of eg stage, 5 days. m t ut ECCO Sick FIG. 1. Egg of Argynnis hyperbius inconstans. lana. First instar. On emergence, head black with long primary setae; body white, latera] to dorsolateral regions of abdomen and dorsal region of abdominal Segment 1 brownish; body setae on darkened bases, the setae of last 3 abdominal Sgments curved backwards, the rest mostly forwards. Colour darkens with age; list before ecdysis body mostly dark brown with a lateral white stripe and pairs of white dorsal spots on mesothorax, metathorax and abdominal segments 2, 4 and 6. Duration of first instar, 5 days. 14 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 Second instar. Body brownish black with short, thick scoli in same pattern as final instar; lateral abdominal scoli, dorsal scoli of prothorax, mesothorax and abdominal segments 2, 4, 6, 8 and9 cream-brown, all other scoli brownish black. Second last instar similar to final instar. Final instar (Fig. 2). Total length (unstretched), about 40 mm. Head black with 2 small anterodorsal blunt horns. Body black, with a dorsal longitudinal broad orange stripe becoming indistinct on abdominal segments 8 and 9; | abdomen with obscure pinkish-orange markings along row of lateral scoli;anal . plate pinkish-orange with a broad median black stripe; legs black; prolegs black basally, plantae orange. Thorax and abdomen with well developed long scoli . with black secondary setae; prothorax with 4 scoli, anterior dorsal pair black, . posterior dorsolateral pair each mostly black but with basal eighth dull orange; | mesothorax with a dorsal pair of scoli, each mostly black but with basal quarter ; reddish-pink; metathorax with 4 scoli, a dorsal pair each with basal half reddish- | pink and apical half black, an anterior dorsolateral pair similar to dorsal pair; | abdominal segments 1-8 with dorsal, dorsolateral and lateral pairs of scoli (i.e. 6 in all per segment), segment 9 with a dorsal pair, segment 10 with a lateral pair, | all reddish-pink over basal half to three quarters, apically black. Pupa (Fig. 3). Total length, 26 mm. Deep orange-brown with fine dark brown | markings, after about one day fading to brown to pale brown, cremasteral region | remaining orange-brown. Head with a pair of blunt anteroventral horns; each | thoracic segment and first 2 abdominal segments with a pair of dorsal broad- | based, black-tipped metallic silver spines with anteriorly placed apices; meso- | thorax with a central, dorsal projection, obtuse in lateral view, with a dark brown | stripe along its extremity; thorax with 2 pairs of lateral projections, the anterior | pair blunt horns, the posterior pair broadly convex in dorsal view, both pairs of | projections edged dorsally with dark brown; abdomen with a pair of dorsal | longitudinal diffuse dark brown stripes and a diffuse dark brown stripe along : each line of spiracles reaching from posterior to spiracle of segment 4; abdominal : segments 3-8 each with a pair of dorsal black spines, each spine of segment 3 set | on a low abdominal projection. Pupal duration 7-9 days. Larval food plant. Viola betonicifolia Sm., family Violaceae, the purple violet | or wild violet. Field notes The larvae were collected from wild violets growing along the edge of a | gully overgrown with Lomandra longifolia longifolia (long-leaved mat rush) in a | cleared paddock opposite the small swamp mentioned by Binns (1976) (See : Fig. 4). The insignificant wild violets grew only along the edges of the mat rush ; stand and were largely hidden by the mat rushes and the long grass of the | lower slopes of the gully. Adult fritillaries were quite common along the gully. About thirty to forty) were observed on the Sunday morning of the first weekend (9th January), the: male to female ratio being about ten to one. Both sexes flew freely in the: sunshine with a floating, gliding flight, feeding at the flowers of Cirsum vulgare ў (spear thistle) and often settling on the mat rushes. On the afternoon of the 16th. January a female was observed landing in a small open patch among the long: ] | | Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 15 eee 26% ; FIGS 2-4. Argynnis hyperbius inconstans: (2) final instar larva; (3) pupa; (4) collection site of adults and immature stages. grass on the lower slope of the gully. She then walked through the grass for a short distance to a wild violet and laid three eggs singly on the underside of separate leaves of Oxalis corniculata (creeping oxalis) which grew very close to the violet, and one egg on the upper side of a wild violet leaf. No pupae were observed in the field. Note Adult fritillaries were: still common at the locality at the end of April. On 18 May, 1977 three small larvae (first or second instar) were collected at night feeding on Viola. These pupated on 24, 25 and 26 May. None have emerged to date (7 June). This information, kindly supplied by Murdoch De Baar, indicates that the butterfly continues to breed well into the cooler part of the year. Acknowledgements ' We wish to express thanks to Doug Binns who kindly supplied information about the locality, the director and staff of the Queensland Herbarium for . identifying the plants, J. Bartly and G. B. Monteith for the photographs, and T. Turrisi and D. Berner for help in the collection and observation cf the adults . &dimmature stages. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 References D., 1976. Interesting butterfly records from southern Queensland and central New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4): 73-74. Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert- son, Sydney. Pp. i-xii, 1-498, illustr. McCubbin, C., 1971. Australian butterflies. Nelson, Melbourne. Pp. i-xxi, 1-206, illustr. 33 Waterhouse, G. A., 1932. What butterfly is that? Angus and Robertson, Sydney. Pp. i-x, 1-291, illustr. Binns, THE OAK LEAF-MINER, PHYLLONORYCTER MESSANIELLA (ZELLER) (LEPIDOPTERA: GRACILLARIIDAE) ESTABLISHED ON NORFOLK ISLAND By C. N. Smithers The Australian Museum, Sydney Common (1976) reported the presence of the oak leaf-miner [Phyllono- rycter messaniella (Zeller)] in Australia and gave a summary of the history of this European species in New Zealand and Australia. Recent collecting on Norfolk Island, (South Pacific Ocean) has revealed its presence there also. Beating an oak tree, one of the few on the island, in the “Hundred Acre Reserve” at Rocky Point, dislodged a few adults and several pupae and pupal cases. The tree was heavily infested and in a sample of one hundred leaves taken at random from all sides of the tree not one was without mines. Table 1 gives the incidence of mines per leaf. TABLE 1 No. of No. of No. of No. of mines leaves mines leaves 10215 15 36 - 40 4 6-10 26 41-45 2 11-15 12 46 - 50 1 16-20 20 51-55 0 21:225. 6 56 - 60 2 26 - 30 6 60 - 65 1 S ADAE 5 Total 100 Three adults and eighteen pupae collected on 13.ii.1977 have been placed in the Australian Museum collection. Stringent restrictions are imposed on the import of plant material of any kind into Norfolk Island and it seems likely that the species has arrived without man’s assistance as there is no indication that suitable host material has recently been imported. Reference Common, I. F. B., 1976. The oak leaf-miner, Phyllonorycter messaniella (Lepidoptera: Gracillariidae) established in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 471-473, 6 figs. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 is AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY Compiled by M. S. Moulds 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065, Australia This bibliography lists, in an accumulative manner, all literature published since the beginning of 1972 that directly concerns Australian insects. It attempts to fulfil the need for acomprehensive list of current Australian entomological literature. If you have published any- thing likely to be overlooked I would be greatful for reprints or details of such publications. ALDERSON, John 1975. Descriptions of the larvae of Ceratognathus niger (Westw.) Coleoptera: Lucanidae (stag beetle). Victorian Nat. 92(10): 217-221, pls I & II. 1976. Behaviour and larvae of two rose chafer beetles Eupoecila australasiae (Don), Diaphonia dorsalis (Don) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae, Cetoniinae). Victorian Nat. 93(3): 86-91, pls I-IV. ALLEN, R. N., WONG, P., et al. 1975. Diseases ang pests of kikuyu grass. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 86(5): 18-19. Н Lepidoptera: Sod webworm, Common armyworm, Lawn armyworm DOBLER, Helga 1976. Katalog der in den Sammlungen des ehemaligen Deutschen Entomologischen Institutes aufbewahrten Typen—XIV. (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae, Haliplidae, Gyrin- idae, Rhysodidae, Paussidae). Beitr. Entom., Berlin 26(1): 179-186. DOMROW, Robert 1975. A new species of Paraspeleognathopsis Fain (Acari: Ereynetidae) from an Australian dasyurid marsupial J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 97-99, text-figs 1-3. 1976. Cercomegistina (Acari) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2): 201-205, text- figs 1-7. DOMROW, R. and MOORHOUSE, D. E. 1975. Labidocarpine mites from bats in the Australian region (Acari: Chirodiscidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 107-112, text-figs 1-7. DOUBE, B. M. 1975. Photoperiodic induction of diapause in the kangaroo tick Ornithodoros gurneyi Warburton (Acarina: Argasidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 221-224, tables 1-4. 1976. Two races of the kangaroo tick Ornithodoros (Pavlovskyella) gurneyi Warburton. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 329-332, tables 1-3. EVANS, Howard, E. 1976. A revision of spider wasps of the genus Crenostegus (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 43: 1-107, table 1, text-figs 1-116. EVANS, Howard E., MATTHEWS, Robert W. and PULAWSKI, Wojciech 1977. Notes on the nests and prey of four Australian species of Tachysphex Kohl, with description of a new species (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 441-445, text-figs 1 & 2. LEY, Elizabeth M. 975. Revision of the genus Hyphesma Michener (Apoidea: Colletidae). Aust. J. Zool. 23(2): 277-291, text-figs 1-5. 1975. New species and records of Brachyhesma Michener (Apoidea: Colletidae: Euryglossinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 139-144, text-figs 1-19. 1976. Revision of the subgenus Euryglossa Smith (Apoidea: Colletidae: Euryglossinae). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 41: 1-72, text-figs 1-19. 916. New species and tecords of Pachyprosopis Perkins (Apoidea: Colletidae: Euryglossinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 399-407, text-figs 1-17. 976. New species and records of Euryglossina Cockerell (Apoidea: Colletidae: Euryglossinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(3): 273-279, text-figs 1-21. 1977. Notes on flying characteristics of Euryglossa (Xenohesma) bees and how a gyhandromorph resolves а taxonomic problem. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 469- 470, text-figs 1 & 2. E >< Xs Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 HOUSTON, Terry F. р н 1975. Nests, behaviour and larvae of the bee Stenotritus pubescens (Smith) and behav- iour of some related species (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Stenotritinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 145-154, text-figs 1-15. 1976. New Australian allodapine bees (subgenus Exoneurella Michener) and their imma- tures (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 100(1): 15-28, text-figs 1-56. HUGHES, R. D. 1975. Assessment of the burial of cattle dung by Australian dung beetles. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 129-134, text-figs 1-6. 1975. Living insects. 8vo. The Australian Naturalist Library. Collins, Sydney. Pp. 1-304, text-figs 1-69,.b. & w. pls B1-B17, col. pls C1-C25. ISBN 0 00 2114372. HUGHES, R. D. and WOOLCOCK, L. T. 1976. Aphaereta aotea Sp. n. (Hymenoptera: Braconidae), an alysiine parasite of dung breeding flies. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2): 191-196, text-figs 1 & 2. HYNES, H. B. N. 1976. Tasmanian Antarctoperlaria (Plecoptera). Aust. J. Zool. 24(1): 115-143, table 1, text-figs 1-10. IRONSIDE, D. A. 1974. Biology of macadamia nut borer (Cryptophlebia ombrodelta (Lower) ). Qd J. agric. anim. Sci. 31(3): 201-212, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-6. Lepidoptera: Tortricidae: Cryptophlebia ombrodelta Also issued as Od Dept. of Primary Industries, Div. Anim. Industry Bull. No.695. JACKSON, Ada 1975. Sea shore, swamp and bush. Second edition. 8vo. Uni. of W.A., Nedlands. Pp. 1-272, illustr. ISBN 0 85564 096 0. A popular work mentioning a number of insects, mostly in broad general terms. Originally published in 1942. LAITHWAITE, Eric, WATSON, Allan and WHALLEY, Paul E. S. 1975. The dictionary of butterflies and moths. Ato. Michael Joseph, London. Pp. i-xlvi, 1-296, colour pls 1-405. LEARMONTH, Andrew and LEARMONTH, Nancy 1973. Encyclopaedia of Australia. Second edition. 8vo. Hicks, Smith and Sons, Sydney and Frederick Warne, London. Pp. i-viii, 1-606, plus 16 maps, illustr. Popular style notes mentioning most orders of insects. First edition published 1968. LENZ, M. and CREFFIELD, J. W. 1973. Responses of some Australian subterranean termites to solid wood and sawdust . of four wood species. Proc. 16th Forest Prod. Res. Conf., Melboume. Vol. 1. Le SOUEF, J. C. 1975. A new locality for Proeidosa polysema (Lower) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(4): 75. 1975. New butterfly records for Springsure, Central Highlands, Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(5): 97. 1975. A winter visit to inland Queensland. Victorian Ent. 5(5): 145-149. Lepidoptera: many butterfly species mentioned and briefly mentions the moth Uliocnemis partita. 1976. Some Little Desert Buprestidae. Victorian Ent. 6(3): 25-26. 1976. Collecting butterflies with a chain saw. Victorian. Ent. 6(6): 43-44. Li, C.S., NISHIDA, T., PATHAK, M.D., ROTHSCHILD, G.H.L., TORII, T., WONGSIRI, T., Y ANO, K. and YASUMATSU, K. 1976. Rice stem-borers. Chapter 5. /n V.L. Delucchi (ed.), Studies in biological control. International Biological Programme, Vol. 9. Cambridge University Press. Pp. 121- Е 137, tables 13-16, text-figs 18-20. LOBL, Ivan 1976. The Australian species of Scaphidium Olivier (Coleoptera: Scaphidiidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(3): 285-295, text-figs 1-11. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 19 LYNDON, Ellen 1975. A new butterfly. Latrobe Valley Nat. 144: 1. Lepidoptera: Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (popular style notes) 1975. Tailed emperor in Victoria. Victorian Nat. 92(12): 272-273. Lepidoptera: Polyura p. sempronius McALPINE, David K. 1975. Combat between males of Pogonortalis doclea (Diptera, Platystomatidae) and its relation to structural modification. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(5): 104-107. 1976. A new genus of flies possibly referable to Cryptochetidae (Diptera, Schizophora). Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3): 45-56, text-figs 1-11. 1976. Spiral vibrissae in some clusiid flies (Diptera, Schizophora). Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4): 75-78, text-figs 1 & 2. McFARLAND, Noel 1976. Hilltopping and defence behaviour in a diurnal agaristid moth. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2): 25-29. McKAY, R. J. 1975. The wolf spiders of Australia (Araneae: Lycosidae): 5. Two new species of the bicolor group. Mem. Qd Mus. 17(2): 313-318, tables 1-4, figs 1 & 2. 1975. The wolf spiders of Australia (Araneae: Lycosidae): 6. The leuckartii group. Mem. Qd Mus. 17(2): 319-328, table 1, figs 1-3. McKENZIE, J. A. 1975. The influence of low temperature on survival and reproduction in populations of Drosophila melanogaster. Aust. J. Zool. 23(2): 237-247, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-3. McMILLAN, R. P. 1975. Observations on flies of the family Milichiidae cleaning Araneus and Nephila spiders. West. Aust. Nat. 13(4): 96. MAIN, Barbara York 1975. The citrine spider: a new genus of trapdoor spider (Mygalomorphae: Dipluridae). West. Aust. Nat. 13(4): 73-78, text-figs 1-3. MALIPATIL, M. B. and KUMAR, R. 1975. Biology and immature Stages of some Queensland Pentatomomorpha (Hemiptera: Heteroptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 113-128, text-figs 1-14. MARKS, Elizabeth N. 1974. Mosquitoes and man. Report of Australian Institute of Health Surveyors first national conference incorporating the thirty fifth conference of the Queensland Division held at Brisbane Sth to 9th August 1974. Pp. 31-39, tables 1-3. 1974. Blackdown Tableland miscellany. Q.N.C. News 70: 3-4. Mentions species of ticks, bees and mosquitoes. Note: O.N.C. News is the monthly newsletter of the Queensland Naturalists’ Club, Brisbane. 1976. Some mosquitoes (Culicidae) of Blackdown Tableland. Od Nat. 21(5-6): 118. 1977. A common fellowship of endeavour. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 353-363. Notes of a historical nature concerning in part mosquito research and control. MARSHALL, Judith Anne 1975. A catalogue of the primary types of Mantodea (Dictyoptera) in the British i Museum (Natural History). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.)31(8): 309-329. , G. М. S. 1976. Spiders — Isla Gorge, August 1973. Qd Nat. 21(5-6): 104, 106. MILLER, C. G. and MORHAUS, I. G. 1975. Butterfly records of interest from the northern rivers district of New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(4): 85-86. MORRISON, lan 1976. Wolf spider and her eggs. Victorian Nat. 93(5): 188. Aracnida: Lycosa ramosa NAGATOMI, Akira and IWATA, Kusuo 1976. Female terminalia of lower Brachycera — I. (Diptera). Beitr. Ent., Berlin 26(1): 5-47, text-figs 1-34. P5 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 se aL Australian host record for Phalacrotophora Enderlein (Diptera: Phoridae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(4): 84. ay 1975. Aerial dispersal of some Victorian Psocoptera as indicated by suction trap catches. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 179-184, tables 1-4. 1975. The immature stages of Drepanacra binocula (Neuroptera: Hemerobiidae), with notes on the relationships of the genus. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 247-250, text-figs 1-7. 1975. The biology of Chrysopidae and Hemerobiidae (Neuroptera), with reference to their usage as biocontrol agents: a review. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 127(2): 115-140, table 1. 1976. The Australian species of Polynema Haliday, s.l., (Hymenoptera: Mymaridae) described by A. A. Girault. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 42: 1-65, tables 1-4, text-figs 1-141. 1977 Aspects of exploitation of Acacia phyllodes by a mining lepidopteron, Acrocercops plebeia (Gracillariidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 365-378, tables 1-11. OAKESHOTT, J. G. 1976. Biochemical differences between alcohol dehydrogenases of Drosophila melanog- aster. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 29(4): 365-373, tables 1-6. ORRELL, John 1974. See SERVENTY, V., 1974. 1975. Bunny moth. Wildlife Aust. 12(4): 140-141, illustr. Lepidoptera: Xyleutes amphiplecta; life history notes written in popular style. PALMER, J. M. 1975. The grass-living genus Aptinothrips Haliday (Thysanoptera: Thripidae). J. Ent. (B)44(2): 175-188, map 1, text-figs 1-13. Butterflies of the Australian Region by Bernard D'Abrera SECOND EDITION Due for publication July 1977 This title has been extensively revised. Some new taxa are again included and many additional photographs of species omitted from the first edition now appear. This second edition will be subtitled BUTTERFLIES OF THE WORLD, VOL. 1, and will form part one of a proposed Five Volume set on the world fauna. Recommended Price $75.00 OUR PRE-PUBLICATION OFFER $67.50 (post free within Australia) AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES 35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Phone (Sydney) 524 4614 Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972 Bamerunga Biological Laboratories P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870 PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES _ All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices | med not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be . ent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices. _ WANTED. A сору, in reasonable condition, of Butterflies of the Australian region by B. D’Abrera. P. Gillespie, phone 451-4551 (Sydney). _ WANTED. Stereoscopic microscope. Must be good condition with good quality oculars. Suitable for studying entomological specimens. R. Pickworth, Phone 44 4111 (Sydney). . FOR SALE. Large butterfly and beetle collection. Approx. 3,000 Lepidoptera and 3,500 Coleoptera. The collection is housed in seven display cabinets of varying sizes and designs, all profusely inlaid with timbers of the world and depicting butterflies and beetles in various designs. Ivan Guy, phone 607 7708 (Sydney) after 5 pm weekends. COLOUR PLATES FOR AUST. ENT. MAG. Interest has been expressed in recent months concerning the possibility of publishing colour plates. We would like to offer authors such an opportunity. Colour printing is expensive and the journal could not bear the full cost. Authors _ Wanting colour illustrations will therefore need to subsidize the cost of their - plates. We feel we can offer colour plates at reasonable prices as follows: first г plate $180; additional plates $85 each. We remind authors, that in the case of _ joint authorships, the cost per author would be only half the above rates. Photographs for colour plates are best submitted as colour transparencies, either in the usual 35 mm.size or as 24" sq. slides. Paintings are also acceptable. Further enquiries should be directed to the Editor. QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO. long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272 BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF EXOTIC SPECIES Please write for our catalogue of species available NOTES FOR AUTHORS Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends | h Т or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in advance, Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, ‘double spaced and in duplicate. Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal. “All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any Rpr considered unsuitable. Address papers to: The Editor, Australian Entomological Magazine, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065. CONTENTS DANIELS, G. A note on the behaviour of Protomiltogramma Townsend (Diptera: Sarcophagidae) . De BAAR, M. New records for tous: in | Queensland E s New South Wales ..... FERGUSON, D. Butterflies of dio Black Китү = Mt. Painter a area, Australian Capital Territory . Р І АМВКІМ, Т. A. and К. J. ОК оты оп | the life Lits eii Аит hyperbius inconstans Butler (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) . MOORE, B. P. Harpalus fulvicornis Thunberg: a South Siem carabid beetle established in Western Australia . SMITHERS, C. N. The oak MEE apma] (Zelle) | (Lepidoptera: Gracillariidae) established on Norfolk Jsland . | WILLIAMS, С. A. A list of the Scarabaeoidea (Coleoptera) silos from | lights at Palm Cove and Ellis Beach, north Queensland . "REA BOOK REVIEW — Adventures with Australian Onirmal ggg RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative CO of AER entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds ....... | —ÓÉáü А... — -— Wm COLOUR PLATES for Aust. ent. Mag. ......-.--+---- ES backe ENTOMOLOGIGAL NODIGES ЗРЗЕ Я inside back ¢ i | | j | Cloncurry, Qld 65km W.of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, АСТА 21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974 © B. S. Jones K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes P. S. D. MacDonald K. & M. Walker-Jones Mataranka Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld a "59" ^0 5 ^ №. рргох. 27°59'S, 140 10 E Karratha, W.A. Roper iver, N.T. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 197-8 | арман тота 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson AA. Stal Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & P.B. Johnston $8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE) As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be orderé in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 lables. Thus, an order may contait | for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copit of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatives: an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1 00 Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably types | Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please. Ig AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065 ISSN 0311-1881 DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER fj We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely: | used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below L Edited by M. S. Moulds VOLUME 4, PART 2 SEPTEMBER, 1977 Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted # principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand ^ and Papua ‘New Guinea. It is d esigned for both amateur and professional # entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume. : SUBSCRIPTIONS All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to: # Australian Entomological Press, 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. Individual Subscriptions $6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum overseas) Institutional Subscriptions A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum) COVER Illustrated by Barry Moore. Depicts a Fiddler Beetle, Eupoecila australasiae (Donovan), on the й wing. Chafers of this subfamily (Cetoniinae) are able to deploy their wings 3 without spreading the elytra and their flight is thus exceptionally fast # and direct. Published by : AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS 14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia. Phone: 43-3972 Printed by DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS 6 Roger Street, Brookvale, N.S.W., 2100. Australian Entomological Magazine Aust. ent. Mag. Volume 4, Part 2 i September, 1977 | RANGE EXTENSIONS AND NOTABLE RECORDS FOR BUTTERFLIES | OF CAPE YORK PENINSULA, AUSTRALIA By G. B. Monteith and D. L. Hancock Entomology and Zoology Departments, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, 4067 | Abstract | Recent literature is summarized on butterflies of Cape York Peninsula and new distribution data and other notes are presented for 50 Species occurring in the area. In addition 98 species are listed for a previously uncollected region near Shelburne Bay on the &st coast. Zetona delospila Waterhouse is newly recorded for Queensland and new localities | ue given for it in Western Australia and Northern Territory. | Introduction | For the purposes of this paper Cape York Peninsula is taken as that part . ofnorth Queensland north of 16°S, i.e. from about Cooktown northwards. This region has come under increasing scientific scrutiny in recent years and much modem literature is cited by Kikkawa (1976, 1977). The butterfly fauna of the Peninsula, a diverse, tropical region approaching that of the state of Victoria in size, is rather poorly known and most published | ttcords refer to three localities which have been accessible to collectors over the | fats viz. Cooktown, Cape York and Iron Range (= Claudie River). These three localities feature prominently in Waterhouse and Lyell’s “The Butterflies of | Australia” of 1914, still the only systematic listing of localities for all Peninsula species. The Endeavour River (site of Cooktown) had been the scene of some of _ he earliest collections of Australian butterflies when the naturalists of Cook’s _ 1770 voyage took many species later described by Fabricius; a hundred years . liter the gold rush established the town of Cooktown there and it has remained | inaccessible centre popular with collectors ever since. The vicinity of Cape York isel was a popular stopping place for early exploratory vessels and these, ‘pecially the “Rattlesnake” in 1848 and 1849, made some butterfly collections there; later with the establishment of the settlement of Somerset in 1863 visitors became more frequent and today the town of Bamaga maintains the accessibility of the region (Anonymous, 1974). The most prominent early collector at Cape York was the German, H. Elgner, who sent much material to G. A. Waterhouse during the first decade of this century; some of his records, particularly of ред Spp., have never been repeated and need validation. The Iron Range cords of Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) are all attributable to J. A. Kershaw of the National Museum of Victoria who made striking discoveries in this rich area during a 3 month Stay in the summer of 1913-1914 (Kershaw, 1914-1915). 22 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 $ a. Quite fortuitously these three localities of Cooktown, Cape York and Iron Range coincide with the three major rainforest systems of the Peninsula and hence Waterhouse and Lyell’s 1914 book gives a surprisingly accurate picture of | butterfly distribution in the Peninsula despite its limited geographic coverage. Peters (1971) checklist of butterfly types in the Australian Museum gives additional label data for many Peninsula species described by Waterhouse & Lyell. After 1914 there was little reported collecting in the Peninsula until quite modern times. Exceptions included a joint visit to Cape York by E. J. Dumigan and W. B. Barnard for six weeks in 1927 followed by a 3 months return visit by Barnard in 1928 (Dumigan, 1933), and some collecting in the goldfields around Coen by W. D. Dodd and athers. These collections resulted in descriptions of Hypochrysops elgneri barnardi by Waterhouse (1934) from Cape York, and the Jezebel now known as Delias ennia tindalii Joicey & Talbot by Tindale (1923) # from Coen. Then in 1961 and 1966, J. F. R. Kerr and J. Macqueen visited Iron Range : and “rediscovered” the rich Claudie River district first collected by Kershawin # 1913. Their exciting discoveries (Kerr, 1966; Kerr, 1967) of four new Australian # records, Toxidia inornata inornata (Butler), Hypochrysops hippuris Hewitson, © Philiris ziska (Grose-Smith) and Philiris diana papuana (Wind & Clench) and one # undescribed subspecies, Candalides consimilis toza Kerr, encouraged an influx of # other collectors to the Peninsula, many of whom published notes. Le Souef # (1971а) and Monteith (1971) both record species from Iron Range and Coen; 8 Le Souéf (1971b) notes Virachola democles (Miskin) from Cooktown and # Trapezites macqueeni Kerr & Sands from Musgrave. When Monteith (1972) gave = a comprehensive list of 144 species then known from Iron Range he cited 12 © collectors who had worked there since 1961. McCubbin (19722) gave a list of » species from Weipa and also (1972b) discussed the origin of the peninsula fauna; © his book (McCubbin, 1971) mentions and illustrates some Weipa species. 8 D’Abrera (1971) described Philiris ziska titeus based on some of Kerr’s 1961 # Iron Range specimens in the British Museum. Manskie and Manskie (1972) 7 listed some Cooktown species. | In 1972 *Butterflies of Australia" by Common and Waterhouse appeared = in which Common's excellent treatment of the fauna included individual maps © showing the gross pattern of each species’ known range in the Peninsula; new # information not mapped is given in an appendix. Discoveries in the Peninsula « have continued since 1972: Mimene atropatene Fruhst., Rachelia extrusa (С.&` R. Felder) and Lexias aeropa (L.) have been newly recorded from Australia ё respectively by Miller (1975), Atkins (1975) and Monteith & Kerr (1977), while © Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) was taken in Queensland for the first time at. Lockerbie (Gibb, 1977) and there is a sight record for Apaturina erminea Cramers by Daniels (1975). McEvey (1977) lists 61 species taken at Iron Range ini January 1974 including the first Australian mainland record of Petrelaea danai (de Niceville). A new subspecies of Birdwing, Ornithoptera priamus macalpinei, « was recognized by Moulds (1974) and largely unsubstantiated comments on} Peninsula Birdwings were given by D’Abrera (1975). A cumulative listing of 141: species known from the Cape York area is given in Anonymous (1974), while: Жа. Um tms Mis iile p ха ГИ ЕГ ЧГ И — а УВ, Е n CAM wu — u—— eee чы. ч оч _ Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 23 t Daniels (1975) lists species captured at Iron Range in 1974. Information on | biology of species at Iron Range has been given by Kerr & Macqueen (1967) for Jalmenus eichhorni Staudinger, by Daniels (1976) for H 'ypochrysops theon medocus (Fruhst.), by Moulds (1976a) for Narathura araxes eupolis (Miskin), and by Moulds (1976b) for Deudorix epijarbas dido Waterhouse. Since 1974 we have been undertaking the entomological component of a project entitled “The Ecological Biogeography of Cape York Peninsula”, led by Dr J. Kikkawa and funded by the Australian Biological Survey. Butterflies were chosen as а group for special attention and to this end all available literature and museum locality records have been compiled and a programme of field collecting in the Peninsula carried out, concentrating on poorly collected areas. In addition we have sought the cooperation of the many private collectors who have visited the Peninsula in recent years; the enthusiasm, depth of knowledge and generosity of these individuals has made this aspect of the project a pleasurable and productive exercise, adding greatly to our body of information. All records have been mapped in detail and we present here significant extensions to known range . id other notable records for 50 Peninsula species. An appendix is given of 98 species recorded from a previously uncollected region at Shelburne Bay, midway between Iron Range and Cape York. The following abbreviations have been used throughout: GBM, G. B. Monteith; SRM, S. R. Monteith; W & L, Waterhouse and Lyell; C & W, Common and Waterhouse; UQIC, University of Queensland Insect Collection; ANIC, Australian National Insect Collection; QM, Queensland Museum. Localities referred to in the text are shown on the map (Fig. 1). Family HESPERIIDAE 1. Hasora discolor mastusia Fruhstorfer 1, Iron Range, 21.v.1973, C. G. Miller (In Miller Coll.); 26d, Mt Webb National Park, 50 km N. of Cooktown, 11-14.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIO); 16, Rocky River, Silver Plains, 2.1976, D. P. A. Sands (In Sands Coll); 19, Cooktown, 3.vii.1964, J. C. Le Souéf (In Le _ Souéf Coll.). North of Cairns on the mainland of the Peninsula this species has been 1 recorded only from Cape York (W & L, 1914); the present records establish its _ Presence at several localities in the intervening region. 2. Netrocoryne repanda expansa Waterhouse 368, Mt White summit, Coen, 27.x.1976, D. P. A. Sands (In Sands Coll.). These specimens, which agree with the northern race of this Species, constitute 2 400 km extension of known range north from Mt Molloy, its Previously known limit (C & W, 1972). 3. Trapezites macqueeni Kerr & Sands . 2%, sandstone outcrops 30 km W. of Fairview, 26.vi.1975, GBM; 4dd, same locality, 114x1976, GBM & SRM; 1d, sandstone hilltop 12 km N. of Hopevale, 15.vii.1976; CEM & SRM (In UQIC); 1d, 31 km NW by W of Cooktown, 250 m, 20.v.1977, I. Е.В, | Common & E. D. Edwards; 34d, 11 km SE by S of Laura, 24.v.1977; I. F. B. Common & | E. D. Edwards (In ANIC); 1265, sandstone outcrops 30 km W. of Fairview, 23-25.vii.1977, | CG. Miller (In Miller Coll.). These records of hill-topping males confirm that this recently described | Species is established well north of the Atherton Tableland from which it was 24 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 noted by the describers and authenticate the female from Musgrave méntioned | by Le Souéf (1971) and C & W (1972). Its apparent commonness on the sandstone ranges around Laura suggests that it may be a characteristic species : of this land form, and that its very sporadic occurrences further south represent : occasional extensions outside its main centre of distribution. 4. Trapezites eliena (Hewitson) 1d, Lagoon 4.5 km upstream of Jardine River road crossing, 24.viii.1973, J. Winter; 19, | sandstone outcrops 30 km W. of Fairview, 22-24.vi.1976, GBM & SRM; 16, sandstone # hilltop, 12 km N. of Hopevale, 15.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 988, 31 km NW by W : of Cooktown, 250 m, 20-22.v.1977, I. F. B. Common & E. D. Edwards (In ANIC). This species has previously been known as far north as Kuranda and it : has generally been accepted as a tableland species in the northern part of its | range (C & W, 1972). These specimens not only extend the range of the species 750 km to the north but also establish it as surviving in lowland areas. The! Jardine River locality is virtually at sea-level while the Fairview and Hopevale = sites are at about 120 and 250 metres respectively. Genitalia of the males shows no discernible differences from southern populations. 5. Toxidia peron (Latreille) 1d, 9 km S. of Archer River Crossing, 28.vi.1975, GBM (In UQIC); 36d, Mt White summit, = Coen, 27.x.1976, D. P. A. Sands (In Sands Coll.). These hill-topping males extend the known range of this species арргох- ж imately 450 km north from its previously recognized northern limit at Kuranda.z In the northern part of its range this species is normally mountain restricted: (C & W, 1972) but the Archer River specimen was taken at around 200 m. ^ 6. Toxidia inornata inornata (Butler) 19, Captain Billy Creek road crossing, 9-13.vii.1975, GBM; 365, 299, Dividing Range, 15 km W. of Captain Billy Creek, 5-12.ii.1976, GBM (In UQIC). i This is the first locality outside Iron Range for this rainforest species in Australia and extends its known range about 130 km further north. Attention is drawn to the distinct purplish sheen above and below in fresh specimens 7. Hesperilla ornata (Leach) 19, bred ex larva on Gahnia, Mt Lamond, Iron Range, 10.vii.1975, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll.); pupal fragments ex shelters on Gahnia sieberana, Leo Ck road, 500 m, Mellwraith Rg 30 km NE. of Coen, 29.vi.-4.vii.1976, GBM, SRM & M. De Baar (In UQIC & De Baar Coll). — This skipper has been taken in larval form by A. F. Atkins at Iron Ranged in April, 1971 (Monteith, 1972) and also in September, 1975 (Atkins per: ( comm.) but the bred 9 noted here is the first adult specimen for the Peninsula.— The pupal fragments from Mcllwraith Range were taken from typical Hesperilla feeding shelters on Gahnia sieberana, а known foodplant of Hesperilla отїй Although pupal caps, which are normally diagnostic for species of Hesperilla were not present the cremaster fragments were examined by Mr Atkins who confirms them as similar to H. ornata elsewhere in north Queensland. The Iron Range population has been attributed to the northern subspecies H. 0. monotherma (Lower) on immature characters and circumstantial evidence бш = Mr Moulds (pers. comm.) reports that his adult 9 is much more similar to the = typical subspecies, H. o. ornata (Leach). Clearly precise subspecific assignments should await further adult material including males. i Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 25 TORRES STRAIT w | замам А || | Friday Is f ow | nis | 4 Cape York ` EA | Bamaga y PE жый = SHELBURNE | ; BAY n = Cape Grenville Portland Roads eSilver Plains ү © t = ort Stewart 2 ew Cape Melville И o Princess i Charlotte КО а a Bay _ j^ E: E: [те | 022 не со! : f 7 Mt Webbe: | Bes A Мс е <flopevalée Fairview ~ Laura 0 0 100 150 km Helerivalee, i "IG. 1. Мар of Cape York Peninsula showing localities mentioned in text. Inset shows enlargement of Shelburne Bay region. 26 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 8. Ocybadistes walkeri sonia Waterhouse 19, Telegraph Crossing of Dulhunty River, 2-4.vii.1975, СВМ; 19, Andoom Bridge, Weipa, 6.11.1976, GBM (In UQIC). C & W (1972) give the Claudie River as the northern limit for this subspecies; these records extend its known range 120 km to the north as well as to the west coast at Weipa. 9. Ocybadistes hypomeloma hypomeloma Lower 19, sandstone outcrops 30 km W. of Fairview, 22-24.vi.1976, GBM & SRM (In 0010). This specimen is from about 230 km north of Kuranda which was cited by C & W (1972) as the northern extent of this subspecies. It agrees with the subspecies hypomeloma rather than vaga (Waterhouse) from N.T. and Prince of Wales Island in having the spot above M, of the hindwing present and separate from the postmedian band. 10. Sabera fuliginosa fuliginosa (Miskin) 266, 19, Isabella Falls, 30 km NW. of Cooktown, 28.vii.1964, J.C. Le Souéf (In Le Souëf Coll). C & W (1972) give this species’ range as Paluma to Mossman and Daniels (1975) notes it a little further north at Daintree. These specimens extend its range another 120 km north. 11. Mimene atropatene Fruhstorfer 19, Mt. Lamond, Iron Range, 1.viii.1977, C. G. Miller (In Miller Coll.). This species was known in Australia from one specimen taken at Iron Range in May 1973 (Miller, 1975) until this second specimen taken 4 years | later by the same collector within 50 m of the original capture. Family PAPILIONIDAE 12. Protographium leosthenes leosthenes (Doubleday) Many specimens, Mt White, Coen, 8-13.1.1964, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll); sightings, | same locality, 27.x.1976, D. P. A. Sands. | This endemic Australian species is mainly known as far north as Mt Garnet | but two records are available from the tip of the Peninsula (C & W, 1972; W&L, . 1914). The present captures and sightings on Mt White establish its presence in | the central Peninsula. There is also a specimen in the Australian Museum from : Banks Island, in the middle of Torres Strait, but it has yet to be taken on the | New Guinea mainland. 13. Graphium macleayanum (Leach) 1d, Leo Creek road, ca 500 m, Mcllwraith Range, 30 km NE of Coen, 29.vi-4.vii.1976, GBM | & SRM (In UQIC). The presence of this species on the McIlwraith Range, 475 km north ofits | previous. northernmost record at Kuranda (C & W, 1972) is particularly # noteworthy. The species is common in more temperate parts of Australia and : its occurrence in the Cairns region is restricted to cool rainforests of the Atherton : Tableland and other ranges above 400 m. The Mcllwraith Range is the only 4 appreciable area above this altitude north of Cooktown and it is unlikely that # the species will be found elsowhere in the Peninsula. Surprisingly, it has only: Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 27 recently been taken in the extensive mountain system between Mossman and Cooktown (Mt Misery, Dec., 1974, M. S. Moulds) but this may reflect lack of collecting at higher elevations. Although the population at Mcllwraith Range is aparently well isolated, the specimen available shows no discernible differences from Atherton Tableland examples of Graphium macleayanum wilsoni Couch- man; however the specimen was picked up dead and damaged so definite subspecific assignment should await further material. 14. Graphium macfarlanei macfarlanei (Butler) 19, Dividing Range, 15 km W. of Captain Billy Creek, 4-9.11.1976, GBM; 19, 16, Kerr Point, Weipa, 3-5.1.1976, GBM (In UQIC). This uncommon species has been taken at Cape York (W & L, 1914) and Iron Range (Monteith, 1972) in the northern Peninsula and these present records . dos the gap between these two sites and extend its known range to the west coast at Weipa. At Weipa it was common in February in small patches of coastal | rainforest. 15. Ornithoptera priamus (Linnaeus) Subsp. euphorion (Gray): 18, Mt Webb Nat. Pk, 50 km N. of Cooktown, 11-14.vii.1976, .. СВМ & SRM (In UQIC). | Subsp. macalpinei Moulds: 19, Stewart River 5 km W. of Port Stewart, 25-27.vi.1976, GBM і &SRM (In UQIC). = " ws Omithoptera priamus exists on the mainland of the Peninsula as three named races, viz. O. p. pronomus (Gray) from the Bamaga-Somerset area north of the Jardine River, O. p. macalpinei Moulds from the Claudie River south to 1 Siver Plains Homestead, and О. p. euphorion (Gray) from Cooktown south to | Mackay (Moulds, 1974). The records above extend the known range of macalpinei 15 km further south to the Stewart River, and that of euphorion 50 km north to | Mt Webb, narrowing the gap between them to about 200 km. Several visits to the = - = < wm =” min forests at Capelands, midway between the Iron Range and Bamaga rain forests, have failed to locate birdwings there. If this apparent absence from suitable habitat midway between the known ranges of subspp. pronomus and macalpinei is real then it supports the recognition of macalpinei as a distinct subspecies, despite the doubts expressed by D'Abrera, 1976. At the Stewart River females were seen flying around large-leafed Aristolochia vines later determined by the Queensland Herbarium as A. tagala. - Thisisthe first confirmed foodplant for subsp. macalpinei. A note on the identity тү of large north Queensland species of Aristolochia is necessary here. The Stewart River plants were identical to that figured by McCubbin (1971, p. 177) as the foodplant of O. p. poseidon at Banks Island, and named by him as A. indica; the sme writer (p. 144) also lists A. indica as the foodplant of O. p. euphorion at (aims; Moulds (1974), in referring to an unidentified foodplant of O. p. macalpinei at Iron Range, says it was “probably A. indica, a common foodplant of 0. p. euphorion in the Cairns district”; C & W (1972) cite both A. indica and А. tagala as foodplants of О. p. euphorion. Advice from the Queensland Herbarium indicates that all Aristolochia in N. Qld and Torres Str. with large, soft leaves and sub-spherical, dehiscent fruit should be known as A. tagala, and ne Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 that true A. indica is probably an Asian species not occurring in Australia. Mr D. P. Sands (pers. comm.) states that in Papua New Guinea A. tagala is highly variable geographically in both leaf size and texture, and that N. Qld plants are well within the range of variability known there for A. tagala. The other unidentified Aristolochia foodplant at Iron Range with indeh- iscent fruit referred to by Moulds (1974) is undoubtedly A. deltantha, this species having been recently identified from the area by the Qld Herbarium. Family PIERIDAE 16. Elodina padusa (Hewitson) 16, hilltop, 5 km N. of Musgrave, 7.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 1d, 19, Mareeba, 24.11.1975, M. De Baar (In De Baar Coll.); 446, Quarantine Bay, Cooktown, 18-19.vii.1964, J. C. Le Souéf (In Le Souéf Coll.). In Queensland this species has been known south and west of a line joining Rockhampton and the Gulf of Carpentaria (C & W, 1972). These specimens show it to extend considerably further northwards into the drier parts of the Peninsula. 17. Appias ada caria Waterhouse & Lyell 16, Capsize Creek, 64 km N. of Archer River crossing, 17.vii.1975, GBM; 16, Peach Creek crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 2d, 499, same data, M. De Baar (In De Baar Coll.); 12, Old Lockhart River Mission, 26.x.1974, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll.). This species, often regarded as rare, has been taken regularly at Iron Range (Monteith, 1972; Daniels, 1975) but has been known elsewhere in the Peninsula proper only from the type locality at the Ducie River (W & L, 1914) which remains the northernmost record. These new records show it to be fairly widespread in the central Peninsula but still not recorded between the Mcllwraith Range and Daintree. 18. Delias nysa nivira Waterhouse & Lyell 2638, Tozer’s Gap area, Iron Range, 25.ix.1975, C. G. Miller & A. F. Atkins (In Miller and Atkins Colls). This rare race of Delias nysa has been recorded in the past only from its type locality near Coen and these two males extend its known range 130 km north to Iron Range Family NYMPHALIDAE 19. Danaus plexippus plexippus (Linnaeus) 2 sightings, Lockerbie, Cape York, 13-27.iv.1973, GBM & SRM. Although known from New Guinea this widespread introduced species seems extremely rare on the Peninsula, perhaps because of the scarcity of its milkweed foodplants. It is mentioned under the name of Danaida archippus by Kershaw (1915) in his account of a visit to the Claudie River, but this cannot be confirmed because W & L (1914), who studied Kershaw's material from the Claudie River, fail to mention the species from the Peninsula. The first authentic record for the Peninsula is at Iron Range by Daniels (1975) and the sightings reported above extend its known presence to the northern tip. v -— wu Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 29 20. Euploea tulliolus tulliolus (Fabricius) 1 specimen, Iron Range, May 1973, C. G. Miller (collected but not retained): 1d, 19, Cooktown, 4.у.1922; 15, Cooktown, 23.iv.1922 (In QM). Although C & W (1972) map the distribution of this species as being continuous along the eastern séaboard between Cape York and northern N.S.W. ad “common north of Gladstone" there have, in fact, been no Specimens published for the 700 km interval between the localities of Cape York cited by W&L (1914) and Cape Tribulation, near Mossman, cited by Daniels (1975). The isolated records given here for Cooktown and Iron Range, the latter requiring confirmation, indicate that although present on the body of the Peninsula it is apparently a very rare butterfly there. 21. Tellervo zoilus (Fabricius) Two races of this species have been recorded from north Queensland, viz. T. 2 gelo Waterhouse & Lyell known from Torres Strait to Iron Range, and T. 2 тойи (Fab.) known from Cooktown to Paluma (C & W, 1972). Newly collected specimens from intervening localities are as follows: 16 Coen, 10.1.1964, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll); 586, Leo Creek road, ca 500 m, Mcllwraith Range, 30 km NE. of Coen, 29.vi-4.vii.1976, M. De Baar (In De Baar Coll.). 1d, sme data, GBM & SRM; 19, Mt Webb Nat. Park, 50 km N. of Cooktown, 11-14.vii.1976, GBM & SRM; 10, rainforest on Endeavour River, 7 km N. of Hopevale, 18.vii.1976, GBM & SRM; 16 Mclvor R. crossing, 40 km N. of Cooktown, 15-18.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC). The Leo Creek and Coen males are typical of subsp. gelo in having small subcostal spots beneath the hindwing; the specimens from immediately north of Cooktown conform-to subsp. zoilus in that these spots are larger. These records cose the gap between the known ranges of these two races from 375 km to less than 250 km. 22. Elymnias agondas australiana Fruhstorfer 4%, 399, Peach Creek crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, M. De Baar (In De Baar Coll); 15, same data but coll. GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 26d, Rocky River, Silver Plains, 2x.1976, D. P. A. Sands (In Sands Coll.). These specimens extend the known range of this species 110 km south fom Iton Range to the vicinity of the McIlwraith Range. 23. Pantoporia venilia moorei (W. Macleay) 19, Peach Creek Crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, GBM & SRM; 1d, Leo Creek ‘oad, ca 500 m, McIlwraith Range, 30 km NE. of Coen, 29.vi.-4.vii.1976, GBM & SRM; 1d, Stewart River, 5 km W. of Port Stewart, 25-27.vi.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC). Iron Range is the former southern known limit for this species (C & W, 1972) and these specimens extend it 150 km further south to the Stewart River where it was uncommon in the strips of riverine rainforest there. It was common in the Mcllwraith Range region. 24. Pantoporia consimilis consimilis (Boisduval) 16, 2%, Kowanyama, 9-12.1.1977, D. L. Hancock (In UQIC). This common Species of the east coast has not hitherto been collected on the west coast of the Peninsula. At Kowanyama it was not uncommon in ‘arian vegetation near the settlement. Surprisingly, it has not been taken at Weipa which has adequate rainforest. es Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 Family LIBYTHEIDAE 25. Libythea geoffroy nicevillei Olliff 24d, Mt White, Coen, 13.1.1964, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll.). Few specimens of this rare butterfly are known from Australia and this is the first record for the species in the considerable interval between Cooktown and Cape York, the Peninsula localities noted by C & W (1972). Family LYCAENIDAE 26. Liphyra brassolis major Rothschild 19, Silver Plains Homestead, 21.xi.1961, J. L. Wassell (In ANIC). The moth butterfly has previously been noted from Cape York and Cooktown in the Peninsula (W & L, 1914) and this specimen establishes its presence in the intervening region. Its host ant, Oecophylla smaragdina, is ubiquitous throughout the Peninsula and the butterfly is undoubtedly more widespread than these sparse collections indicate. 27. Virachola democles (Miskin) 446, 499, unnamed creek 11 km S. of Batavia Downs, collected as larvae by GBM & SRM on 30.iv.1975 and reared by J. F. R. Kerr (In UQIC & Kerr Colls.); 16, 19, Stewart River, 5 km W. of Port Stewart, collected as larvae by GBM & SRM on 27.vi.1976 and reared by M. De Baar; 49$, 499, near Peach Creek crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, collected as larvae by GBM & M. De Baar on 4.vii.1976 and reared by M. De Baar (In UQIC & De Baar Colls.); 15, Mt White, Coen, 12.1.1964, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll.); Chillagoe, July, 1977, SRM, many infested fruit of Strychnos lucida but no adults obtained. This rare species is noted from Cooktown by Le Souéf (1971) but has been taken only once on the mainland further north, at Iron Range by J. F. R. Kerr (Monteith, 1972). These new records indicate a wide distribution on the Peninsula. The previously known foodplant of V. democles is the vine Strychnos colubrina, in the fruit of which the larvae develop (Waterhouse, 1938). All the present specimens except the Mt White d were bred from the fruits of Strychnos lucida, a small tree common along the margins of dry gallery vine forests in the Peninsula, this is the same foodplant from which Virachola smilis dalyensis Le Souéf & Tindale has been reared in the Northern Territory (Le Souéf & Tindale, 1970). The tree bears a heavy crop of spherical, orange fruit, 2-3 cm in diameter with a thin brittle rind enclosing several disc-shaped seeds in a translucent white pulp; these fruit have been harvested for. commercial extraction of strychnine. Larvae of V. democles live inside the fruit and consume the entire contents before pupating inside the hollow shell. A round hole in the rind of the fruit is made for frass ejection by the larva and at maturity this hole is about 4 mm in diameter. Before pupation the larva webs the hole over with silk and the presence of this webbing is a useful indicator of fruits containing pupae. At emergence the adult butterfly tears away the window of webbing by vigorous scraping with its stout mid-tibial spurs and emerges through the frass-ejection hole. One butterfly which had emerged from a pupa in a plastic bag was seen to audibly scrape at the plastic bag with its tibial spurs for à considerable time before inflating its wings. As predicted by C & W (1972) infested fruit are attached to the tree by larval silk to prevent premature falling. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 31 28. Deudorix epirus agimar Fruhstorfer 19, Rocky River, Silver Plains, 2.x.1976, D. P. A. Sands (In Sands Coll.). This species has been taken rarely as far south as Iron Range previously and this specimen extends its range 110 km further south to the Rocky River, a eastern effluent stream from the Mcllwraith Range. 29. Narathura micale amytis (Hewitson) 390 Stewart River, 5 km W. of Port Stewart, 19-20.vii.1975, GBM; 19, same locality, 25- 21311976, GBM & SRM; 19, Port Stewart, 26.vi.1976, СВМ; 2dd, 19, Peach Creek crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, GBM & SRM; 1d, Kerr Point, Weipa, 3-5.ii.1976, GBM; 16, Andoom, Weipa, Feb., 1975, GBM (In UQIC); 286, 299, Peach Creek crossing 25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, M. De Baar (In De Baar Coll). Two subspecies of N. micale occur on the North Queensland mainland: N. т. amytis from Cape York to Iron Range, and М. т. amphis (Waterhouse) iom Cooktown southwards (C & W, 1972). The above specimens can all be referred to subsp. amytis fairly readily and extend the range of this race south to the Stewart River. There is a specimen available from a little north of Cooktown [1d, Cape Flattery heath, 45 km N. of Cooktown, 13-14.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC)] which, on distributional evidence, should be best placed with subsp. amphis, but which shows some features in accord with amytis (colour; narrower dark wing margins). In addition there is evidence that the species is present near Musgrave, in the middle of the arid corridor between Coen ad Cooktown (S. Johnson, pers. comm., specimen coll. July 1976 but not retained). Since №. micale is not rainforest restricted (see discussion of Danis lymetus) there may be need to review the status of these two subspecies if more intermediate specimens are taken. 30. Ogyris zosine typhon Waterhouse & Lyell 266, hills near Coen, 11.1.1964, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll.). The only previous locality for this Species in the Peninsula north of Cooktown has been Iron Range (C & W, 1972, p. 453) and this Coen record shows that it will undoubtedly prove to be much more widespread. 31. Ogyris amaryllis Hewitson 446,29, sandstone outcrops, 30 km W. of Fairview, 24-25.vii.1977, C.G. Miller (Miller Coll.). This species has previously been known as far north as Cairns (C & W, 1972). More study is required to determine the subspecific identity of this tewly discovered northern population. 32. Hypochrysops ignita chrysonotus Grose-Smith 1d, sandstone outcrops, 30 km W. of Fairview, 26.vi.1975, GBM; 19, near airport, 27 km N. of Coen, 28.vi.1975, GBM; 19, Peach Creek crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 5.vii.1976, M. De Baar (In UQIC). On the Peninsula north of Cooktown this species has been recorded only from Cape York itself (W & L, 1914) and these specimens are from considerably further south in drier parts of the Peninsula. 33. Hypochrysops polycletus rovena Druce 19, small creek, 11 km S. of Batavia Downs, 30.vi.1975, GBM; 19, Pinnacle Creek, 25 km N. of Archer River crossing, 29.vi.1975, GBM; 1d, Andoom Bridge, Weipa, 6.ii.1976, GBM; 32 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 1d, Peach Creek crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, GBM; 16, 19, Mt White summit, Coen, 6.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 269, 19, Peach Creek crossing, 4-5.vii. 1976, M De Baar (In De Baar Coll.); 18, Mt White summit, Coen, 27.x.1976, D.P.A. Sands (In Sands Coll.); 1188, 499, Mt White summit, Coen, 8-13.i.1964, M.S. Moulds (In Moulds Сой). The only Peninsula records north of Cooktown for this rainforest species have been at Iron Range (C & W, 1972; Monteith, 1972). The above collections extend its range to the west coast at Weipa and south to Coen; most specimens were taken in dry depauperate vine forests which the species seems to prefer. 34. Hypochrysops elgneri barnardi Waterhouse 1d, Leo Creek road, ca 500 m, Mcllwraith Range, 30 km NE. of Coen, 29.vi.1976, M. De Baar (In De Baar Coll.). This specimen was shaken from Melaleuca foliage in open forest on the Mcllwraith Range about 100 km further south than the known southern extent of the species at Iron Range. 35. Danis hymetus salamandri W. Macleay 1d, Mt White summit, Coen, 6.vii.1976, GBM & SRM; 1d, 19, Stewart River, 5 km W. of Port Stewart, 19-20.vii.1975, GBM;